The Project Gutenberg EBook of The city of the discreet, by Pío Baroja

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license


Title: The city of the discreet

Author: Pío Baroja

Translator: Jacob Sloat Fassett

Release Date: January 6, 2018 [EBook #56324]

Language: English

Character set encoding: UTF-8

*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CITY OF THE DISCREET ***




Produced by Bryan Ness, Chuck Greif and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
file was produced from images generously made available
by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)










                                  THE
                         CITY OF THE DISCREET

                    [Illustration: text decoration]




                    THE BORZOI SPANISH TRANSLATIONS


                      I THE CABIN (LA BARRACA)
                        _By V. Blasco Ibáñez_

                     II THE CITY OF THE DISCREET
                        _By Pío Baroja_

                    III MARTIN RIVAS
                        _By Alberto Blest-Gana_

                    _Other volumes in preparation_




                            THE CITY OF THE
                               DISCREET


                                  BY
                              PIO BAROJA


                      TRANSLATED FROM THE SPANISH
                       By JACOB S. FASSETT, Jr.

                       [Illustration: colophon]

                               NEW YORK
                            ALFRED A. KNOPF
                                 1917


                          COPYRIGHT, 1917, BY
                            ALFRED A. KNOPF

                       _Published October, 1917_

                PRINTED IN THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA




INTRODUCTION


In San Sebastián, a beautiful watering place on the northern coast of
Guipúzcoa, Spain, Don Pío Baroja y Nessi was born on the 28th day of
December, 1872. There, wandering among the foothills of the Pyrenees,
listening to the talk of the hardy Basque peasants, playing on the
beautiful crescent of the _playa_, sailing about the pretty land-locked
harbour, he spent his childhood. In those early days he became
thoroughly conversant with the Basque tongue--that mysterious and
impossibly difficult language of whose true origin students are still in
doubt.

His father was Don Serafín Baroja. Born in San Sebastián in 1840, Don
Serafín was a well known mining engineer, and enjoyed no small amount of
fame as a writer. As far as literature is concerned, he is perhaps best
known for his songs and ballads written in the Basque tongue. He
composed the libretto of the first Basque opera ever produced, the music
of which was by Santesteban. He is said to have been responsible for the
libretto of one other opera--a Spanish one.

His son, Don Pío, decided to take up the study of medicine, and he went
to Valencia for that purpose. He received his doctorate in 1893, when he
was but twenty-one years of age.

He practised his profession in Cestona, in the Province of Guipúzcoa.
Life in that small, provincial town proved very dull indeed, and he
decided that the medical profession was not his proper sphere. After two
years in Cestona, he moved to Madrid. There he tried his hand at several
kinds of business. He even set up a bakery in partnership with his
brother Ricardo, a painter and engraver of no mean ability! We do not
hear of his return to the practice of medicine. Evidently he had proved
to his own satisfaction that he was not suited to it.

After he had failed in several attempts at business, he began writing
for the newspapers. He succeeded in obtaining positions on _El País_,
_El Imparcial_, and _El Globo_. His success in this line of work
inspired him to further effort, and, from that time on (1900), he
devoted himself entirely to literature.

His first published work was a collection of short stories, or sketches,
entitled _Vidas Sombrías_. Among them are some exquisite pictures of
Basque life. This volume was closely followed by a novel, _La casa de
Aizgorri_. These two books scarcely caused a ripple in the literary
circles of the Cortes. Certainly, Baroja cannot claim to have sprung
into fame over night! His next attempt was a humorous novel which he
called _Aventuras, inventos y mixtificaciones de Silvestre Paradox_. It
was scarcely more successful than the first two.

His next book, _Camino de perfección_, was characterized as “a book of
apparently sane tendencies”! From that time on, he became a recognized
figure in the Spanish literature of the day. _Idilios vascos_ appeared
that same year, and in 1903 he produced _El mayorazgo de Labraz_, a
novel that has been compared most favourably (by Spanish critics) with
the best of contemporary novels both in Spain and abroad.

In all lists of the works of Pío Baroja, most of his novels are divided
into trilogies. For the sake of convenience, I shall follow the same
plan, without any attempt at chronological order:

_Tierra vasca (Basque Country): La casa de Aizgorri; El mayorazgo de
Labraz; Zalacaín, el aventurero._

_La vida fantastica (Life Fantastic): Camino de perfección; Inventos,
aventuras y mixtificaciones de Silvestre Paradox; Paradox, rey._

_La Raza (Race): La dama errante; La ciudad de la niebla; El árbol de la
ciencia._

_La lucha por la vida (The Struggle for Life): La busca; Mala hierba;
Aurora roja._ (In this trilogy, Don Pío evinces a “spirit of opposition
to the present social organization and the prejudices that embitter life
and kill human spontaneity.”)

_El pasado (The Past): La feria de los discretos; Los últimos
romanticos; Las tragedias grotescas._

_Las ciudades (Cities): César o nada, El mundo es así_ (incomplete).

_El mar (The Sea): Las inquietudes de Shanti Andía_ (incomplete).

Besides these trilogies, Baroja has written several novels under the
general title of _Memorias de un hombre de acción (Memoirs of a Man of
Action)_, long winded affairs in which any real action is sadly lacking.

In addition to his novels, he has published several volumes of essays,
and not a little verse. Few of his works have been translated into other
languages; none (except the present novel) into English.

Personally, Señor Baroja is somewhat of an enigma, a mystery. He is
extremely modest and retiring, and seldom appears prominently before the
public. It has been said of him that, although he apparently knows what
every one else thinks and believes, there is no one who can say for sure
just what his thoughts and beliefs are. He is an ardent, pious Catholic,
with very advanced ideas. One is led to believe from some of his works
that he is an ardent Republican. Some even go so far as to assert that
he entertains strong anarchistic views. But, just as we have about made
up our minds as to his political creed, along comes a novel like _La
feria de los discretos_, in which he ridicules Republicans and
Anarchists, and we are forced to reject our conception.

While his name is often coupled with that of V. Blasco Ibáñez, there is
more difference than similarity between the two, especially in their
style. The Valencian spreads his canvas with the broad, brilliant,
impressionistic strokes of a Sorolla, while Baroja employs the more
subtle and delicate methods of a Zuloaga. He is a stylist. His
vocabulary is remarkably extensive, and he employs it in a masterly
fashion--not as one who would overwhelm his readers with a flood of
ponderous verbiage, but rather as one who, knowing all the delicate
shades and nuances of his language, employs words as an artist uses his
colours--to produce the proper effects. His power of description is
marvellous. In a sentence, sometimes in a single phrase, he brings a
character or scene vividly before our mental vision. The chapter headed
“Spring,” in _The City of the Discreet_, fairly aches with the
drowsiness of an Andalusian Spring.

_La feria de los discretos_ has been chosen for this series mainly on
account of its Spanish atmosphere. Though not his best novel, it is
perhaps the best one with which to introduce him to the English reading
public. Above all else, it demonstrates his powers of description, and
his subtle, quaint humour. It is not my purpose in this paper to write a
criticism of this novel. I shall leave that to abler pens. I might say,
however, that in this work, Pío Baroja has no special message to convey,
no propaganda. His purpose here is essentially to entertain, to amuse.
One suspects that he derived no little pleasure himself from its
creation. It is said that its appearance aroused a storm of protests
from Republicans on account of the sorry light into which he put them.
Be that as it may, the details of his description of Cordova and its
environs are accurate in the extreme. _The City of the Discreet_ might
almost serve as a guide book to that ancient city. One can follow
Quentin’s adventures on any accurate map of Cordova. Of his knowledge of
Masonry, one cannot speak quite so highly!

                                                          J. S. F., Jr.

Cambridge, Mass.

   October, 1917.




CONTENTS


CHAPTER                                                             PAGE

     I A conversation on the train                                     9

    II O, oriental, romantic city!                                    25

   III Infancy: sombre vestibule of life                              33

    IV Blue eyes, black eyes                                          43

     V Noble and ancient ancestral homes!                             54

    VI Concerning an adventure of Quentin’s in the
       neighbourhood of El Potro                                      65

   VII In which is told the history of a tavern on Sierra Morena      82

  VIII A fight in an olive orchard                                    95

    IX In which Señor Sabadía abuses words and wine                  105

     X Don Gil finishes his story                                    114

    XI More incomprehensible than the heart of a
        grown woman, is that of a girl-child                         124

   XII In search of a jewel-case                                     132

  XIII A picnic and a ride                                           145

   XIV Spring                                                        156

    XV Where his beautiful expectations went!                        163

   XVI The man of action begins to make himself known                171

  XVII “I am a little Catiline”                                      182

 XVIII The tavern in the Calle del Bodegoncillo                      193

   XIX The pleasant ironies of reality                               207

    XX Philosophers without realizing the fact                       211

   XXI Juan talks                                                    222

  XXII Sticks, shots, and stones                                     227

 XXIII Pursuit and escape                                            233

  XXIV The victim of a feuilleton                                    245

   XXV An abduction is prepared                                      250

  XXVI Explanations                                                  261

 XXVII In which a countess, a professional bandit, and
       a man of action have a talk                                   273

XXVIII The mason’s message                                           285

  XXIX A conference                                                  292

   XXX Projects                                                      305

  XXXI Night and day                                                 314

 XXXII The city of the discreet                                      322

XXXIII The departure                                                 332

 XXXIV The end                                                       343




THE CITY OF THE DISCREET




CHAPTER I

A CONVERSATION ON THE TRAIN


Quentin awoke, opened his eyes, looked about him, and exclaimed between
his yawns:

“We _must_ be in Andalusia now.”

The second-class coach was occupied by six persons. Opposite Quentin, a
distinguished-looking Frenchman, corpulent, clean-shaven, and with a red
ribbon in his buttonhole, was showing a magazine to a countryman in the
garb of a wealthy cattle owner, and was graciously explaining the
meanings of the illustrations to him.

The countryman listened to his explanations smiling mischievously,
mumbling an occasional aside to himself in an undertone:

“What a simpleton.”

Leaning against the shoulder of the Frenchman, dozed his wife--a faded
woman with a freakish hat, ruddy cheeks, and large hands clutching a
portfolio. The other persons were a bronze-coloured priest wrapped in a
cloak, and two recently-married Andalusians who were whispering the
sweetest of sweet nothings to each other.

“But haven’t we reached Andalusia yet?” Quentin again inquired
impatiently.

“Oh, yes!” replied the Frenchman. “The next station is Baeza.”

“Baeza!--Impossible!”

“It _is_, never-the-less--It _is_,” insisted the Frenchman, rolling his
r’s in the back of his throat. “I have been counting the stations.”

Quentin arose, his hands thrust into his overcoat. The rain beat
incessantly against the coach windows which were blurred by the
moisture.

“I don’t know my own country,” he exclaimed aloud; and to see it better
he opened the window and looked out.

The train was passing through a ruddy country spotted here and there
with pools of rainwater. In the distance, small, low hills, shadowed by
shrubs and thickets raised themselves into the cold, damp air.

“What weather!” he exclaimed in disgust, as he closed the window. “This
is no land of mine!”

“Are you a Spaniard?” inquired the Frenchman.

“Yes, sir.”

“I would have taken you for an Englishman.”

“I have just left England, where I spent eight years.”

“Are you from Andalusia?”

“From Cordova.”

The Frenchman and his wife, who had awakened, studied Quentin. Surely
his looks were not Spanish. Tall, stout, and clean-shaven, with a good
complexion and brown hair, enveloped in a grey overcoat, and with a cap
on his head; he looked like a young Englishman sent by his parents to
tour the continent. He had a strong nose, thick lips, and the expression
of a dignified and serious young man which a roguish, mischievous, and
gipsy-like smile completely unmasked.

“My wife and I are going to Cordova,” remarked the Frenchman as he
pocketed his magazine.

Quentin bowed.

“It must be a most interesting city--is it not?”

“Indeed it is!”

“Charming women with silk dresses ... on the balconies all day.”

“No; not _all_ day.”

“And with cigarettes in their mouths, eh?”

“No.”

“Ah! Don’t Spanish women smoke?”

“Much less than French women.”

“French women do not smoke, sir,” said the woman somewhat indignantly.

“Oh! I’ve seen them in Paris!” exclaimed Quentin. “But you won’t see any
of them smoking in Cordova. You French people don’t know us. You believe
that all we Spaniards are toreadors, but it is not so.”

“Ah! No, no! Pardon me!” replied the Frenchman, “we are very well
acquainted with Spain. There are two Spains: one, which is that of the
South, is Théophile Gautier’s; the other, which is that of Hernani, is
Victor Hugo’s. But perhaps you don’t know that Hernani is a Spanish
city?”

“Yes, I know the place,” said Quentin with aplomb, though never in his
life had he heard any one mention the name of the tiny Basque village.

“A great city.”

“Indeed it is.”

Having made this remark, Quentin lit a cigarette, passed his hand along
the blurred windowpane until he had made it transparent, and began to
hum to himself as he contemplated the landscape. The humid, rainy
weather had saddened the deserted fields. As far as one could see there
were no hamlets, no villages--only here and there a dark farmhouse in
the distance.

They passed abandoned stations, crossed huge olive groves with trees
planted in rows in great squares on the ruddy hillsides. The train
approached a broad and muddy river.

“The Guadalquivir?” inquired the Frenchman.

“I don’t know,” replied Quentin absently. Then, doubtless, this
confession of ignorance seemed ill-advised, for he looked at the river
as if he expected it to tell him its name, and added: “It is a tributary
of the Guadalquivir.”

“Ah! And what is its name?”

“I don’t remember. I don’t believe it has any.”

The rain increased in violence. The country was slowly being converted
into a mudhole. The older leaves of the wet olive trees shone a dark
brown; the new ones glistened like metal. As the train slackened its
speed, the rain seemed to grow more intense. One could hear the patter
of the drops on the roof of the coach, and the water slid along the
windows in broad gleaming bands.

At one of the stations, three husky young men climbed into the coach.
Each wore a shawl, a broad-brimmed hat, a black sash, and a huge silver
chain across his vest. They never ceased for an instant talking about
mills, horses, women, gambling, and bulls.

“Those gentlemen,” asked the Frenchman in an undertone, as he leaned
over to Quentin, “What are they--toreadors?”

“No,--rich folk from hereabouts.”

“Hidalgos, eh?”

“Pst! You shall see.”

“They are talking a lot about gambling. One gambles a great deal in
Andalusia, doesn’t one?”

“Yes.”

“I have heard some one say, that once a hidalgo was riding along on
horseback, when he met a beggar. The horseman tossed him a silver coin,
but the beggar, not wishing to accept it drew a pack of cards from among
his rags and proposed a game to the hidalgo. He won the horse.”

“Ha! Ha! Ha!” laughed Quentin boisterously.

“But isn’t it true?” asked the Frenchman somewhat piqued.

“Perhaps--perhaps it is.”

“What a simpleton!” murmured the countryman to himself.

“Isn’t it true either, that all beggars have the right to use the
‘Don’?”

“Yes, indeed, that’s true enough,” answered Quentin, smiling his gipsy
smile.

The three husky youths in the shawls got off at the next station to
Cordova. The sky cleared for an instant: up and down the platform walked
men with broad-brimmed Andalusian hats, young women with flowers in
their hair, old women with huge, red umbrellas....

“And those young men who just went by,” asked the Frenchman, full of
curiosity about everything, “each one carries his knife, eh?”

“Oh, yes!--Probably,” said Quentin, unconsciously imitating his
interlocutor’s manner of speech.

“The knives they carry are very large?”

“The knives! Yes, very large.”

“What might their dimensions be?”

“Two or three spans,” asserted Quentin, to whom a span more or less
mattered very little.

“And is it hard to manage that terrible weapon?”

“It has its difficulties.”

“Do you know how?”

“Naturally. But the really difficult thing is to hit a mark with a knife
at a distance of twenty or thirty metres.”

“How do they do that?”

“Why, there’s nothing much to it. You place the knife like this,” and
Quentin assumed that he had placed one in the palm of his hand, “and
then you throw it with all your might. The knife flies like an arrow,
and sticks wherever you wish.”

“How horrible!”

“That is what we call ‘painting a _jabeque_ [a facial wound].’”

“A ca--a cha--a what?”

“_Jabeque._”

“It is truly extraordinary,” said the Frenchman, after attempting in
vain to pronounce the guttural. “You have doubtless killed bulls also?”

“Oh! yes, indeed.”

“But you are very young.”

“Twenty-two.”

“Didn’t you tell me that you have been in England for eight years?”

“Yes.”

“So you killed bulls when you were fourteen?”

“No ... in my vacations.”

“Ah! You came from England just for that?”

“Yes--for that, and to see my sweetheart.”

The Frenchwoman smiled, and her husband said:

“Weren’t you afraid?”

“Afraid of which?--The bulls, or my sweetheart?”

“Of both!” exclaimed the Frenchman, laughing heartily.

“What a simpleton!” reiterated the countryman, smiling, and looking at
him as he would at a child.

“All you have to do with women and bulls to understand them,” said
Quentin, with the air of a consummate connoisseur, “is to know them. If
the bull attacks you on the right, just step to the left, or _vice
versa_.”

“And if you don’t have time to do that?” questioned the Frenchman rather
anxiously.

“Then you may count yourself among the departed, and beg them to say a
few masses for the salvation of your soul.”

“It is frightful--And the ladies are very enthusiastic over a good
toreador, eh?”

“Of course--on account of the profession.”

“What do you mean by ‘on account of the profession’?”

“Don’t the ladies bully us?”

“That’s true,” said the countryman, smiling.

“And he who fights best,” continued the Frenchman, “will have the doors
of society opened to him?”

“Of course.”

“What a strange country!”

“Pardon me,” asked his wife, “but is it true that if a girl deceives her
lover, he always kills her?”

“No, not always--sometimes--but he is not obliged to.”

“And you--have you killed a sweetheart?” she inquired, consumed with
curiosity.

“I!”--and Quentin hesitated as one loath to confess--“Not I.”

“Ah!--Yes, yes!” insisted the Frenchwoman, “you have killed a
sweetheart. One can see it in your face.”

“My dear,” said her husband, “do not press him: the Spaniards are too
noble to talk about some things.”

Quentin looked at the Frenchman and winked his eye confidentially,
giving him to understand that he had divined the true cause of his
reserve. Then he feigned a melancholy air to conceal the joy this farce
afforded him. After that, he diverted himself by looking through the
window.

“What a bore this weather is,” he murmured.

He had always pictured his arrival at Cordova as taking place on a
glorious day of golden sunshine, and instead, he was encountering
despicable weather, damp, ugly, and sad.

“I suppose the same thing will happen to everything I have planned.
Nothing turns out as you think it will. That, according to my schoolmate
Harris, is an advantage. I’m not so sure. It is a matter for
discussion.”

This memory of his schoolmate made him think of Eton school.

“I wonder what they are doing there now?”

Absorbed in his memories, he continued to look out the window. As the
train advanced, the country became more cultivated. Well-shaped horses
with long tails were grazing in the pastures.

The travellers commenced to prepare their luggage for a quick descent
from the train: Quentin put on his hat, stuffed his cap into his pocket,
and placed his bag on the seat.

“Sir,” said the Frenchman to him quickly, “I thank you for the
information with which you have supplied me. I am Jules Matignon,
professor of Spanish in Paris. I believe we shall see each other again
in Cordova.”

“My name is Quentin García Roelas.”

They shook hands, and waited for the train to stop: it was already
slowing up as it neared the Cordova station.

They arrived; Quentin got off quickly, and crossed the platform, pursued
by four or five porters. Confronting one of these who had a red
handkerchief on his head, and handing him his bag and check, he ordered
him to take them to his house.

“To the Calle de la Zapatería,” he said. “To the store where they sell
South American comestibles. Do you know where it is?”

“The house of Don _Rafaé_? Of course.”

“Good.”

This done, Quentin opened his umbrella, and began to make his way toward
the centre of the city.

“It seems as though I hadn’t crossed the Channel at all,” he said to
himself, “but were walking along one of those roads near the school. The
same grey sky, the same mud, the same rain. Now I am about to see the
parks and the river--”

But no--what he saw was the orange trees on the Victoria, laden with
golden fruit glistening with raindrops.

“I’m beginning to be convinced that I am in Cordova,” murmured Quentin,
and he entered the Paseo del Gran Capitán, followed the Calle de
Gondomar as far as Las Tendillas, whence, as easily as if he had passed
through the streets but yesterday, he reached his house. He scarcely
recognized it at first glance: the store no longer occupied two windows
as before, but the whole front of the house. The doors were covered with
zinc plates: only one of them having a window through which the interior
could be seen full of sacks piled in rows.

Quentin mounted to the main floor and knocked several times: the door
was opened to him, and he entered.

“Here I am!” he shouted, as he traversed a dark corridor. A door was
heard to open, and the boy felt himself hugged and kissed again and
again.

“Quentin!”

“Mother! But I can’t see you in all this darkness.”

“Come”--and his mother, with her arms about him, led him into a room.
Bringing him to the light of a balcony window, she exclaimed: “How tall
you are, my son! How tall, and how strong!”

“I’ve become a regular barbarian.”

His mother embraced him again.

“Have you been well? But you will soon tell us all about it. Are you
hungry? Do you want something to drink?--A cup of chocolate?”

“No, no--none of your chocolate. Something a bit more solid: ham,
eggs.... I’m ferociously hungry.”

“Good! I’ll tell them to get your breakfast ready.”

“Is everybody well?”

“Everybody. Come and see them.”

They followed a narrow corridor and entered a room where two boys, aged
fifteen and twelve respectively, had just finished dressing. Quentin
embraced them none too effusively, and from the larger room they went
into a bedroom, where a little girl between eight and nine years old was
sleeping in a huge bed.

“Is that Dolores?” asked Quentin.

“Yes.”

“The last time I saw her she was a tiny little thing. How pretty she
is!”

The child awoke, and seeing a stranger before her, became frightened.

“But it’s your brother Quentin, who has just arrived.”

Her fears immediately allayed, she allowed herself to be kissed.

“Now we shall go and see your father.”

“Very well,” said Quentin reluctantly.

They left the bedroom, and at the end of the corridor, found themselves
in a room in whose doorway swung a black screen with a glass panel.

“We’ll wait a moment. He must have gone into the store,” said his
mother, as she seated herself upon the sofa.

Quentin absently examined the furnishings of the office: the large
writing-desk full of little drawers; the safe with its gilt knobs; the
books and letter-press lying upon a table near the window. Upon the wall
opposite the screen hung two large, mud-coloured lithographs of Vesuvius
in eruption. Between them was a large, hexagonal clock, and below it, a
“perpetual” calendar of black cardboard, with three elliptic apertures
set one above the other--the upper one for the date, the middle one for
the month, and the lower one for the year.

Mother and son waited a moment, while the clock measured the time with a
harsh _tick-tock_. Suddenly the screen opened, and a man entered the
office. He was clean-shaven, elegantly dressed, with a full, pink face,
and an aristocratic air.

“Here is Quentin,” said his mother.

“Hello!” exclaimed the man, holding out his hand to the youth. “So you
have arrived without notifying us in advance? How goes it in England?”

“Very well.”

“I suppose you’re quite a man now, ready to do something useful.”

“I believe so,” answered Quentin.

“I am glad--I am very glad to see you so changed.”

At this point an elderly man entered the office. He was tall and thin,
with a drooping grey moustache. He bowed low by way of a greeting, but
Quentin’s mother, nodding toward her son, said:

“Don’t you know him, Palomares?”

“Whom, Doña Fuensanta?”

“This boy. It’s Quentin.”

“Quentin!” the old man fairly shouted. “So it is! My boy, how you have
grown! You’re a regular giant! Well, well! How do you like the English?
They’re a bad race, aren’t they? They’ve done me many a bad turn! When
did the boy come, Doña Fuensanta?”

“This very minute.”

“Well--” said Quentin’s father to Palomares.

“Come,” announced his mother, “they have work to do.”

“We shall have a little more time to talk later on at the table,” said
his father.

Mother and son left the office and made their way to the dining-room.
Quentin sat at the table and ravenously devoured eggs, ham, rolls, a bit
of cheese, and a plate of sweets.

“But you’ll lose your appetite for dinner,” warned his mother.

“_Ca!_ I never lose my appetite. I could go right on eating,” replied
Quentin. Then, smacking his lips over the wine as he stuck his nose into
the glass, he added: “What wine, mother! We didn’t drink anythink like
this at school.”

“No?”

“I should say not!”

“Poor boy!”

Quentin, touched, cried:

“I was lonesome, oh, so lonesome over there for such a long time. And
now ... you won’t love me as you do the others.”--

“Yes, I shall--just the same. I’ve thought about you so much--” and the
mother, again embracing her son, wept for a time upon his
shoulder--overcome with emotion.

“Come, come, don’t cry any more,” said Quentin, and seizing her by her
slender waist, he lifted her into the air as easily as if she had been a
feather, and kissed her upon the cheek.

“What a brute! How strong you are!” she exclaimed, surprised and
pleased.

Then they went over the house together. Some of the details demonstrated
very clearly the economic stride the family had made: the hall with its
large mirrors, marble consoles, and French hearth, was luxuriously
furnished: displayed in a cabinet in the dining-room, were a
table-service of Sèvres porcelain, and dishes, teapots, and platters of
repoussé silver.

“This table-service,” said Quentin’s mother, “we bought for a song from
a ruined marquis. Every one of the dishes and platters had a crown and
the marquis’ initials painted on it--but between the three girls and me,
we have rubbed them all off with pumice stone. It took us months.”

After seeing the entire house, mother and son descended to the store.
Here, the commercial ballast of the house was in evidence: heaped-up
piles of sacks of all sorts separated by narrow aisles. The employés of
the store came forward to greet Quentin; then he and his mother
reclimbed the stairs and entered the house.

“Your room is all ready for you,” said his mother. “We shall have dinner
directly.”

Quentin changed his clothes, washed, and presented himself in the
dining-room, very much combed and brushed, and looking extremely
handsome. His father, elegant in the whitest of collars, presided at the
table: his mother distributed the food: the children were clean and
tidy. A girl in a white apron served the meal.

Throughout the entire meal there existed a certain coldness, punctuated
by long and vexatious moments of silence. Quentin was furious, and when
the meal was finished, he arose immediately and went to his room.

“They have forgotten nothing here,” he thought. “I don’t believe I shall
be able to stay in this house for any length of time.”

His baggage had been brought to his room, so he devoted himself to
unpacking his books, and to arranging them in a bookcase. It was still
raining, and he had no desire to go out. It soon grew dark; for these
were the shortest days of the year. He went down to the store, where he
came upon Palomares, the old dependent of the house.

“How did you like England?” he was asked.

“Very much. It is a great country.”

“But a bad race, eh?”

“_Ca_, man! Better than ours.”

“Do you think so?”

“I certainly do.”

“Maybe you’re right. Have you seen the store?”

“Yes, this morning.”

“We’ve made a great fight here, my boy. We have worked wonders--your
mother most of all. When she’s around, I can laugh at any other woman,
no matter how clever she may be.”

“Yes, she must be clever.”

“Indeed she is! She is responsible for everything. When I used to go
into the office upstairs, and turn the screws on the calendar, I thought
‘Today we’ll have the catastrophe’--but no, everything turned out well.
I’m going upstairs for a while. Are you coming?”

“No.”

Quentin seized an umbrella and took a stroll through the city. It was
pouring rain; so, very much bored, he soon returned to the house.

His mother, Palomares, and all the children were playing Keno in the
dining-room. They invited him to take part in the game, and although it
did not impress him as particularly amusing, he had no choice but to
accept. It was a source of much laughter and shouting when Quentin
failed to understand the nicknames which Palomares gave to the numbers
as he called them; for beside those that were common and already
familiar to him, such as “the pretty little girl” for the 15, he had
others that were more picturesque which he had to explain to Quentin.
The 2, for example, was called “the little turkey-hen”; the 11, “the
Catalonians’ gallows”; the 6, “the clothier’s rat”; the 22, “mother
Irene’s turkeys”; the 17, “the crooked _Maoliyo_.” Among the nicknames,
were some that were surprisingly fantastic; like the 10, which Palomares
designated by calling “María Francisca, who goes to the theatre in dirty
petticoats.”

At the end of each game, Palomares took a tray with a glass of water on
it, and said to the winner:

“You who have won behold your glass of water and your sugar-loaf: you
who have lost,” and he pointed to the loser, “go whence you came.”

His fun was hailed with delight every time he went through the ceremony.

“Now tell us what you did in Chile,” said one of the youngsters.

“No, no,” said Quentin’s mother. “You two boys must study now, and my
little girl must go to bed.”

They obeyed without a protest, and soon after, one could hear the
buzzing of the two boys as they read their lesson aloud.

“Well,” said Palomares, “I’m going to supper,” and taking his cloak, he
went out into the street.

Quentin’s father came in, and they had supper. The evening meal had the
same character as the dinner. As soon as they had finished dessert,
Quentin arose and went to his room.

He climbed into bed, and amid the great confusion of images and
recollections that crowded his brain, one idea always predominated: that
he was not going to be able to live in that house.




CHAPTER II

O, ORIENTAL, ROMANTIC CITY!


On the following day, Quentin awoke very early. An unusual sensation of
heat and dryness penetrated his senses. He looked through the balcony
window. The delicate, keen, somewhat lustreless light of morning glowed
in the street. In the clear, pale sky, a few white clouds were drifting
slowly.

Quentin dressed himself rapidly, left the house in which all were still
sleeping, turned down the street, went through a narrow alley, crossed a
plaza, followed a street, and then another and another, and soon found
himself without knowledge as to his whereabouts.

“This is amusing,” he murmured.

He was completely at sea. He did not even know on which side of the city
he was.

This made him feel very gay; happily, and with a light heart, thinking
of nothing in particular, but enjoying the soft, fresh air of the winter
morning, he continued with real pleasure to lose himself in that
labyrinth of alleys and passages--veritable crevices, shadow-filled....

The streets narrowed before him, and then widened until they formed
little plazas: they were full of sinuous twists; they traced broken
lines through the city. Water-spouts, terminating in wide-open dragon
mouths, threatened each other from opposite eaves, and the two lines of
tiled roofs, broken now and then by projecting bay-windows, and azoteas
(flat roofs or terraces upon the house-tops), were so close together
that the sky was reduced between them to a ribbon of blue--of a very
pure blue.

When one narrow, white street came to an end, on either side there
opened out others equally narrow, white, and silent.

Quentin never imagined that there could be so much solitude, so much
light, so much mystery and silence. His eyes, accustomed to the filtered
and opaque light of the North, were blinded by the reverberation of the
walls. The air buzzed in his ears like a huge, sonorous sea-shell.

How different everything was! What a difference between this clear and
limpid atmosphere, and that grey northern air: between the refulgent sun
of Cordova, and the turbid light of the misty, blackened towns of
England!

“This is a real sun,” thought Quentin, “and not that thing in England
that looks like a wafer stuck on brown paper.”

In the plazoletas, white houses with green blinds, with their eaves
shaded by tracings of blue paint, their intersecting angles twisted, and
splashed with lime, sparkled and shone. And from the side of one of
these sunbaked plazas, there started a narrow, damp, and sinuous alley,
full of violet shadows.

Sometimes Quentin paused before sumptuous façades of old manorial
houses. At the furthest end of the broad entrance, the wrought-iron
flowers of the grating stood out against the brilliant clarity of a
resplendent patio. That drowsy spot was surrounded by rows of arches,
and jardinières were hung from the roofs of the corridors; while from a
marble basin in the centre, a fountain of crystalline water plashed in
the air.

In the houses of the rich, great plantain trees spread their enormous
leaves, and cactus plants in green wooden pots, decorated the entrance.
In some of the poorer houses, the patios could be seen overflowing with
light at the end of very long and shadowy corridors.

The day was advancing: from time to time a figure wrapped in a cloak, or
an old woman with a basket, or a girl with her hair down her back and an
Andújar pitcher on her well-rounded hip, would pass quickly by, and
suddenly, instantaneously, one or the other of them would disappear in
the turn of an alley. An old woman was setting up a small table, on top
of which, and upon some bits of paper, she was arranging coloured taffy.

Without realizing where he was going, Quentin came to the Mosque, and
found himself before the wall facing an altar with a wooden shed, and a
grating decorated with pots of flowers. On the altar was this sign:

    _Si quieres que tu dolor
    se convierta en alegría,
    no pasarás, pecador,
    sin alabar a María._

(If you wish your grief to be changed to joy, you will not pass by, O
sinner, without first praising the Virgin Mary.)

       *       *       *       *       *

Near the altar was an open gate, and through it, Quentin passed into the
Patio de los Naranjos.

Above the archway of the entrance, the cathedral tower, broad, strong,
and resplendent in the sun, raised itself toward heaven, standing out in
clear and sharp silhouette in the pure and diaphanous morning air.

Now and then a woman crossed the patio. A prebendary, with cap and
crimson mozetta, was walking slowly up and down in the sun, smoking,
with his hands clasped behind his back. In the shelter of the Puerta del
Perdón, two men were piling oranges. As Quentin neared the fountain, a
little old man asked him solicitously:

“Do you wish to see the Mosque?”

“No, sir,” replied Quentin pleasantly.

“The Alcázar?”

“No.”

“The Tower?”

“No.”

“Very well, Señorito, pardon me if I have molested you.”

“Not at all.”

When Quentin left the Patio de los Naranjos, he met the French couple of
the train near the Triunfo column. M. Matignon hastened to greet him.

“Oh, what a town! What a town!” he cried. “Oh, my friend, what an
extraordinary affair!”

“Why, what has happened to you?”

“A thousand things.”

“Good or bad?”

“Both. Just fancy: last night as I was coming out of a house, and was
about to enter my hotel, a man with a lantern in his hand, and a short
pike, commenced to pursue me. I went into the hotel and locked myself in
my room; but the man came into the hotel; I’m sure of it, I’m sure of
it.”

Quentin laughed, realizing that the man with the lantern and the short
pike was a night watchman.

“Pay no attention to the man with the pike,” said he. “If he sees you
again and starts to follow you, look him straight in the eye, and say to
him firmly: ‘I have the key.’ It is the magic word. As soon as he hears
it, he will go away.”

“Why?”

“Ah! That is a secret.”

“How strange! One says to him, ‘I have the key,’ and he goes?”

“Yes.”

“It is marvellous. Something else happened to me.”

“What?”

“Last night we went to a café, and I left my stick upon a chair. When I
went back after it, it was no longer there.”

“Naturally! Some one carried it off.”

“But that is not moral!” declared M. Matignon indignantly.

“No. We Spaniards have no morals,” replied Quentin somewhat dejectedly.

“One cannot live without morality!”

“But we _do_ live without it. With us, stealing a stick, or stabbing a
friend are things of small importance.”

“You cannot have order in that way.”

“Of course not.”

“Nor discipline.”

“True.”

“Nor society.”

“Assuredly not: but here we live without those things.”

M. Matignon shook his head sadly.

“Are you going to continue your walk?” he asked.

“Yes.”

“We shall go with you if we won’t be in your way.”

“Come by all means.”

Together the trio began to wander through that puzzling entanglement of
alleys. The barrio, or district into which they penetrated (the vicinity
of El Potro), was beginning to come to life. A few old women with
sour-looking faces, some with mantles of Antequera baize, others with
black mantillas, were on their way to mass, carrying folding chairs
under their arms.

“Dueñas, eh?” said the Frenchman, pointing his finger at the old women.
“But their ladies, where are they now?”

“Probably snoring at their ease,” replied Quentin.

“But, do they snore?”

“Some of them, yes.”

“Snore? What is that?” Madame Matignon inquired of her husband in
French.

“_Ronfler_, my dear,” said Matignon, “_ronfler_.”

His wife made a disdainful little grimace.

When the gossips in the streets caught sight of the trio, they exchanged
a jest or two from door to door. Servant girls were scrubbing the floors
of the patios with mops, and singing gipsy songs; balcony windows flew
open with a bang, as women came out to shake their rugs and carpets.

Grimy-looking men passed them, pushing carts and shouting: “Fish!”
Vendors of medicinal herbs languidly cried their wares; and a muleteer,
mounted upon the hindmost donkey of his herd, rode along singing to the
tune of the tinkling bells on his decorated asses.

Once, behind a window-grating, they caught sight of a pallid, anæmic
face with large, sad, black eyes, and a white flower stuck in the ebony
hair.

“Oh! Oh!” cried Matignon, and immediately ran to the window.

The maiden, offended by his curiosity, pulled down the curtain, and went
on embroidering or sewing, waiting for the handsome gallant, who perhaps
never came.

“They are odalisques,” declared the Frenchman rather spitefully.

In the doorways on some of the streets, they saw men working at turning
lathes in the Moorish fashion, using a sort of bow, and helping
themselves in their tasks with their feet.

Quentin, who was already tired of the walk and of the observations and
comments of the Frenchman, announced his intention of leaving them.

“I would like to ask you a question first,” said Matignon.

“Proceed.”

“I wish to see an undertaking establishment.” “An und_air_tak_ing_
estableesh_ment_,” the good man called it.

“There are none here,” replied Quentin. “They are all far away; but if
you should see a shop where they sell guitars, you may be pretty sure
that that is where they make coffins, too.”

“Can it be possible?”

“Yes. It’s a Cordovese custom.”

M. Matignon’s mouth fell open in surprise.

“It is extraordinary!” he exclaimed when he had recovered from his
astonishment, and he drew a memorandum book and a pencil from his
pocket. “Where did this custom come from?”

“Oh! It is very ancient. The casket-makers here declared that they were
loath to confine their efforts to sad things, so from the same wood out
of which they make a coffin, they take a piece for a guitar.”

“Admirable! Admirable! And they do not know that in France! What a
philosophy is that of the casket-maker! O, Cordova, Cordova! How little
thou art known in the world!”

At that moment, a tattered, bushy-haired vendor of sacred images crossed
a very small plaza which contained a very large sign-post. Upon his
white, matted hair he wore a greasy and dirty hat as large as a portico.
His loose-fitting, long-sleeved cloak was worn wrong side to: the back
across his breast, and the sleeves, knotted and bulky at the ends,
falling down his back. Under his right arm he carried the saint, and in
his belt was a cash-box with a slot for pennies.

“Pst! Silence!” said Quentin. “You are about to behold a most
interesting spectacle.”

“What is it?”

“Do you see that man?”

“Yes.”

“I’ll wager you cannot guess who he is?”

“No.”

“The Bishop of Cordova!”

“The Bishop!”

“Yes, sir.”

“But he hasn’t the appearance of a bishop, nor even of a cleanly
person.”

“That doesn’t matter. If you follow him cautiously, you will be able to
see something very strange.”

After he had said this, Quentin bowed to the couple, and walked rapidly
away in the direction of his home.




CHAPTER III

INFANCY: SOMBRE VESTIBULE OF LIFE


Archæologists guard those curious, twice-written documents called
palimpsests as carefully as though they were so much gold. They are
parchments from which the first inscriptions were erased years and years
ago, to be substituted by others. More recently, assiduous investigators
have learned how to bring the erased characters to light, to decipher
them, and to read them.

The idea of those strange documents came to Quentin’s mind as he thought
about his life.

Eight years of English school had apparently completely erased the
memories of his early childhood. The uniformity of his school life, the
continual sports, had dulled his memory. Night after night Quentin went
to bed overcome with fatigue, with nothing to preoccupy his mind save
his themes and his lessons; but his removal from the scholarly
atmosphere, and his return to his home, had been sufficient to reawaken
memories of his childhood--vaguely at first, but daily growing stronger,
more distinct, and more detailed.

The erased inscription of the palimpsest was again becoming
comprehensible: memories long dormant were crowding Quentin’s mind: of
these recollections, some were sad and gloomy; others, and these were
very few, were gay; still others were not as yet very clear to him.

Quentin endeavoured to reconstruct his childhood. He remembered having
passed it in a house on the Calle de Librerías, near the Calle de la
Feria and the Cuesta de Luján, and he went to see the place. It was on a
corner of the street: a rose-coloured house with a silversmith’s shop on
the lower floor, two large and pretentious balconies on the main floor,
and above them, two rectangular windows. On top of the roof, was a
diminutive azotea surrounded by a rubble-stone wall.

“That is where I was as a child,” said Quentin to himself.

He remembered vaguely that hedge-mustard used to grow between the slabs
of the azotea, and that he had a white cat with which he used to play.

He peeped into the shop, and there came to his mind the picture of a man
with white hair whom his mother tried to get him to kiss--something she
never succeeded in doing.

“I must have been a little savage in those days,” thought Quentin.

He strolled along the Calle de la Feria and recalled his escapades with
the little boys of the vicinity of La Ribera and El Murallón where they
used to play.

His memory did not flow smoothly. There were large gaps in it: persons,
things, and places were blurred confusedly. His vivid recollections
began in the Calle de la Zapatería, where his parents established their
first shop. From there on, the incidents were linked together; they had
an explanation, a conclusion.

Quentin was taken to school when he was very young--three or four years
old--because he was in the way at the store. As a very small child he
was distinguished as a dare-devil, a rowdy, and a swaggering boaster;
and many times he returned from school with his trousers torn, or a
black eye.

Once he had a fight with one of his schoolmates who came from a town
called Cabra (Goat). For this reason, the others used to poke fun at
him, calling him a “son of a goat,” and making rude derivations from the
name of his home town. Quentin was one of the most insulting, and one
day the tormented lad answered him:

“You’re a bigger son of a goat than I am, and your mother is living with
a silversmith.”

Quentin waited for his comrade to come out of school, and then punched
his nose--only to be thrashed by his victim’s older brother afterwards.
This affair gave origin to a continual series of fights, and nearly
every day Quentin was crippled by the beatings he received.

“Why, what’s the matter with you?” his mother once asked.

“They told me at school that my mother was living with a silversmith.”

“Who told you?”

“Everybody,” replied Quentin with a frown.

“And what did you do?”

“Fought ’em all!”

His mother said nothing more, but she withdrew Quentin from that school
and took him to another, which was presided over by a dominie, and
attended by a couple of dozen children.

The dominie was a secularized monk by the name of Piñuela--an old fossil
full of musty prejudices. He was a strong partisan of the ancient
pedagogic principle, so much beloved by our ancestors, of “La letra con
la sangre entra” (Learn by the sweat of thy brow).

Dominie Piñuela was a ridiculous and eccentric individual. His nose was
large, coarse, and flaming red: his under lip hung down: his great eyes,
turbid, and bulging from their sockets like two eggs, were always
watery: he wore a long, tight-fitting frock coat, which was once black,
but now with the passage of time, covered with layers of dirt and grease
and dandruff; narrow trousers, bagging loosely at the knees, and a black
skull-cap.

Piñuela’s only store of knowledge consisted of Latin, rhetoric, and
writing. His system of instruction was based on the division of the
class into two groups, Rome and Carthage, a book of translations, and a
Latin Grammar. Besides these educational mediums, the secularized monk
counted upon the aid of a ferrule, a whip, a long bamboo stick, and a
small leather sack filled with bird-shot.

Piñuela taught writing by the Spanish method, with the letters ending in
points. To do this one had to know how to cut and trim quill pens; and
few there were who had the advantage of the Dominie in this art.

Besides this, Piñuela corrected the vicious pronunciation of his pupils;
and in order to do so, he exaggerated his own by doubling his z’s and
s’s. One of the selections of his readings began as follows: _Amanezzía;
era la máss bella mañana de primafera_ (Dawn was breaking; it was the
most beautiful day of Spring): and all the children had to say
“primafera” and “fida” unless they wished their lessons to be
supplemented by a blow with the ferrule.

The Dominie walked constantly to and fro with his pen behind his ear. If
he saw that a child was not studying, or had not pointed his letters
sufficiently in his copy-book, according to the principles of
Iturzaeta, he beat him with the stick, or threw the bag of shot at his
head.

“Idling, eh?--Idling?” he would murmur, “I’ll teach you to idle!”

For more serious occasions, the stupid Dominie had his whip; but nearly
all of the parents warned him not to use it on their children--which for
Piñuela was the plainest symptom of the decadence of the times.

At first Quentin felt the profoundest hate for the Dominie: he tormented
him every time he could with unutterable joy; he broke his inkwells; he
bored holes in his writing-desk; and Piñuela retaliated by boxing his
ears. Between master and pupil there began to arise a certain ironical
and joyous esteem by force of beatings from the one, and pranks from the
other. They looked upon each other as faithful enemies; Quentin’s
mischief provoked laughter from Piñuela, and the Dominie’s beatings
wrested an ironical smile from Quentin.

Once the pupils saw Piñuela advancing with his pointer raised on high,
and Quentin running, hiding behind tables, and throwing inkwells at the
Dominie’s head.

One day two old women were gossiping in the shop at home. They were two
street vendors, one of whom was called Siete Tonos, on account of the
seven different tones she used in crying her wares.

“They have hard luck with the little scamp. He’s a wicked little devil,”
said one of them.

“Yes; he’s not like his father,” added the other.

“But El Pende isn’t his father.”

“Ah! Isn’t he?”

“No.”

Quentin waited for them to say more, but the clerk entered the store,
and the gossips fell silent.

El Pende was the nickname of the man who passed for Quentin’s father.
The boy thought about the conversation of the two old gossips for a long
time, and came to the conclusion that there had been something obscure
about his birth. He was proud and haughty, and considered himself worthy
of royal descent, so the idea of dishonour irritated him, and made him
desperate.

One day his mother went to ask the Dominie how her son was behaving
himself.

“How is he behaving himself?” cried Piñuela with ironic geniality.
“Badly! Very badly! He’s the worst boy in the class. A veritable
dishonour to my school. He knows nothing about Latin, nor grammar, nor
logic, nor anything. I’m sure that he doesn’t even know how to decline
_musa, musae_.”

“So you think he is no good at studying?”

“He is a rowdy, incapable of ever possessing the sublime language of
Lacius.”

His mother told her husband what Piñuela had said, and El Pende launched
a sermon at Quentin.

“So this is the way you behave after the sacrifices we have made for
you!”

Quentin did not reply to the charges they made against him, but when El
Pende told him that if he continued his pranks he would throw him out of
the house, the thought that was in Quentin’s heart rushed to his lips.

“It makes no difference to me,” he cried, “because you are not my
father.”

El Pende boxed the boy’s ears; the mother wept; and that night Quentin
left the house and roamed the fields half-starved, until Palomares, the
clerk, found him and brought him to his parents.

The boy began to take notice of things, and made it plain to his mother
that instead of studying Latin, he preferred to learn French and go to
America, as a schoolmate of his--the son of a Swiss watch-maker--had
done.

Accordingly they took him to the academy of a French _emigré_, a violent
republican, who, at the same time that he taught his pupils to conjugate
the verb _avoir_, spoke to them enthusiastically about Danton,
Robespierre, and Hoche.

Perhaps this excited Quentin’s imagination; perhaps it did not need to
be excited; at any rate, one Sunday morning he decided to put into
execution his great _projét de voyage_.

His mother was accustomed to hide the key to the cabinet where she kept
her money under her pillow. While she was at mass, Quentin seized the
key, opened the cabinet, stuffed the seventy dollars that he found there
into his pocket, and a few minutes later was calmly increasing the
distance between himself and his home.

Fifteen days after his escape he was apprehended in Cadiz just as he was
about to set sail for America, and was brought back to Cordova in the
custody of the _guardia civil_.

Then his mother took him to a monastery, but Quentin had made up his
mind to run away from everything, so he attempted to escape several
times. At the end of a month, the friars intimated that they did not
wish to keep him any longer.

To the boys of his age, Quentin was now the prototype of wildness,
impudence, and disobedience. People predicted an evil future for him.

At this point his mother said to him one day:

“We are going to a certain house. Kindly answer politely anything they
may ask you there.”

Quentin said nothing, but accompanied his mother to a palace on the
Calle del Sol. They climbed some marble stairs, and entered a hall where
a white-haired old man was sitting in a large, deep armchair, with a
blond little girl who looked like an angel to Quentin, by his side.

“So this is the little scamp?” inquired the little old man with a smile.

“Sí, Señor Marqués,” replied Quentin’s mother.

“And what do you wish to do, my boy?” the Marquis asked him.

“I!--Get out of here as soon as I possibly can,” replied Quentin in a
dull voice.

“But, why?”

“Because I hate this town.”

The little girl must have looked at him in horror; at least he supposed
she did.

His mother and the old man chatted a while, and at last the latter
exclaimed:

“Very well, my boy. You shall go to England. Get his baggage ready,” he
added, turning to the mother, “and let him go as soon as possible.”

Quentin departed, making the journey sometimes in the company of others,
sometimes alone, and entered Eton School, near Windsor. In a short time
he had forgotten his entire former life.

In the English school the professor was not the enemy of the scholar,
but rather one of his schoolmates. Quentin met boys as daring as he, and
stronger than he, and he had to look alive. That school was something
like a primitive forest where the strong devoured the weak, and
conquered and abused them.

The brutality of the English education acted like a tonic upon Quentin,
and made him athletic and good-humoured. The thing of paramount
importance that he learned there, was that one must be strong and alert
and calm in life, and ready to conquer always.

In the same way that he accepted this concept on account of the way it
flattered him, he rejected the moral and sentimental concepts of his
fellow-pupils and masters. Those young men of bulldog determination,
valiant, strengthened by football and rowing, and nourished by underdone
meat, were full of ridiculous conventions and respect for social class,
for the hierarchy, and for authority.

In spite of the fact that he passed for an aristocrat and a son of a
marquis in order to enjoy a certain prestige in the school, Quentin
manifested a profound contempt for the principles his schoolmates held
in such respect. He considered that authority, wigs, and ceremonies were
grotesque, and consequently was looked upon as the worst kind of a
poser.

He used to maintain, much to the stupefaction of his comrades, that he
felt no enthusiasm for religion, nor for his native land; that not only
would he not sacrifice himself for them, but he would not even give a
farthing to save them. Moreover, he asserted that if he should ever
become rich, he would prefer to owe his money to chance, rather than to
constant effort on his part; and that to work, as the English did, that
their wives might amuse themselves and live well, was absurd--for all
their blond hair, their great beauty, and their flute-like voices.

A man with his ideas, and one, moreover, who followed women--even
servant girls--in the street, and made complimentary remarks to them,
could not be a _gentleman_, and for this reason, Quentin had no intimate
friends. He was respected for his good fists, but enjoyed absolutely no
esteem....

During his last years at school, his only real friend was an Italian
teacher of music named Caravaglia. This man communicated to Quentin his
enthusiasm for Bellini, Donizetti, Rossini, and Verdi. Caravaglia used
to sit at the piano and sing. Quentin listened to him and was much
softened by the music. The _Alma innamoratta_ from _Lucia_, and _La
cavattina_ from _Hernani_, made him weep; but his greatest favourites,
the songs that went straight to his heart, were the manly arias from the
Italian operas like that in _Rigoletto_, that goes:

    _La constanza teranna del core._

This song, overflowing with arrogance, merry fanfaronade, indifference,
and egoism, enchanted him.

On the other hand, to his psalm-singing comrades, this merry and
swaggering music seemed worthy of the greatest contempt.

In the farewell banquet which Quentin gave to his four or five
companions, and to the Italian professor, there were several toasts.

“I am not a Protestant,” said Quentin at the last, somewhat befuddled
with whiskey, “nor am I a Catholic. I am a Horatian. I believe in the
wine of Falernus, and in Cécube and his wines of Calais. I also believe
that we mortals must leave the task of calming the winds to the gods.”

After this important declaration, nothing more is known, except the fact
that the diners all fell asleep.




CHAPTER IV

BLUE EYES, BLACK EYES


“See here, Quentin,” said his mother, “you ought to go and call on the
Marquis.”

“Very well,” Quentin answered, “must I go today?”

“You’d better.”

“Then I shall.”

“Do you remember where he lives?”

“Yes, I think I can find the house.”

“It’s in the Calle del Sol; any one will point out the palace to you.”

Quentin left the house, turned into the Plaza de la Corredera, and from
the Calle del Poyo, by encircling a church, he came out upon the Calle
de Santiago. It was a moderately warm day in January, with an overcast
sky. A few drops of rain were falling.

Quentin was very much preoccupied by the visit he was about to make.

So far, he had not asked what relation he was to that man. Surely some
relationship did exist; a bastard kinship; something defamatory to
Quentin.

Sunk deep in these thoughts, Quentin wandered from his way, and was
obliged to ask where the street was.

The palace of the Marquis of Tavera stood in a street in the lower part
of town, which with different names for its different parts, stretched
from the Plaza de San Pedro to the Campo de la Madre de Dios.

The Marquis’ palace was extremely large. Five bay-windows, framed in
thick moulding, with ornate iron-work and brass flower-pots, opened from
a façade of a yellow, porous stone. On either side of the larger centre
balcony, there rose two pilasters surmounted by a timpanum, in the
middle of which was the half-obliterated carving of a shield. The
decayed iron-work of the balustrade was twisted into complicated
designs.

On the ground floor, four large gratings clawed the walls of the palace,
and in the centre was a large opening closed by a massive door studded
with nails, and topped by a fan-shaped window.

Before the palace, the street widened into a small-sized plaza. Quentin
entered the wide entrance, and his footsteps resounded with a hollow
sound.

Some distance ahead of him, through the iron bars of the grating at the
end of a dark gallery, he could see a sunny garden; and that shady zone,
terminating in such a brilliant spot of light, recalled the play of
light and shade in the canvases of the old masters.

Quentin pulled a chain, and a bell rang in the distance with a solemn
sound.

Several minutes elapsed without any one coming to the entry, and Quentin
rang again.

A moment later the vivid sunlight of the distant garden, which shone
like a square patch of light at the end of the shadowy corridor, was
dimmed by the silhouette of a man who came forward until he reached and
opened the grating. He was small in stature, and old, and wore overalls,
an undershirt, and a broad-brimmed hat.

“What did you wish?” asked the old man.

“Is the Señor Marqués at home?”

“Sí, Señor.”

“May I see him?”

“I don’t know; ask upstairs.” The old man opened the grating, and
Quentin passed through.

Through a door on the right he could see a deserted patio. In the centre
of it was a fountain formed by a bowl which spilled the water into a
basin in six sparkling jets. On the left of the wide vestibule rose a
monumental stairway made of black and white marble. The very high
ceiling was covered with huge panels which were broken and decayed.

“Is this the way?” Quentin asked the old man, pointing to the stairway.

“Sí, Señor.”

He climbed the stairs to the landing, and paused before a large,
panelled, double door. In the centre of each half, he discerned two
large and handsomely carved escutcheons. To the left of this door there
was a window through which Quentin peeped.

“Oh, how beautiful!” he murmured in astonishment.

He saw a splendid garden, full of orange trees laden with fruit. In the
open, the trees were tall and erect; against the walls they took the
form of vines, climbing the high walls, and covering them with their
dark green foliage.

A light rain was falling, and it was a wonderful sight to see the
oranges glistening like balls of red and yellow gold among the dark,
rain-soaked leaves. The glistening brilliancy of the foliage, and of the
golden fruit, the grey sky, and the damp air created an extraordinary
effect of exuberance and life.

Silence reigned in the shady garden. From time to time, from his
hiding-place in a tree, some bird poured forth his sweet song. A pale
yellow sunbeam struggled to illuminate the spot, and as it was reflected
upon the wet leaves, it made them flash with a metallic brilliancy....

Above the opposite wall, rose the silhouette of a blackened and
moss-covered belfry, surmounted by the figure of an angel. In the
distance, over the house-tops, rose the dark sierra, partially hidden by
bluish mists. These mists were moved about by the wind, and as they
drifted along, or dissipated into the air, they disclosed several white
orchards which heretofore had been concealed by the haze.

On the mountain-top, as the white penants of mist floated among the
trees, they left tenuous filaments like those silver threads woven among
the thorn bushes by lemures.

Quentin was gazing tirelessly upon the scene, when he heard footsteps
behind him. He turned and saw a little girl of ten or twelve years, with
her hair down her back.

“Good-afternoon,” said the child with a marked Andalusian accent, as she
came up to him.

Quentin removed his hat respectfully, and the child smiled.

“Have you rung?” she asked.

“No.”

She rang the bell, and a large, over-grown servant girl opened the door
and asked Quentin what he wanted.

“Give the Señor Marqués my card,” he said, “and tell him that I have
come to pay him my respects.”

“Come in, Señor.”

Quentin entered. He rather wished that the Marquis would not care to
receive him, hoping in this way to avoid making a tiresome call, but his
wish was not granted, for in a short time, the over-grown servant girl
asked him to kindly follow her.

They traversed a gallery whose windows looked out upon the patio of the
fountain; then, after crossing two large, dark rooms, they came to a
high-ceilinged hall panelled in leather, and with a red rug, tarnished
by the years, upon the floor.

“Sit down, Señor; the master will be here directly,” said the maid.

Quentin seated himself and began to examine the hall. It was large and
rectangular, with three broad, and widely-separated balcony windows
looking out upon the garden. The room possessed an air of complete
desolation. The painted walls from which the plaster had peeled off in
places, were hung with life-size portraits of men in the uniforms and
habiliments of nobility: in some of the pictures the canvas was torn; in
others, the frames were eaten by moths: the great, rickety,
leather-covered armchairs staggered under the touch of a hand upon their
backs: two ancient pieces of tapestry with figures in relief, which
concealed the doors, were full of large rents: on the panels in the
ceiling, spiders wove their white webs: a very complicated seventeenth
century clock, with pendulum and dial of copper, had ceased to run: the
only things in that antique salon that were out of harmony, were the
French fire-place in which some wood was burning, and a little gilt
clock upon the marble mantel, which, like a good parvenu, impertinently
called attention to itself.

When he had waited a moment, a curtain was pulled aside, and an old man,
bent with age, entered the salon. He was followed by a little
bow-legged hunchback, crosseyed, grey-haired, and dressed in black.

“Where is the boy?” asked the old man in a cracked voice.

“Right in front of you,” replied the hunchback.

“Come closer!” exclaimed the Marquis, addressing Quentin. “I do not see
very well.”

Quentin approached him, and the old man seized his hand and looked at
him very closely.

“Come, sit by me. Have you enjoyed good health at school?”

“Yes, Señor Marqués.”

“Don’t call me that,” murmured the old man, patting Quentin’s hand.
“Have you learned to speak English?”

“Yes, sir.”

“But, well?”

“I speak it as well as I do Spanish.”

“English is very hard,” said the hunchback, who had seated himself upon
the floor. “Yes means yesca (tinder); _verigüel_ means muy bien (very
well), and as for the rest--when you can say, ‘I catch, I go, I
say’--you know English.”

“Hush, Colmenares,” said the Marquis, “don’t be a fool.”

“You’re more of a fool than I am,” replied the dwarf.

The old man, paying no attention to him, said to Quentin:

“I already know, I already know that you have not been up to any more
foolishness.”

The hunchback burst into noisy laughter.

“Then he doesn’t belong to your family,” he exclaimed, “because every
one of your family, beginning with you, is a fool.”

“Hush, buffoon, be quiet; I’ll warm your ribs for you if you don’t.”

This threat from the lips of the sickly octogenarian, was absolutely
absurd; but the hunchback appeared to take it in earnest, for he began
to make faces and grin in silence.

“Oh, Colmenares,” said the old man, “kindly call Rafaela, will you?”

“Very well.”

The hunchback went out, leaving the Marquis and Quentin alone.

“Well, my boy, I have asked your mother about you very often. She told
me that you were well, and that you were working hard. I am very glad to
see you”--and again he pressed Quentin’s hand between his own weak and
trembling ones.

Quentin regarded the old man tenderly, without knowing what to say. At
this moment, the hunchback returned, followed by a young lady and a
little girl. The little girl was the one Quentin had greeted upon the
stairs; the young lady was the same girl he had seen several years
before--probably in that very same room.

Quentin rose to greet them.

“Rafaela,” said the old man, addressing the older girl, “this boy is a
relative of ours. I am not going to recall incidents that sadden me: the
only thing I want is that you should know that you are related. Quentin
will come here often, will you not?”

“Yes, sir,” answered he, more and more astounded at the direction the
interview was taking.

“Good. That is all.”

At this point, the hunchback, clutching the Marquis by the sleeve,
asked:

“Would you like me to play for you?”

“Yes, do.”

The hunchback brought a small, lute-shaped guitar, drew up a tabouret,
and sat at the feet of the Marquis. Then he began to pluck the strings
with fingers as long and delicate as spiders’ legs. He played a guitar
march, and then, much to Quentin’s astonishment, the old Marquis began
to sing. He sang a patriotic song in a cracked voice. It was a very old
one, and ended with the following stanza:

    _Ay mi patria, patria mía,
    y tambien de mi querida;
    luchar valiente por patria y amor,
    es el deber del guerrero español._

(Ah, my country, country of mine, and also of my sweetheart; to fight
for country and love, is the duty of the Spanish warrior.)

       *       *       *       *       *

When the old man had finished the song, his grand-daughters embraced
him, and he smiled most contentedly.

Quentin felt as though he had been transported to another century. The
shabby house, the old Marquis, the buffoon, the beautiful
girls--everything seemed unusual.

The two sisters were pretty; Rafaela, the older sister, was extremely
attractive. Some twenty-three or twenty-four years of age, she had
clear, blue eyes--eyes the colour of pale blue satin--blond hair, a
straight nose, and an enchanting smile. Lacking the freshness of her
first youth, there was a suspicion of marcidity in her face, which,
perhaps, enhanced her attractiveness.

The face of Remedios, the child, was less symmetrical, but more
positive: she had large, black eyes, and an expression of mixed
audacity, childishness, and arrogance. Now and then she smiled silently
and mischievously.

When Quentin felt that he had stayed long enough, he rose, gave his hand
to the two girls, and hesitantly approached the old man, who threw his
arms about his neck and tearfully embraced him.

He saluted the hunchback with a nod of his head which was scarcely
answered; descended the stairs, and upon reaching the vestibule, the man
who had let him in, asked:

“Excuse me, Señor, but are you the man who got back from England a
little while ago?”

“Yes.”

“That’s what I thought. Are you going to stay in Cordova?”

“I believe so.”

“Then we shall see you?”

“Yes, I shall call from time to time.”

The two men shook hands, and Quentin stepped into the street.

“The old man is my grandfather,” said Quentin, “that’s _just_ what he
is. His emotion, his harrowed look--that’s _just_ what he is.”

Perhaps the best thing to do would be to ask his mother exactly what the
circumstances of his birth were; but he feared to offend her.

He soon forgot about that, and began to think about the blond-haired
girl Rafaela. She was pretty. Indeed she was! Her clear, soft eyes; her
pleasant smile; and above all, her opaque voice had gone straight to
Quentin’s heart: but as Quentin was not a dreamer, but a Bœotian, a
Horatian, as he himself had remarked, he associated with Rafaela’s soft,
blue eyes, the ancestral home, the beautiful garden, and the wealth
which her family must still possess.

Quentin devoted the days following this visit to cogitating upon this
point.

Rafaela was an admirable prize--pretty, pleasant, and aristocratic. He
must attempt the conquest. True, he was an illegitimate child. He had a
desire to laugh at that thought, it seemed so operatic to him: now he
could sing the aria from _Il Trovatore_:

    _Deserto sulla terra_.

Bastard or no bastard, he considered that the thing was possible. He was
tall, handsome, and above all, strong. In Eton, he had noticed that
after all, the greatest attraction in a man for women is strength.

They said that the Marquis’ house was going to ruin: he would save it
from ruin and restore it splendidly. Then--into the street with those
who got in his way! It was a great plan.

Truly, Rafaela was an admirable prize. To marry her, and live in that
sumptuous house with the two sisters until the place was completely
repaired, would be a life indeed! He would write his school friends and
tell them about his marriage to an Andalusian descendant of the Cid, and
describe the patios filled with orange trees.... Then he could say with
his poet: “Let them serve us quickly this bottle of Falernus in the
neighbouring gorge.” After that ... then came new chapters, as yet
scarcely outlined in his imagination....

He would represent himself from the very first as a romanticist, an
idealist, a scorner of the impurities of reality. He would manifest a
respectful enthusiasm for her, like that of a man who dares not even
dream of so much felicity.

“You’ll win, Quentin, you’ll win,” he said to himself joyously. “What do
you desire? To live well, to have a beautiful home, not to work. Is that
a crime, forsooth? And if it were a crime, then what? They do not carry
one off to jail for that. No. You are a good Bœotian, a good swine in
the herd of Epicurus. You were not born for the base bodily wants of a
merchant. Dissemble a little, my son, dissemble a little. Why not?
Fortunately for you, you are a great faker.”




CHAPTER V

NOBLE AND ANCIENT ANCESTRAL HOMES!


A week later, on a rainy day which recalled that of his first visit,
Quentin approached the palace. In spite of his Epicureanism and his
Bœotianism, he dared not enter; he passed by without stopping until he
reached the Campo de la Madre de Dios.

He leaned over the railing on the river bank. The Guadalquivir was
muddy, clay-coloured: some fishermen in black boats were casting their
nets near the Martos dam and mill: others, with poles, perched upon the
rocks of the Murallón, were patiently waiting for the shad to bite.

Quentin returned to the Calle del Sol disgusted with his weakness, but
as soon as he reached the house, his energy again disappeared.
Fortunately for him, the man who had opened the gate for him a few days
before was seated on a stone bench in the vestibule.

“Good-afternoon,” said Quentin.

“Good-afternoon, Señor. Did you come to see the Marquis?”

“No; I was just out for a walk.”

“Won’t you come in?”

“Very well, I’ll come in for a while.”

The old man opened the gate, shut it again, and they went down the long
gallery. At the end of it, after climbing two steps, they came into the
garden. It was large and beautiful: the walls were hidden by the
fan-shaped foliage of the orange and lemon trees. Close-trimmed myrtles
lined the walks, and underfoot, yellow and green moss carpeted the
stones.

“I have taken care of this garden for fifty years,” said the man.

“_Caramba!_”

“Yes; I began to work here when I was eight or ten years old. It is
rather neglected now, for I can’t do much any more.”

“Why are those orange trees in the centre so tall?”

“Orange trees grow taller when they are shut in like that than they do
in the country,” answered the gardener.

“And what do you do with so many oranges?”

“The master gives them away.”

At one end of the garden was a rectangular pool. On one of its long
sides rose a granite pedestal adorned with large, unpolished urns which
were reflected in the greenish and motionless water.

Quentin was contemplating the tranquil water of the pool, when he heard
the halting notes of a Czerny étude on the piano.

“Who is playing?” he asked.

“Señorita Rafaela, who is giving her sister a lesson. Why don’t you go
up?”

“Why, I think I shall.”

And with throbbing heart, Quentin left the garden and climbed the
stairs. He rang, and a tall, dried-up maid led him through several rooms
until he reached one in which Remedios was playing the piano while
Rafaela, just behind her, was beating time upon an open book of music.

An old woman servant was sewing by the balcony window.

Quentin greeted the two sisters, and Rafaela said to him:

“You haven’t been here for several days! Grandfather has asked for you
again and again.”

“Really?” asked Quentin idiotically.

“Yes, many times.”

“I couldn’t come; and besides, I was afraid I would be an annoyance,
that I would bother you.”

“For goodness’ sake!”

“Well, you see you have already stopped the lesson on my account.”

“No; we were just about to finish anyway,” said Remedios. “Go on,” she
added, turning to Rafaela, “why don’t you play for us?”

“Oh! Some other day.”

“No. Do play,” urged Quentin.

“What would you like me to play?”

“Anything you like.”

Rafaela took a book, placed it on the rack, and opened it.

Quentin could read the word _Mozart_ upon the cover. He listened to the
sonata in silence: he did not know very much about classical music, and
while the girl played, he was thinking about the most appropriate
exclamation to make when she had finished.

“Oh! Fine! Fine!” he exclaimed. “Whose is that delicious music?”

“It is Mozart’s,” replied Rafaela.

“It’s admirable! Admirable!”

“Don’t you play the piano, Quentin?”

“Oh, very little. Just enough to accompany myself when I sing.”

“Ah! Then you sing?”

“I used to sing a little in school; but I have a poor voice, and I use
it badly.”

“Very well, sing for us; if you do it badly, we’ll tell you,” said
Rafaela.

“Yes, sing--do sing!” exclaimed Remedios.

Quentin sat down at the piano and played the introductory chords of
Count di Luna’s aria in _Il Trovatore_:

    _Il balen del suo sorriso
    d’una stella vince al raggio._

Then he began to sing in a rich, baritone voice, and as he reached the
end of the _romanza_, he imparted an expression of profound melancholy
to it:

    _Ah l’amor, l’amore ond’ ardo
    le favelli in mio favor
    sperda il sole d’un suo sguardo
    la tempesta, ah!... la tempesta del mio cor._

And he repeated the phrase with an accent that was more and more
expressive. Any one listening to him would have said that truly, _la
tempesta_ was playing havoc with his heart.

“Very good! Very good!” cried Rafaela. Remedios applauded gleefully.

“It’s going to rain,” announced the old woman servant as she glanced at
the sky.

“That’s because I did so badly,” said Quentin with a smile.

They went to the window. The sky was darkening; it was beginning to
rain. The heavy drops fell in oblique lines and glistened on the green
leaves of the orange trees, and on the moss-covered tiles; the
continuous splashing of the drops in the pool, made it look as if it
were boiling....

The rain soon ceased, the sun came out, and the whole garden glowed like
a red-hot coal; the oranges shone among the damp foliage; the green
hedge-mustard spotted the glittering grey roof tiles with its gay note;
water poured from the dark, ancient belfry of a near-by tower; and
several white gardens smiled upon the mountain side.

“That is a regular gipsy sun,” lisped Remedios, who at times had an
exaggerated Andalusian pronunciation.

Quentin laughed; the little girl’s manner of speech amused him
immensely.

“Don’t laugh,” said Rafaela to Quentin with mock gravity; “my little
girl is very sensitive.”

“What did you say to him?” demanded Remedios of her sister.

“Oh, you rascal! He’s heard it, now,” Rafaela exclaimed humorously; and
seizing the child about the waist, she kissed the back of her neck.

It was beginning to clear up; the dark clouds were moving off, leaving
the sky clear; a ray of sunshine struck a tower formed by three arches
set one above the other. In the three spaces, they could see the
motionless bells; a figure of San Rafael spread its wings from the peak
of the roof.

“What is that figure?” asked Quentin.

“It belongs to the church of San Pedro,” replied the servant.

“Is it hollow like a weather-vane?”

“No; I think it is solid.”

“It’s stopped raining now,” said Remedios. “Have you seen the house
yet,” she added, turning to Quentin, and using the familiar second
person.

“No,” he replied.

“She uses ‘thou’ to everybody,” explained Rafaela.

They left the music-room, and in the next room, they showed Quentin
various mirrors with bevelled edges, a glass cabinet full of miniatures
with carved frames and antique necklaces, two escritoires inlaid with
mother-of-pearl, bright-coloured majolica ware, and pier-glasses with
thick plates.

“It is my mother’s room,” said Rafaela; “we’ve kept it exactly as it was
when she was alive.”

“Did she die very long ago?”

“Six years ago.”

“Come on,” said Remedios, seizing him by the hand, and looking into her
sister’s face with her great, restless eyes.

The three descended the stairs and traversed the gallery that connected
the vestibule with the garden. On either side of them were an infinite
number of rooms; some large and dark, with wardrobes and furniture
pushed against the walls; others were small, with steps leading up to
them. At the end of the gallery were the stables, extremely large, with
barred windows. They entered.

“Now you’ll see what kind of a horse we have here,” said Rafaela.
“Pajarito! Pajarito!” she called, and a little donkey which was eating
hay in a corner came running up.

In the same stable was an enormous coach, painted yellow, very ornate,
with several very small windows, and the family coat-of-arms on the
doors.

“Grandfather used to ride in this coach,” said Rafaela.

“It must have taken more than two horses to draw it.”

“Yes; they used eight.”

“These girls are admirably stoical,” thought Quentin.

After the stables, they saw the corrals, and the cellar, which was huge,
with enormous rain-water jars that looked like giants buried in the
ground.

“We can’t go in there,” said Rafaela ironically.

“Why not?”

“Because this little idiot,” and she seized her sister, “is afraid of
the jars.”

Remedios made no reply; they went on; through crooked passages that were
full of hiding-places, and labyrinthic corridors, until they came to a
large, abandoned garden.

“Would you like to go in?” Rafaela asked Remedios.

“Yes.”

“Aren’t you afraid of the genet any more?”

“No.”

“What is it?” inquired Quentin.

“The gardener keeps a caged animal in here, and it frightens us because
it looks like such a monster.”

“You’re a naughty girl,” said Remedios to her sister. “What will you bet
that I won’t go to the genet, take it out of the cage, and hold it in my
hand?”

“No, no; he might bite you.”

“Where is this monster?” asked Quentin.

“You’ll soon see.”

It was a specie of weasel with a long tail and a fierce eye.

“The animal certainly has an evil look,” said Quentin.

They walked about the abandoned garden: a thick carpet of burdock and
henbane and foxglove and nettles covered the soil. In the middle of the
garden, surrounded by a circle of myrtles, was a summer-house with a
decayed door; inside of it they could see remnants of paint and gilt. On
the old wall, was a tangled growth of ivy. Enveloped in its foliage, and
close to the wall, they could make out a fountain with a Medusa head,
through a dirty pipe in whose mouth flowed a crystalline thread which
fell sonorously into a square basin brimful of water. There were two
broad, moss-covered steps leading up to the fountain, and the weeds and
wild figs, growing in the cracks, were lifting up the stones. From among
the weeds there rose a marble pedestal; and a wild-orange tree near by,
with its little red fruit, seemed spotted with blood.

“There are all sorts of animals here in the summer,” said Rafaela.
“Lizards come to drink at the fountain. Some of them are very beautiful
with their iridescent heads.”

“They are woman’s enemies,” warned Remedios.

Quentin laughed.

“Some of the foolishness the servant girls tell her,” explained Rafaela.
“I’ve forbidden them to tell her anything now.”

The three returned to the corridor.

“What about the roof? We haven’t showed him the roof,” said the little
girl.

“Juan must have the key; I’ll go and ask him for it.”

Remedios ran out in search of the gardener, and returned immediately.

They climbed the main stairs until they reached a door near the roof.

“What panels!” exclaimed Quentin.

“They are full of bats,” said Rafaela.

“And thalamanderth,” lisped Remedios.

Quentin suppressed a smile.

“How funny! How very funny!” murmured the child somewhat piqued.

“I am not laughing at what you said,” replied Quentin, “I was just
remembering that that is the way we boys used to talk.”

“She talks like the rowdies in the streets,” said Rafaela.

“Well, I don’t want anything more from you,” cried Remedios. “You’re
always saying things to me.”

“Come, girlie, come; the genet isn’t coming here to eat you.”

“He couldn’t.”

From the door, and through a corridor, they came out upon a broad, tiled
terrace with an iron railing.

“Let’s go up higher,” said Remedios.

They climbed a winding staircase inside a tower until they came out upon
a small azotea, whence they could command a view of nearly the entire
city.

The wind was blowing strongly. From that height, they could see Cordova,
a great pile of grey roofs and white walls, between which they could
make out the alleys, which looked like crooked lines inundated with
light. Sierra Morena appeared in the background like a dark wave, and
its round peaks were outlined in a gentle undulation against the sky,
which was cloudless. The gardens stood out very white against the skirts
of the mountain, and upon a sharp-pointed hill at the foot of the dark
mountain wall, stood a rocky castle.

Toward Cordova la Vieja, pastures glistened, a luminous green; in the
country, the sown ground stretched out until it was lost in the
distance, interrupted here and there by some brown little hill covered
with olive trees.

“I’m going to fetch the telescope,” announced Remedios suddenly.

“Don’t fall,” warned her sister.

“_Ca!_”

Rafaela and Quentin were left alone.

“How charming your sister is,” said he.

“Yes; she’s as clever as a squirrel, but more sensitive than any one I
know. The slightest thing offends her.”

“Perhaps you have petted her too much?”

“Of course. I am years older than she. She is like a daughter to me.”

“You must be very fond of her.”

“Yes; I put her to bed and to sleep even yet. Sometimes she has fits of
temper over nothing at all! But she has a heart of gold.”

At this point the little girl returned, carrying a telescope bigger than
she was.

“What a tiny girl!” exclaimed Rafaela, taking the telescope from
Remedios.

They rested the instrument on the wall of the azotea and took turns
looking through it.

       *       *       *       *       *

The afternoon was steadily advancing; yellow towers and pink belfries
rose above the wet roofs, their glass windows brilliant in the last rays
of the setting sun; a broad, slate-covered cupola outlined its bulk
against the horizon; here and there a cypress rose like a black pyramid
between great, white walls, and the thousands of grey tiled roofs; and
the iron weather-vanes, some in the shape of a peaceable San Rafael,
others in the form of a rampant dragon with fierce claws and pointed
tongue, surmounted the gables and sheds, and decorated the ancient
belfries, covered with a greenish rust by the sun of centuries....

Toward the west, the sky was touched with rose; flaming clouds sailed
over the mountain. The sun had set; the fire of the clouds changed to
scarlet, to mother-of-pearl, to cold ashes. Black night already lurked
in the city and in the fields. The wind commenced to murmur in the
trees, shaking the window blinds and curtains, and rapidly drying the
roofs. A bell clanged, and its solemn sound filled the silent
atmosphere.

Slowly the sky was invaded by a deep blue, dark purple in some places;
Jupiter shone from his great height with a silver light, and night took
possession of the land; a clear, starry night, that seemed the pale
continuation of the twilight.

From the house garden arose a fresh perfume of myrtles and oranges; of
the exhalations of plants and damp earth.

“We must go now,” said Rafaela. “It’s getting cold.”

They descended the stairs. Quentin took leave of the two girls and
stepped into the street.




CHAPTER VI

CONCERNING AN ADVENTURE OF QUENTIN’S IN THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF EL POTRO


For a whole week Quentin walked through the Calle del Sol day and night,
hoping to see Rafaela without going to her house. It did not seem
expedient to him to call again so soon; he was afraid of being
considered inopportune; and he would have liked it had chance--more
apparent than real--granted him a meeting with Rafaela while he was
strolling about the neighbourhood of the palace.

One warm night in January, Quentin left his house with the intention of
walking by the palace in the Calle del Sol.

It was a beautiful, serene night, without a breath of air stirring. The
great, round face of the moon was shining high overhead, its light
dividing the streets into two zones--one white, and the other bluish
black.

Some of the plazas seemed covered with snow, so white were the walls of
the houses and the stones of the pavements.

Absently strolling along, Quentin approached the Mosque; its walls rose
as solemn and black as those of a fortress; above their serrated
battlements, the moon floated giddily in the deep, veiled blue of the
sky.

“All this contains something of the stuff that dreams are made of,” he
thought.

No one was passing there, and his footsteps echoed loudly on the
pavement.

Quentin started toward El Potro in order to reach the Calle del Sol,
which was nearly at the other end of the town, and he was thinking of
the thousand and one possibilities, both for and against his plans, when
a little hunchback boy came running up to him, and said:

“A little alms, Señorito, my mother and I have nothing to eat.”

“You come out at this time of night to ask alms!” murmured Quentin.
“You’ll have a fine time finding any people here.”

“But my mother has fainted.”

“Where is she?”

“Here, in this street.”

Quentin entered a dark alley, and had no sooner done so, than he felt
himself seized by his arms and legs, and tied by his elbows, and then
blind-folded with a handkerchief.

“What’s this? What do you want of me?” he exclaimed, trying vainly to
disengage himself. “I’ll give you all the money I have.”

“Shut up,” said a gruff voice with a gipsy accent, “and come with
us--Somebody wants to settle a little account with you.”

“With me! Nobody has any accounts to settle with me.”

“Be quiet, my friend, and let’s be going.”

“Very well; but take off the handkerchief; I’ll go wherever you tell me
to.”

“It can’t be done.”

When Quentin found that he was overpowered, he felt the blood rush to
his head with anger. He began to stumble along. When he had gone about
twenty paces, he stopped.

“I said that I would go wherever he is.”

“No, Señor.”

Quentin settled himself firmly on his left leg, and with his right,
kicked in the direction whence he had heard the voice. There was a dull
thud as a body struck the ground.

“Ay! Ay!” groaned a voice. “He hit me on the hip. Ay!”

“You’ll either go on, or I’ll knock your brains out,” said the gipsy’s
voice.

“But why don’t you take off this handkerchief?” vociferated Quentin.

“In a minute.”

Quentin went on stumblingly, and they made several turns. He was not
sufficiently acquainted with the streets near El Potro to get his
bearings as he went along. After a quarter of an hour had elapsed, the
gipsies stopped and made Quentin enter the door of a house.

“Here’s your man,” said the voice of the gipsy.

“Good,” said a vigorous and haughty voice. “Turn him loose.”

“He wounded Mochuelo bad,” added the gipsy.

“Was he armed?”

“No, but he gave him a kick that smashed him.”

“Good. Take off the handkerchief so we can see each other face to face.”

Quentin felt them remove his bandage, and found himself in a patio
before a pale, blond, little man, with a decisive manner, and a calañés
hat on his head. The moonlight illuminated the patio; jardinières and
flower-pots hung upon the walls; and overhead, in the space between the
roofs, gleamed the milky veil of the blue night sky.

“Whom have you brought me?” exclaimed the little man. “This isn’t the
sergeant.”

“Well! So it isn’t! We must have made a mistake.”

“You are lucky to have escaped, my friend,” exclaimed the little man,
turning to Quentin. “If you had been the sergeant, they would have had
to pick you up in pieces.”

“Bah! It wouldn’t be that bad,” said Quentin as he gazed in disgust at
the boastful little man.

“Wouldn’t it?”

“Of course not.”

“Do you know to whom you are speaking?”

“No; and the most curious thing about it is that I don’t care. Still, if
you want us two to fight it out alone, come with me, and we’ll see if it
is your turn to win or to lose.”

“I never lose, young man.”

“Neither do I,” replied Quentin.

“We’ll have to give this lad a lesson,” said the gipsy, “to teach him
how to talk to quality folk.”

“Be quiet, Cantarote,” said the little man in the calañés. “This
gentleman is a man, and talks like a man, and we are going to drink a
few glasses this very minute to celebrate our meeting.”

“That’s the way to talk,” said Quentin.

“Well, come on. This way, please.”

Quentin followed the little fellow through a small door and down three
or four steps to a corridor, through which they reached a dark cellar.
It was dimly lighted by several lamps which hung on wires from the
ceiling. Seated upon benches about a long, greasy table, were gathered a
dozen or so persons, of whom the majority were playing cards, and the
rest drinking and chatting. Upon entering the cellar, Quentin and the
little man in the calañés made their way to a small table, and sat down
facing each other. The blackened lamp, hanging by a wire from a beam in
the ceiling, distilled a greenish oil drop by drop, which fell upon the
greasy table.

The little man ordered the innkeeper to bring two glasses of white wine,
and while they waited, Quentin observed him closely. He was a blond
individual, pale, with blue eyes, and slender, well-kept hands. To
Quentin’s scrutinizing glance, he responded with another, cool and
clear, without flinching.

At this point, a queer, ugly-looking man who was talking impetuously,
and showing huge, yellow, horselike teeth, came toward the table and
said to Quentin’s companion:

“Who is this bird, Señor José?”

“This ‘bird,’” replied the other, “is a hard-headed
bull--understand?--The best there is.”

“Well, that’s better.”

Quentin smiled as he gazed at the man who had called him a bird. He was
an individual of indefinite age, clean-shaven, a mixture of a barber and
a sacristan, with a forehead so low that his hair served him as
eyebrows, and with a jaw like a monkey’s.

“And this chap, who is he?” asked Quentin in turn.

“He? He is one of the most shameless fellows in the world. He wanders
about these parts to see if they won’t give him a few pennies. Though he
is old and musty, you will always find him with sporting women and
happy-go-lucky folk. Ask any one in Cordova about Currito Martín, and no
matter where you are, they can tell you who he is.”

“Not everywhere, Señor José,” replied Currito, who had listened
impassively to the panegyric, gesticulating with a hand whose fingers
resembled vine-creepers. “If you should ask the Bishop, he would not
know me.”

“Well, I would have taken him for a sacristan,” said Quentin.

“I’m a sacristan of blackbirds and martens, if you must know,” said
Currito somewhat piqued. “The only places where I am known are the
taverns, the huts in the Calle de la Feria, and the Higuerilla.”

“And that’s enough,” said one of the card-players.

“That’s right.”

Two of the onlookers got up from the bench and began to chaff Currito.
The sly rascal was at home among jests, and he answered the repartee
that they directed at him with great impudence.

“That’s a fine amber cigarette-holder, Currito,” said one of them.

“The Marquis,” he replied.

“A fine little cape, old boy,” said the other, turning over the muffler
of the scoundrel’s cloak.

“The Marquis,” he repeated.

“This Currito,” said Señor José, “hasn’t an ounce of shame in him; for a
long time he has lived on his wife, who is kept by a marquis, and he has
the nerve to brag about it. Come here, Currito.”

Currito came to their table.

“Why do you keep boasting about your shame?” asked Señor José. “Don’t
you do it again in front of me. Do you understand? If you do, I’ll skin
you alive.”

“Very well, Señor José.”

“Come, have a glass, and then see if La Generosa is in any of the rooms
here.”

Currito emptied the wine-glass, wiped his mouth on the back of his hand,
and left the cellar.

“Are you a foreigner?” Señor José asked Quentin.

“I was educated outside of Spain.”

“Will you be in Cordova for some time?”

“I think so.”

“Well, I’m glad, because I like you.”

“Many thanks.”

“I’ll tell you who I am, and if after that, it doesn’t seem a bad idea
to you, we’ll be friends.”

“Before, too.”

“No, not before. I am Pacheco, the horseman, or rather Pacheco, the
bandit. Now, if you care to be Pacheco’s friend, here’s my hand.”

“Here is mine.”

“Well, you’re a brave chap,” exclaimed Pacheco. “That’s the way I like
to have a fellow act. Listen: any time you need me, you will find me
here, in El Cuervo’s tavern. Now let’s see what these lads are talking
about.”

Pacheco got up, and followed by Quentin, went over to the card-players’
table.

“Hello, Pajarote!” said Pacheco to the banker.

“Hello, Señor José! Were you here? I didn’t see you.”

“What’s doing in Seville and the low country?”

“Nothing.... It’s pretty slow. Everything is closed by hunger and
poverty, and here I am with these thieves who would even steal a man’s
breath.... Why, I’m beginning to lose faith even in San Rafael himself.”

“Now you’ve spoiled my luck, comrade,” said one of the players, throwing
down his cards angrily. “What business did you have ringing in that
angel? Look here, I’m not going to play any more.”

Pajarote smiled. He was a scoundrel and a card sharp, and he always took
delight in pretending to be unlucky while he was cleaning his friends of
their money. He dealt the cards.

“I’ll bet,” said a man with one eye higher than the other whom they
called Charpaneja, in the thin voice of a hunchback.

“I’ll bet six,” gruffly replied a charcoal-burner nicknamed El Torrezno.

More cards were tossed upon the table, and, as before, Pajarote won.

“I don’t want to play,” squeaked Charpaneja.

“Why not?” asked the banker.

“Because your hands are always lucky.”

“The fact is, you haven’t any spirit,” replied Pajarote coldly. “You
start out like a Cordovese colt, and quit like a donkey of La Mancha.”

At this point Currito returned, and coming up to Señor José, said:

“La Generosa hasn’t come yet, but Señora Rosario with her two girls, and
Don Gil Sabadía are in the next room.”

“Well, let’s go in,” said Pacheco.

He and Quentin again came out into the patio, and entered a room
illuminated by a brass lamp set upon a round table. By the light of the
lamp he could see a frightful-looking old woman with a hooked nose and
moles on her chin, two young girls with flowers in their hair, and a
bushy-haired old man with a long beard.

“The peace of God be with you,” said Pacheco as he entered. “How is Don
Gil? Good evening, Señora Rosario; what’s the news?”

“Nothing: we just came here so these girls could have a drink of
something.”

“You mean these rosebuds,” interrupted Currito.

“Thanks, Currito,” said one of the girls with a smile.

“Child!” exclaimed Pacheco, “be very careful of Currito, for he’s
dangerous.”

“He!” replied the old woman, “he is already among the down-and-outs.”

“I’m like the old guide in the Mosque,” replied Currito. “Every time he
saw me, he used to say, ‘Let me have an old suit of clothes--I’m more
dead than alive.’”

“Heavens! What little wit you have!” said one of the girls with a
gesture of contempt.

“Well, I live by my wits, my girl,” answered Currito, piqued.

“Then, confound them, my man,” she replied with the same gesture of
contempt.

Currito peevishly fell silent, and Pacheco presented Quentin to the
bushy-haired man.

“This gentleman,” and he indicated Quentin, “is a brave chap whom I have
had the pleasure of meeting this evening by mistake. This man,” and he
nodded to the old man with the long beard, “is Don Gil Sabadía, the only
person in Cordova who knows the history of every street, alley, and
by-way in the city.”

“Not as much as that, man, not as much as that,” said Don Gil with a
smile.

“If there is anything you don’t know,” Pacheco went on, “nobody in
Cordova knows it. Well, if you and the girls would like to drink a
bottle of the best Montilla, I’ll treat.”

“Accepted.”

“Cuervo!” shouted Pacheco, stepping outside the door.

The innkeeper appeared; a man of some fifty years, stoop-shouldered,
ill-shaven, with hatchet-shaped side whiskers, and a red sash about his
waist.

“What does Señor José wish?” he inquired.

“Bring a few bottles of your best.”

While they were waiting for the wine, the ill-tempered girl and Currito
resumed their quarrel.

“Look out for that girl,” said Currito, “she hasn’t much sense.”

“Did anybody speak?” she asked in disgust.

“I believe the girl is suffering from jaundice.”

“My goodness! What a bad-tempered old uncle he is!” said she.

“Listen, my child,” continued Currito, “I’m going to make you a present
of a sugar-plum to see if we can’t sweeten your mouth.”

“Currito, we don’t need any sugar around here,” answered the other girl
easily.

“Girls! There’s no need of getting scared,” said the old woman in a
gruff voice.

“I’ve left her hanging like a fresco painting, haven’t I?” Currito
remarked to Quentin.

“I’ve never noticed that fresco paintings were hung.”

“He’s a fool,” explained the contemptuous girl.

The innkeeper arrived with the bottle and the glasses, and Currito
seized the former and served every one.

“You know so much, Don Gil, what will you bet that you don’t know what
that Italian bishop said when he saw the Mosque?” said Currito.

“What did he say? Let’s hear it,” inquired Don Gil with an ironic smile.

“Well, the canon Espejito went up to him, and pointing out the Christ of
the Column, explained to him how it was made: ‘A prisoner made that
Christ with his finger-nails,’ and the Bishop said to him, ‘The man who
did it must have had good nails.’”

“He must be a heretic,” said Señora Rosario.

“And who told you that fake?” asked Don Gil.

“El Moji told me.”

“Well, he fooled you like a Chinaman.”

“No, sir, he did not fool me,” replied Currito. “El Moji was a man’s
man, El Moji never lied, and El Moji....”

“But you are trying to tell me what the Bishop said, when I was there at
the time,” exclaimed Don Gil.

“You there! Why, it was the time you went to Seville!”

“Very well, I was not there. Blas told me, and there’s an end to it.”

“But of what importance is all this?” asked Quentin.

“Let them be,” interrupted the ill-tempered girl; “they’re two
disagreeable old uncles!”

“Don Gil,” said Pacheco, smiling and winking his eye, “permits no one to
be informed of anything he does not know about himself.”

“Well, what will you bet,” Currito presently broke out, “that you don’t
know what El Golotino said when he had the lawsuit with El Manano?”

“Let’s hear, let’s hear. This is most important,” remarked Pacheco.

“Well, there isn’t much to it. El Golotino, as you know, had a herd of a
couple of dozen goats, and El Manano, who was a charcoal-burner, had
rented a hill; and to find out whether the goats had wandered on the
hill or not, they had a lawsuit, which El Golotino lost. Don Nicanor,
the clerk, was making an inventory of the property of the owner of the
goats, and was adding: ‘two and four are six, and four are ten--carry
one; fourteen and six are twenty, and three are twenty-three--carry two;
twenty-seven and eight are thirty-five, and six are forty-one--carry
four.’ El Golotino thought that when the clerk said, ‘carry one,’ he
meant that he was going to carry off one goat, so he shouted tearfully:
‘Well, for that, you can carry off the whole bunch of them!’”

“That is not the way it was,” Señor Sabadía started to remark, but every
one burst out laughing.

“Come, girls, we must go home,” announced Señora Rosario.

“I’m going out,” said Don Gil, annoyed by the laughter.

“I am too,” added Quentin.

       *       *       *       *       *

They took leave of Pacheco, and the innkeeper accompanied the three
women and the two men to the door with the lamp. They went through
several alleys and came out in the lower part of the Calle de la Feria.
They stopped, before a miserable white hut, the old woman knocked on the
door with her knuckles, it was opened from within, and Señora Rosario
and the three girls entered. Through a small window next the door could
be seen a very small, whitewashed room, with a glazed tile pedestal, a
varnished bureau, and flower-pots full of paper flowers.

“What a cage! What a tiny house!” said Quentin.

“All the houses on this side of the street are like this,” answered
Señor Sabadía.

“Why?”

“On account of the wall.”

“Ah! Was there a wall here?”

“Of course! The wall that separated the upper city from the lower. The
upper city was called Almadina, and the lower, Ajerquía.”

“That’s curious.”

They walked up the Calle de la Feria. The sloping street, with its tall,
white houses bathed in the moonlight, presented a fantastic appearance;
the two lines of roofs were outlined against the blue of the sky, broken
here and there by the azoteas on some of the houses.

“Oh, yes,” continued the archæologist, “this wall used to extend from
the Cruz del Rastro, to the Cuesta de Luján; then it stretched on
through the Calle de la Zapatería and the Cuesta del Bailío, until it
reached the tower on the Puerta del Rincón, where it ended.”

“So it cut the town in two, and one could not go from one side to the
other? That was nice!”

“No. What nonsense! There were gates to go through. Up there near the
Arquillo de Calceteros, was the Puerta de la Almadina, which in the time
of the Romans, was called Piscatoria, or Fish Gate. The Portillo did not
exist, and when they built against the wall, in the place it now
occupies, there stood a house which the city bought in 1496 from its
owner, Francisco Sánchez Torquemada, in order to open up an arch in the
wall. This data,” added Don Gil confidentially, “comes from an original
manuscript which is preserved in the City Hall. It’s curious, isn’t it?”

“Most curious.”

They climbed the Cuesta de Luján. The neighbouring streets were
deserted; within some of the houses they could hear the vague sound of
guitars; lovers whispered to each other at the grated windows.

“See?” said Don Gil, looking toward the lower end of the Calle de la
Feria, “the fosses of the wall followed the line the moon makes in the
street.”

“Very interesting,” murmured Quentin.

“Have you noticed how high the houses are in this street?”

“Yes, indeed; why is that?”

“For two reasons,” answered Don Gil, turned dominie. “First, to gain the
height the wall deprived them of; and second, because in times gone by,
the majority of the spectacles were celebrated here. Here is where
executions were held; where they baited bulls; and broke lances; and
where, during the week preceding the Day of the Virgin of Linares, the
hosiers held a grand fair. That is why there are so many windows and
galleries in these houses, and why the street is called the Calle de la
Feria.”

The archæologist seized Quentin’s arm and proceeded to relate several
stories and legends to him. The two men traversed narrow alleys, and
plazoletas lined with white houses with blue doors.

“You know no one here?” inquired the archæologist.

“Not a soul.”

“Absolutely no one?”

“No. That is ... I know a Cordova boy who was educated with me in
England. His name is ... Quentin García Roelas. Do you know him?”

“Not him; but I know his family.”

“He is a silent, taciturn chap. It seems to me that there is something
unusual connected with his life. I’ve heard something....”

“Yes, there is an interesting story.”

“Do you know it?”

“Of course,” replied Don Gil.

“But you are so discreet that you will not tell it?”

“Naturally.”

“Very well, Don Gil. I’m going; I’m sorry to leave your agreeable
company, but....”

“Must you go?”

“Yes, I must.”

“My dear man; don’t go. I must show you a most interesting spot, with a
history....”

“No, I cannot.”

“I’ll take you to a place that you will have to like.”

“No, you must excuse me.”

“Moreover, I’ll tell you the story of your friend and schoolmate.”

“You see....”

“It’s early yet. It’s not more than one o’clock.”

“Very well, we’ll go wherever you say.”

They passed through very nearly the whole city until they came to the
Paseo del Gran Capitán.

“What a city this is!” exclaimed Don Gil. “They can’t talk to _me_ about
Granada or Seville; for look you, Granada has three aspects: the
Alhambra, the Puerta Real, and the Albaicín--three distinct
things. Seville is larger than Cordova, but it is already more
cosmopolitan--it’s like Madrid. But not so Cordova. Cordova is one and
indivisible. Cordova is her own sauce. She is a _city_.”

From the Paseo del Gran Capitán, they followed Los Tejares, and on the
right hand side, Señor Sabadía paused before some little houses that
were huddled close to a serrated wall. There were four of them, very
small, very white, each with only one story, and all closed up except
one, which merely had its door shut.

“Read this placard,” said Don Gil, pointing to a sign in a frame hanging
on one side of the door.

Quentin read by the light of the moon:

    _Patrocinio de la Mata dresses
    corpses at all hours of the day
    or of the night in which she is
    notified, at very regular prices._

“The devil! What a lugubrious sign!” exclaimed Quentin after reading it.

“Do you see this hut?” asked Don Gil. “Well, every intrigue that God
ever turned loose, goes on here. But let us go in.”

They entered, and a cracked voice shouted:

“Who is it?”

“I, Señora Patrocinio, Don Gil Sabadía, who comes with a friend. Bring a
light, for we’re going to stay a while.”

“One moment.”

The old woman descended with a lamp in her hand, and led the two men
into a small parlour where there was a strong odour of lavender. She
placed the lamp on the table and said:

“What do you want?”

“Some small olives, and a little wine.”

The old woman opened a cupboard, took out a dish of olives, another of
biscuits, and two bottles of wine.

“Is there anything else you want?”

“Nothing more, Señora Patrocinio.”

The old woman withdrew and shut the door.

“How do you like the place, eh?” asked Don Gil.

“Magnificent! Now for the history of my friend Quentin.”

“Before the history, let’s drink. Your health, comrade.”

“Yours.”

“May all our troubles vanish into thin air.”

“True,” exclaimed Quentin. “Let us leave to the gods the care of
placating the winds, and let us enjoy life as long as fortune, age, and
the black spindle of the Three Sisters will permit us.”

“Are you a reader of Horace?” asked Don Gil.

“Yes.”

“One more reason for my liking you. Another glass, eh?”

“Let us proceed. Go on with the story, comrade.”

“Here goes.”

Don Gil cleared his throat, and commenced his story as follows....




CHAPTER VII

IN WHICH IS TOLD THE HISTORY OF A TAVERN ON SIERRA MORENA


Toward the first part of last century, upon one of the folds of Sierra
Morena, stood a tavern called El Ventorro de la Sangre (Bloody Tavern).
It was half way between Pozo Blanco and Cordova, in a fertile little
pasture near an olive orchard.

Its name arose from a bloody encounter between the dragoons and
guerillas in that spot at the time of the French intervention.

The tavern was situated on a small clearing that was always kept green.
It was surrounded by tall prickly-pears, a ravine, and an olive orchard
in which one could see ruins--vestiges of a fortress and a watch-tower.
This land belonged to a village perched upon the most rugged and broken
part of the mountain.... Its name does not at present concern the story.

The tavern was neither very large, nor very spacious; it had neither the
characteristics of a hostelry, nor even of a store. Its front, which was
six metres long, whitewashed, and pierced by a door and three windows,
faced a bad horse-shoe road strewn with loose stones; its humble roof
leaned toward the ground, and joined that of a shed which contained the
stables, the manger, and the straw-loft.

One passed through the entrance of the little tavern from whose lintel
hung a bunch of sarment--which indicated, for your enlightenment, that
in the house thus decorated wine was sold--and entered a miserable
vestibule, which also served as a kitchen, a larder, and, at times, a
dormitory.

During the years 1838 and ’39, the proprietor of El Ventorro de la
Sangre was a man named El Cartagenero, who, so evil tongues asserted,
had been a licentiate--though not of philosophy--in a university with
mayors for professors, and sticks for beadles. No one knew the truth--a
clear indication that the tavern was not run badly; the man paid well,
behaved himself as a man should, and was capable, if the occasion arose,
of lending a hand to any of the neighbouring farmers.

El Cartagenero demonstrated in his delightful and entertaining
conversation, that he had travelled extensively, both by land and by
sea; he knew the business of innkeeping--which has its secrets as well
as anything else in the world; robbed very little; was hard-working,
sensible, upright, and if need be, firm, generous, and brave.

El Cartagenero was to all appearances a fugitive; and that very
condition of his made him most reserved and taciturn, in no way a prier,
and very little given to mixing himself in other people’s affairs.

When he had run the little tavern for six years, El Cartagenero rented
an oil-press; he then installed a tile-kiln, and by his activity and
perseverance, was getting along splendidly, when one day, unfortunately
for him, while he was loading a cart with bricks, he fell in such a way
that he struck his head on the iron-shod wheel, and was instantly
killed.

From that very day, the tavern began to run down; La Cartagenera did not
care to continue the renting of the press, because, as she said, she
could not attend to it; she abandoned the kiln for the same reason, and
neglected the tavern for no pretext at all, though, if there was no
pretext or motive, there was an explanation; and this was La
Cartagenera’s vice of drinking brandy, and the laziness and idleness of
her daughters--two very sly and very slothful un-belled cows.

The elder of El Cartagenero’s daughters made her arrangements with a
swaggering rascal from Cordova; and the other, not to be outdone by her
sister, took for her good man, one of those country loafers--and what
with the sweetheart of the former, and the friend of the other, and the
brandy of the mother, the house began to run down hill.

The muleteers soon guessed what was up; they no longer found good wine
there as before; nor a diligent person to prepare their meals and feed
their animals; so now because the hosier had left the place swearing
mad, again because the pedlar had quarrelled with them, all of their
customers began to leave; and for a whole year no one dismounted at the
tavern; and the mother and her daughters, with the two corresponding
swains, passed the time insulting and growling at each other, stretched
out in the sun in the summer, toasting sarment at the fire-place in the
winter, and in all the seasons hurling bitter complaints against an
adverse destiny.

After a year of this régime, there was nothing left in the house to eat,
nor to drink, nor to sell--for they had sold everything including the
doors--the family determined to get rid of the tavern. The girls’ two
friends came to Cordova and opened up negotiations with all their
acquaintances, and were about despairing of making a sale, when a farmer
from these parts by the name of El Mojoso, presented himself at the
tavern. He was a clever, sensible chap, and the owner of a drove of five
very astute little donkeys.

El Mojoso entered into negotiations with the widow, and for less than
nothing, became possessed of the establishment. El Mojoso was very
sagacious, and immediately comprehended the situation at the tavern; so
he began to think about conducive methods of restoring the credit of the
house. The first thing that occurred to him after he had been installed
a few days, was to change its name, and he had a painter friend of his
paint in huge letters upon the whitewashed wall above the door, this
sign:

                         THE CROSS-ROADS STORE

El Mojoso had a wife and three children: one, employed as a miner in
Pueblo Nuevo del Terrible; and two girls, with whom and his wife he
established himself in the store.

His wife, whom they called La Temeraria, was a tall, strong,
industrious, and determined matron. The daughters were splendid girls,
but too refined to live in that deserted spot.

El Mojoso himself was a tough sort of a chap, crazy about bulls, slangy,
and somewhat of a boaster. As a man who had spent his childhood in the
Matadero district, which is the finest school of bull-fighting in the
world, he knew how to differentiate the several tricks of the
bull-ring.

At first, El Mojoso did not abandon his drove; the returns from the inn
were very small, and it did not seem expedient to him to quit his
carrying business. But instead of walking the streets of Cordova, he
devoted himself to going to and from the mountain villages carrying
wheat to the mill, farming utensils to the farms, and doing a lot of
errands and favours that were gaining him many friends in the
neighbourhood.

When he had no errands or favours to do, he carried stones to his house
on his donkeys and piled them under the shed. After a year of this work,
when he had gathered together the wherewithal, he got a mason from
Cordova, and under his direction, La Temeraria and he and his daughters,
and a youth whom they had hired as a servant, lengthened the house,
raised it a story, tiled the roof, and whitewashed it.

El Mojoso had to sell his donkeys to pay the costs--only keeping one.
The muleteers were already resuming their old custom of stopping at the
store.

During the first months, the wine was pure, and there was a _pardillo_
and a claret such as had not been known in those parts for many years.
Little by little the store commenced to grow in fame; lively and genial
folk met there; the wine grew worse, according to the opinion of the
intelligent, but good wine was not lacking if the customer who asked for
it had the means of paying without protest or objection three or four
times its worth. During the slaughter season there was pork chine when
they wanted it, and at other times of the year, pork sausage, blood
pudding and other such delicacies.

El Mojoso learned his new business very quickly. Without doubt, he was a
thief _a nativitate_. He watered the wine and perjured himself by
swearing that it was the only pure wine that was sold in the entire
mountain district; he put pepper in the brandy; he cheated in grain and
hay; tangled up the accounts, and--always came out ahead.

Nearly every day he went to the city with his donkey under the pretext
of shopping; but the truth is that his trips were to carry instructions
and orders from a few timid men who went about the mountain, blunderbuss
in hand, to some poor chaps in prison.

La Temeraria knew how to help her husband. She was a quiet, hard-working
woman as long as no one interfered with her; but if any one dared to
fail her, she was a she-wolf, more vengeful than God. She had enough
spirit to look upon robbing as a pardonable and permissible thing, and
even to the extent of not considering it extraordinary for a man to
bring down a militia-man and leave him on the ground chewing mud.

In fine, the husband and wife were the most artful ... innkeepers in
these parts. At the Cross-roads Store, the traveller could spend the
night in peace, whether he was an orderly person or had some little
account to settle with the police; or whether he was a merchant or a
horseman, he could be sure of being undisturbed. One day....

       *       *       *       *       *

“But tell me, my friend,” Don Gil asked Quentin; “how does the beginning
of the story strike you?”

“Very well.”

“Did you like the exposition?”

“I should say so! You are a master.”

“Thanks!” exclaimed Don Gil, satisfied. “To your health, comrade.”

“To yours.”

“Now you’ll hear the good part.”

       *       *       *       *       *

One rainy day in the month of February, just at dusk, there was gathered
in the kitchen of the Cross-roads Store, a group of muleteers from the
near-by village. Some of them, imbued with a love of heat, were seated
upon two long benches on either side of the hearth; others were seated
upon chairs and stools of wicker and lambskin, further away from the
fire.

By the light of the blackened lamp and the flame of the candle, the
whole circumference of the kitchen, which was a large one, could be
seen: its enormous mantel, its rafters twisted and blackened with smoke,
the big stones in the floor, and the walls adorned with a collection of
pot-covers, saucepans, wooden spoons, and coloured jars hung upon nails.

The muleteers were engaged in an animated conversation while they waited
for the supper which La Temeraria was at that moment preparing in two
frying-pans full of pork chine and potatoes; El Mojoso was filling the
measure with barley which he took from a bin; then, pouring the grain
into a leather sieve, he handed it to a youth who was going to and from
the kitchen and the stable.

Night had already fallen, and it was raining torrents, when repeated
knocks sounded upon the door.

“Who is it?” shouted El Mojoso in a loud voice. “Come in, whoever it
is.”

This said, the host took a lantern, lit it with a brand from the fire,
crossed the kitchen, and stood in the vestibule with the light held high
to see who was coming in. The vestibule was as narrow as a corridor; it
had board walls, and upon them, hanging from wooden pot-hooks, could be
seen several kinds of pack-saddles, panniers, headstalls, and other
harness of leather, cloth, and esparto-grass. Upon the slanting stone
floor, several muleteers who had made their beds there were sleeping
peacefully.

The knock on the door was repeated.

“Come in!” said El Mojoso.

The wooden half-door opened with a screech, and a man appeared on the
threshold, wrapped in a Jerez shawl which was drenched with water.

“Is there lodging here?” the man asked.

“There’s good will,” answered the innkeeper. “Did you come on
horseback?”

“Yes.”

“Come in. I’ll take your horse to the stable. Walk right in there.”

The man went to the kitchen.

“The peace of God be with you, gentlemen!” he said.

“May He keep you,” they all answered.

The recent arrival went in, took off his long, tasseled shawl, and sat
down upon a grass-bottomed chair near the fire.

The innkeeper’s daughter, more out of curiosity than anything else,
threw an armful of dry rose-wood upon the fire, which began to burn
brilliantly, producing a large flame, and filling the kitchen with the
odour of its incense.

By the light of the flames they could see that the recent arrival was a
tall and strong young man of about twenty years, upon whose upper lip
the down had not yet begun to appear. He looked like a gentleman of
noble blood; he wore a short coat, knee breeches fastened with silver
buttons, buckled leggings, a blue sash, a coloured silk handkerchief
about his neck, and a small, creased calañés. The hostess noticed that
his shirt studs were made of diamonds.

“You have bad weather for travelling,” she said.

“Bad it is,” replied the youth dryly, without removing his eyes from the
fire.

The muleteers examined the young man in silence. El Mojoso came back
from the stable where he had taken the horse, brought in a half-filled
sack on his back, and emptied it into the bin, weighed the barley in the
measure, and asked the horseman:

“What shall I give the animal?”

“Give him a good feed.”

“Shall I give him two quarts?”

“Yes.”

El Mojoso went out with the measure in one hand and the lantern in the
other.

“This chap,” he murmured into his cloak, “is a rich youngster who has
been in some escapade in Cordova. His horse is out there with an
embossed saddle. The boy will pay well.”

El Mojoso was a man who knew his profession. Convinced of the character
of the young man, he returned to the kitchen with a broader smile than
usual, and said:

“What would your worship like for supper?”

“Anything.”

“And would you like a bed?”

“Have you one?”

“Sí, Señor.”

“Good: Then I shall sleep in a bed.”

“Very well; they’ll get it ready for you directly.”

The hostess took one of the large frying-pans from the fire and emptied
its contents into a dish which she placed upon a low table.

The muleteers prepared themselves for the meal. La Temeraria took one of
the blackened lamps from the grime of the mantel-piece, lit it, and
seeing that it did not give a very good light, took a hairpin from her
hair, stuck it into the wick to trim and ventilate it, and this done,
fastened it with a wooden peg to a beam that stuck out of the wall.

“Bring wine, Mojoso,” she then said to her husband.

The innkeeper passed behind a counter which he had at the right of the
kitchen door, and filled two bottles from a wine-skin; then, from
another skin, using great care lest he spill the wine, he filled a small
Andújar jar. One of the large bottles he placed upon the table about
which the muleteers had seated themselves as they chatted and waited for
their supper to be prepared.

La Temeraria placed a tripod over the fire, and presently the older
daughter of the house entered with a large lamp.

“The room is ready, father,” she murmured.

Turning to the youth, the innkeeper said:

“You may go up now, if you wish.”

The young man arose and followed the landlord, who lighted his way. They
went into the vestibule, and, one behind the other, climbed up a steep
stairway to a granary. The wind blew strongly through the cracks in the
roof; by the flickering lamp-light they could see piles of walnuts and
acorns upon the floor, and large gourds hanging in rows. El Mojoso
pushed open a white door of freshly-painted wood, entered a room with an
alcove attached, placed the lamp upon the table, and after trimming it
by all the rules of the art, said:

“Supper will be served to you directly. If you need anything, call;” and
he shut the door as he went out.

The youth listened to the innkeeper’s footsteps in the attic, and when
he found himself alone, drew two pistols from his sash, entered the
alcove, and hid them on the bed under the pillow; he inspected the door,
and found that it was solid with a strong lock; next he opened the
window, and a gust of cold air made the flame of the lamp flicker
violently. He looked out.

“This doubtless looks out upon the other side of the road,” he said to
himself.

He closed the outside shutter and paced back and forth, waiting for his
supper. The room was narrow and low and whitewashed, with blue rafters
in the ceiling, and an alcove at one end occupied by a bed covered with
a red quilt. Pushed against the wall was a mahogany bureau with a Carmen
Virgin in a glass case; opposite the bureau was a straw couch with a
mahogany frame. There was a round table in the middle of the room upon
whose coarse top were two plates, a glass, and the lamp. Upon the walls
were several rough engravings and a gun.

The young man showed signs of impatience, listening attentively to the
slightest distant noises. Tired of pacing to and fro, he sat upon the
couch and thoughtfully contemplated the rafters in the ceiling.

A half hour had elapsed since El Mojoso’s departure, when there came a
shy knock at the door. The youth was so preoccupied that he heard
nothing until the third or fourth knock, and a voice saying:

“May I come in?”

“Come!”

The door opened and a girl entered--the landlord’s second
daughter--with a dish in one hand, and an Andújar jar in the other.

The youth was astounded at seeing such a pretty maid, and completely
upset by the sight.

“What is it?” he asked.

“Your supper.”

“Ah! You are the landlord’s daughter?”

“Sí, Señor,” she replied with a smile.

The girl set the dish upon the table, and he sat down without taking his
eyes off her. She made a tremendous impression upon him. The child was
truly charming; she had black, almond-shaped eyes, a pale complexion,
and in her hair, which was cleverly done up and as black and lustrous as
the elytra of some insects, was a red flower.

“What is your name, my dear, if I may ask?” said he.

“Fuensanta,” she replied....

       *       *       *       *       *

“Ah! Her name was Fuensanta!” exclaimed Quentin involuntarily.

“Yes. It’s a very common name in these parts. Why does it surprise you?”

“Nothing, nothing: proceed....”

“Well, I shall.”

       *       *       *       *       *

The youth sighed, and as his admiration had doubtless not taken away his
appetite, he attacked the slices prepared by La Temeraria with his fork,
and after several drinks from the jar, he succeeded in emptying it, and
doing away with the portions of the savoury country food.

The little girl returned directly to his room to bring the traveller his
dessert, and they talked.

He asked her if she had a sweetheart, and she said she hadn’t; he asked
her if she would like to have him, and she answered that gentlemen could
not very well love poor girls who lived in taverns, and then they talked
for a long time.

The next day, the young horseman left the tavern to proceed on his
journey, and El Mojoso went down to Cordova to his business......

       *       *       *       *       *

“And who was that young man?” asked Quentin.

“Wait, comrade. Everything in its time. How do you like the way I tell
it, eh?”

“You certainly are a past master.”

“Well, now comes the best part of it. You’ll see....”




CHAPTER VIII

A FIGHT IN AN OLIVE ORCHARD


Several days afterward, just at dawn, El Mojoso was returning from
Cordova to his tavern, when, at a turn in the road, he came upon a small
cavalcade made up of six men--five of whom were soldiers, and the other,
an elegantly dressed young man.

El Mojoso, who had little liking for evil encounters, pricked up his
beast in order to get into the paths ahead of the group, but the chief,
who wore the insignia of a sergeant, when he noticed the innkeeper’s
intention, shouted to him:

“Hey, my good man, wait a moment!”

El Mojoso stopped his donkey.

“What do you want?” he asked ill-humouredly.

“We’ve got something to say to you.”

“Well, I can’t lose anything by listening to it.”

“You are the owner of the Cross-roads Store, aren’t you?”

“Yes, sir: what else do you want?”

“Why, just don’t go so fast, friend, we feel like going along with you.”

“Are you going to Pozo Blanco?”

“No, sir.”

“To Obejo, perhaps?”

“No. We’re going to the Store.”

“To the Store!” exclaimed El Mojoso, overcome with astonishment. “Whom
are you looking for in my house?”

“We’re looking for the Marquesito.”

“The Marquesito? What Marquesito?”

“Don’t you know him?”

“Upon my word I do not! I hope to die if I’m not telling you the truth.”

“Well, it seems that your daughter knows him very well,” replied the
soldier meaningly.

El Mojoso’s face darkened, not that it had ever been exactly light, and
looking back at the sergeant, he murmured in a dull voice:

“You’ve either said too much or too little.”

“I’ve said all that was necessary,” answered the soldier gruffly.

El Mojoso fell silent and urged on his donkey, while the soldiers and
the unknown young gentleman followed him.

The sun came out from behind the mountain; in the distance they could
see a series of low-lying hills and the Cross-roads Store in its little
green clearing near the ravine.

When they reached the Store, El Mojoso dismounted from his donkey and
began to pound furiously upon the door. He beat frantically with hands
and feet.

“Open! Open!” he shouted impatiently.

“Who is it?” came from within.

“Me,” and El Mojoso ripped out a string of angry oaths.

A lock screeched, the door opened, and La Temeraria appeared
half-dressed on the threshold.

“Why didn’t you open sooner?” El Mojoso vociferated.

“What’s the matter?” she asked as she drew a short skirt over head and
fastened it rapidly about her waist.

“A whole lot’s the matter. Are there any travellers in the house?”

“The young man who was here a few days ago passed the night here.”

The unknown gentleman and the chief of the soldiers exchanged a look of
understanding. El Mojoso entered his house, and La Temeraria followed
behind him.

“Go and see if there is a horse in the stable,” said the sergeant to one
of his men, “and if there is, bring it here.”

The soldier dismounted, went into the stable, and returned after a
little, leading a horse by the bridle.

La Temeraria, who had heard the noise, intercepted the soldier.

“Where are you taking that horse?” she asked.

“The sergeant ordered me to bring him out.”

“What for?”

“So the man who is here can’t escape.”

“What has the young man done?” asked La Temeraria, looking
contemptuously at the soldier.

“He killed a man in Cordova about a month ago.”

At this moment, the innkeeper, who had been inside the house, returned
shouting to the vestibule.

“Where is Fuensanta?” he asked his wife.

“She must be in her room.”

“She isn’t there.”

“Not there?”

“No. I just looked.”

El Mojoso and La Temeraria looked at each other furiously and
understandingly.

Meanwhile the sergeant, followed by one of his soldiers, went up the
stairs to the garret. When the fugitive heard the noise their boots and
spurs made, he must have realized his danger, for they heard the thud of
a body as he threw himself against the door, then the turning of a key
in the lock, and then a murmur of voices.

The sergeant drew his sword, went up to the door behind which he had
heard the voices, and knocked with the hilt of his weapon.

“Open in the name of the law!” he shouted in a thundrous voice.

“Wait a moment, I’m dressing,” came the answer from within.

After a minute had elapsed, the sergeant exclaimed impatiently:

“Come, come! Open the door!”

“Wait just a second.”

“I won’t wait a minute longer. Open: I promise not to hurt you.”

“Words are air, and the wind carries them all away,” replied the
fugitive ironically.

“Will you open, or will you not?”

“I will not; and he who contradicts me is in danger of his life. You’ll
have to kill me here.”

At the risk of breaking his neck, the sergeant ran down the stairs three
steps at a time, and addressing his soldiers, said:

“Boys, come upstairs with your guns. We’ve got to break down the door.
One of you stay here on guard, and if any one tries to escape, fire on
him.”

Two of the men dismounted rapidly, crossed the vestibule, and, preceded
by the sergeant, rushed headlong upstairs, reached the garret, and
began to beat upon the door with the butts of their heavy guns.

“Surrender!” shouted the sergeant again and again.

No one answered.

“Quick now! Throw down the door.”

The door was new and did not yield to the first blows, but little by
little the panels gave way, and at last, a formidable blow with the butt
broke the lock....

The soldiers entered:--stretched upon the floor lay a half-dressed
woman. The window was open.

“The scoundrel escaped through that,” said one of the men.

“My God! We can’t let him escape,” shouted the sergeant, and sticking
his head through the window, he saw a man running across a field half
hidden among the olive trees. Without making sure whether it was the man
they were after or not, he drew a pistol from his belt and fired.

“No--he’s gone. We’ve got to catch him.”

They all left the room; there came a devilish noise of boots and spurs
on the stairs, and they crossed the vestibule.

“To your horses,” said the sergeant.

The order was obeyed instantly.

“You, Aragonés, and you, Segura, get behind that hay-stack,” and the
chief indicated a great pile of black straw. “You two, ride around that
field, and this gentleman and I will go and look for the Marquesito face
to face.”

The two pairs of troopers took their appointed places, and the sergeant
and the unknown gentleman advanced through the middle of the olive
orchard.

Aragonés and Segura were the first to see the fugitive, who was running
along hiding behind the olive trees, with a gun in his hand. The two
soldiers cocked their guns and advanced cautiously; but the youth saw
them, stopped and waited for them, kneeling upon one knee. The soldiers
attempted to make a detour in order to get near their game, but as they
described an arc, the youth kept the trunk of an olive tree between him
and them. Seeing that he was making sport of them, the soldiers advanced
resolutely. The Marquesito aimed his gun and fired, and one of the
horses, that of Aragonés, fell wounded in the shoulder, throwing his
rider. Segura, the other soldier, made his horse rear, in order to guard
against a shot, but the Marquesito fired a pistol with such good aim,
that the man fell to the ground with blood pouring from his mouth.

Then the youth, realizing that the other pursuers would immediately come
to the spot where they had heard the shots, ran until he came to a
century-old olive tree with a great, deformed trunk whose gnarled roots
resembled a tangled mass of snakes. He took advantage of the respite to
load his gun and pistol. Then he waited. Presently a shot was fired
behind him, and he felt a bullet enter his leg. He turned rapidly and
saw the sergeant and the gentleman approaching on horseback.

“My death will cost you dear,” murmured the Marquesito angrily.

“Surrender!” shouted the sergeant, and approached the fugitive at a
trot.

The Marquesito waited, and when the sergeant was twenty paces from him,
he fired his gun and pierced him with a bullet.

“Hey, boys!” shouted the sergeant. “Here he is. Kill him!” Then he put
his hand to his breast, began to bleed at the mouth, and fell from his
horse murmuring, “Jesus! He’s killed me!”

One of the sergeant’s feet caught in the stirrup, and the horse,
becoming frightened, dragged his rider’s body for some distance over the
ground.

“Now it’s your turn, coward!” shouted the Marquesito, addressing the
gentleman.

But that person had turned on his croup and couldn’t get away fast
enough.

The youth began to think that he was safe: the blood was flowing
copiously from his wound, so he took the handkerchief from about his
neck and bound his leg firmly with it. Next, he reloaded his weapons,
and limping slowly, sheltering himself behind the olive trees and
glancing from side to side, he advanced.

When he had reached a little plaza formed by a space that was bare of
trees, he saw one of the soldiers in ambush. Perhaps it was the last
one.

When they saw each other, pursuer and pursued immediately took refuge
behind the trees. The soldier fired; a ball whistled by the Marquesito’s
head; then he rested his gun against a tree trunk, fired, and the
soldier’s helmet fell to the ground.

They both concealed themselves while they reloaded their weapons, and
for more than a quarter of an hour, they kept shooting at each other,
neither of them making up his mind to come out into the open.

The Marquesito was beginning to feel faint from the loss of blood; so he
decided to risk all for all.

“Let’s see if we can’t finish this business,” he murmured between his
clenched teeth; and he advanced, limping resolutely toward the soldier.
After a few steps he discharged his gun point blank, and immediately
after, his pistol.

When he saw that his enemy had not fallen, that he was still standing,
he tried to escape, but his strength failed him. Then the soldier took
aim and fired. The Marquesito fell headlong ... he was dead. The ball
had struck him in the back of the neck and had come out through one of
his eyes, shattering his skull.

“He was a brave chap,” murmured the soldier as he gazed at the corpse;
then he kneeled by his side and searched his clothes. He wrapped his
watch and chain, his shirt studs, and his money, in a handkerchief, tied
it in a knot, and made his way back to the tavern.

As he drew near, he heard a voice wailing in despair:

“Oh, mother! Oh, mother! Oh, my dearest mother!”

In the clearing before the house was Fuensanta, half-undressed, livid,
with her face black and blue from the beating her father had given her.
The girl was moaning upon the ground, terror-stricken. La Temeraria,
with her arms lifted tragically, was shouting:

“She has dishonoured us! She has dishonoured us!”

The innkeeper’s other daughter stood in the doorway, watching her sister
as she dragged herself along the ground, exhausted by her beating.

“Don’t beat the girl like that,” said the soldier.

“Don’t beat her!” shouted El Mojoso. “No, I won’t beat her any more,”
and seizing his daughter by the arm he pushed her brutally from him,
shouting:

“Go ... and never come back!”

The bewildered girl hid her face in her hands, and then the poor little
thing began to walk away, weeping, and not knowing what she was doing,
nor where she was going.

Months later, a woman from an Obejo mill came to El Mojoso and announced
that Fuensanta had given birth to a son, and that she desired to be
forgiven and to return home; but the innkeeper said that he would kill
her if she ever came near him.

       *       *       *       *       *

“The scoundrel! The bandit!” exclaimed Quentin, striking the table a
blow with his fist.

“Who is a scoundrel?” asked Señor Sabadía in surprise.

“That Mojoso fellow, the dirty thief ... his daughter dishonoured him
because she loved a man, yet he did not dishonour himself, though he
robbed every one that came along.”

“That’s different.”

“Yes, it’s different,” cried Quentin furiously. “To the hidalgos of
Spain it is a different matter; to all those commonplace and thoughtless
men, a woman’s honour is beneath contempt. Imbeciles!”

“I see that you are enraged,” said Don Gil with a smile. “Does the story
interest you?”

“Very much.”

“Shall I proceed?”

“Please do.”

“Then kindly call Señora Patrocinio and ask her to bring more bottles of
wine, for my throat is very dry.”

“But you are a regular cask, my dear Don Gil.”

“Yes I’m the Cask of the Danaides. Call her, please.”

“Señora Patrocinio! Señora Patrocinio!” called Quentin.

“Isn’t she coming?”

“No. She is probably busy with her witchcraft. Perhaps this very minute
she is burning in her magic fire the sycamore torn from the sepulchre.”

“Or the funereal cypress, and the feathers and eggs of a red owl soaked
in toad’s blood,” added Don Gil.

“Or the poisonous herbs which grew in such abundance in Iolchos, and in
far-off Iberia,” continued Quentin.

“Or the bones torn from the mouth of a hungry bitch,” added the
archæologist.

“Señora Patrocinio! Señora Canidia!” shouted Quentin.

“Señora Patrocinio! Señora Canidia!” echoed Señor Sabadía.

“What do you want?” asked the old woman as she suddenly entered the
room.

“Ah! She _was_ here!” exclaimed Quentin.

“She _was_ here!” echoed Señor Sabadía. “We want some more bottles.”

“What kind do you want?”

“I believe, venerable dame,” Quentin ejaculated, “that it is all the
same to my friend here, whether it be wine from the vines of Falernus,
Phormio, or Cécube, as long as it is wine. Is that not true, Don Gil?”

“Of course. I see that you are a sagacious young man. Bring them, old
woman,” said the archæologist, turning to Señora Patrocinio, “bring
fearlessly forth that excellent wine that you have guarded so jealously
these four years in the Sabine pitchers.”

The old woman brought the bottles, Quentin filled Don Gil’s glass and
then his own, they emptied them both, and Señor Sabadía went on with his
story in these words:




CHAPTER IX

IN WHICH SEÑOR SABADÍA ABUSES WORDS AND WINE


Years ago in the Calle de Librerías, in a little corner near the Cuesta
de Luján, there stood a silversmith’s shop, with an awning stretched
over the doorway, a very narrow show-case in which a number of rosaries,
rings, medals, and crosses were displayed, and a miserable
half-obliterated sign with these words: “Salvador’s Shop.” From one end
of this sign, symbolically, hung a pair of pasteboard scales.

Salvador, the proprietor of this silversmith’s shop, was a wealthy
bachelor who had lived with a sister for many years before her death.

At the time of my story, Don Andrés, as the silversmith was called, was
a man of some sixty years, small, clean-shaven, with white hair, rosy
cheeks, clear eyes, and smiling lips. He resembled a silver medal.

With all his sweet, beatific countenance, Don Andrés was at heart, an
egoist. Possessing little intelligence and less courage, life made a
coward of him. He had an idea that things advanced too rapidly, and was,
therefore, an enemy to all innovations. Any change whatever, even if it
were beneficial, disturbed him profoundly.

“We have lived like this so far,” he would say, “and I can see no
necessity for any change.”

Don Andrés Salvador was equally conservative in his business: all he
had was an ability for work that required patience. Rosaries, crosses,
rings, and medals left his house by the gross, but everything
manufactured in his shop was always the same; unchanged, and
unimproved--wrought with the same old-fashioned and decadent taste.

Besides being a conservative, Don Andrés was distrust personified; he
did not want any one to see him at work. At that time, repoussé work was
still something mysterious and secret, and the silversmith, to prevent
any one from surprising his secrets, shut himself up in his own room
when he was about to make something of importance, and there worked
unseen.

One morning when Don Andrés was standing in the doorway of his shop, he
saw a girl running toward him along the Calle de la Feria, pursued by an
old woman.

His instinct as a law-abiding citizen made him go out and stop the girl.

“Let me go, Señor,” she cried.

“No. Is that your mother following you?”

“No, she isn’t my mother,” and the child began to cry disconsolately. In
a broken voice she told him how she had been ill for some time in a hut
on the Calle de la Feria, and how, when she had become well, the
mistress of the house had tried to force her to remain as her ward, and
how she had escaped.

By this time the old woman had come up behind the girl, and as a group
of children began to form around the shop door, the silversmith led the
two women inside.

He asked the old woman if what the girl had said was true, and the
Celestina in her confusion said that it was, but defended herself by
declaring that she had kept the girl because she had not paid for what
she had spent on medicines during her illness, and for dresses,
stockings, and underclothes with which to clothe her.

The silversmith realized that it was a matter of an infamous
exploitation, and whether he was indignant at this, or whether he was
touched by the girl’s appearance, the fact is, he said with more
vehemence than he was accustomed to use:

“I see, Señora Consolación, that you are trying to exploit this child in
an evil way. Leave her alone, for she will return your clothes, and go
back to your house; for if you don’t, I shall warn the authorities, and
you will rest your old bones in jail.”

The old woman, who knew the influence and prestige the silversmith
enjoyed in the district, began once more to complain of the great
prejudice they had against her, but Don Andrés cut her argument short by
saying:

“Either you get out, or I will call the alguacil.”

The Celestina said not another word, but tied her handkerchief about her
neck as if she wished to strangle herself with it, and moved off down
the street, spouting curses as she went.

The girl and the silversmith were left alone in the shop. He followed
the old woman with his eyes as she went screaming along the Calle de la
Feria among the noisy people who came running to their doorways as she
passed. When she was out of sight, he said to the girl:

“You can go now. She’s gone.”

When she heard this, the girl began to sob again.

“For God’s sake, don’t send me away, Señor! For God’s sake!”

“I’m not going to send you away. You may stay a while if you wish.”

“No. Let me stay here always. You are good. I’ll be your servant, and
you won’t have to give me a thing for it.”

“No, no--I cannot,” replied the silversmith.

Then the child knelt on the floor, and with her arms thrown wide apart,
said:

“Señor! Señor! Let me stay!”

“No, no. Get up! Don’t be silly.”

“Then if I kill myself,” she cried as she regained her feet, “it will be
your fault.”

“Not mine.”

“Yes, yours,” and the girl, changing her tone, added, “But you don’t
want me to go. You won’t throw me out; you’ll let me live here; I’ll
serve you, and take care of you; I’ll be your servant, and you needn’t
give me a thing for it; and I will thank you and pray for you.”

“But, what will people say?” murmured Don Andrés, who foresaw a
complication in his life.

“I swear to you by the Carmen Virgin,” she exclaimed, “that I won’t give
them a chance to talk, for nobody shall see me. You’ll let me live here,
won’t you?”

“How can I help it! You stick a dagger into one’s heart. We’ll give it a
try. But let me warn you about one thing: the first time I notice a
failing--even if it is only a man hanging around the house--I’ll throw
you out immediately.”

“No one will hang around.”

“Then I shall give you some old clothes this very minute, and you may
send those to Señora Consolación’s house. Then go to work in the kitchen
immediately.”

And so it was done; and Fuensanta, for the girl was Fuensanta, the
daughter of El Mojoso, entered the house of the silversmith as a
servant, and became, as she had promised, circumspect, submissive,
silent and industrious.

Little by little the silversmith grew fond of her; Don Andrés’ sister
had been a basilisk, a violent and ill-tempered old maid for whose fits
of bad temper he had always suffered. Fuensanta paid the old man
delicate attentions to which he was unaccustomed, and he looked forward
to an old age in an atmosphere of affection and respect.

“See here,” Don Andrés once said to her, “you must not be separated from
your son. Bring the boy here.”

Fuensanta went to Obejo, and returned the following day with the boy. He
was three years old, and a regular savage. Fuensanta, who realized that
such a wild creature would not please such an orderly and meticulous
person as the silversmith, always kept him segregated on the roof, where
the little lad passed the long hours in play.

After she had been in Don Andrés Salvador’s house for three years,
Fuensanta got married.

Among the agents and pedlars who were supplied in the shop, there was a
young man, Rafael by name, whom they nicknamed El Pende.

This Rafael was at that time a gracious, pleasant chap of some
twenty-odd years; he had the reputation of being lazy--firstly because
he came from the Santa Marina district, and secondly because he was the
son of Matapalos, one of the biggest loafers in Cordova.

Matapalos, a distinguished member of the Pende dynasty, was a carpenter,
and such a poor one, so they said, that the only things he could make
were wedges, and even these never came out straight.

El Pende junior, in spite of his reputation as a loafer, used to work.
He took up the business of peddling from town to town; selling necklaces
and rosaries throughout the entire highlands, and buying old gold and
lace wherever he went.

He was a gaudy and elegant lad, who spent nearly everything he earned on
jewels and good clothes.

“I’d rather wear jewels than eat,” he said.

Rafael, or El Pende, as you will, began promptly to pay court to the
girl. She duly checked his advances, but he grew stronger under
punishment, and she, seeing that the man persisted, told him the story
of her misfortune.

El Pende made light of it all. He was very much enamoured, or perhaps he
saw something in the woman that others had missed for, though she had no
money, nor any possibility of inheriting any, he did not give up trying
until he succeeded in persuading her to marry him.

“Now I’ve got to persuade the master,” said Fuensanta, after coming to
an understanding with her sweetheart. “Because, if he opposes us--I
won’t marry you.”

Slowly, insinuatingly, Fuensanta prepared the ground day by day.
Allowing herself to stumble, she suggested the idea of marriage to the
silversmith, until Don Andrés himself advised his servant to marry, and
pointed out to her the advantages she would have should she join herself
to Rafael.

They were married, and lived in an attic next the roof. The silversmith
gladly granted them the attic, for they scared away thieves, and he
liked to have a young man around to look after the house.

Fuensanta continued to serve him as before. El Pende made his trips; he
had made advantageous terms with the silversmith in his commissions, and
he and the old man understood each other admirably.

Fuensanta began to behold a useful collaborator in her husband. He was
intelligent and sagacious; he had a latent ambition which was awakened
with real violence at his marriage.

The child was an obstacle to the peace of the household. Quentin was
stupid, brutal, proud, and meddlesome.

After two years of matrimony, Fuensanta gave birth to a son whom they
called Rafael, after his father. Quentin had no use for the boy, a fact
that caused El Pende to hate his stepson.

Quentin did not go to school, so he knew nothing. He played about the
streets in rags with rowdies and toughs. One day, when El Pende saw him
with some gipsies, he seized him, carried him home, and said to his
mother:

“We’ve got to do something about this child.”

“Yes, we must do something,” she agreed.

“Why don’t you ask the master if he knows of a cheap school?”

Fuensanta spoke to the silversmith, who listened to her attentively.

“Do you know what we’ll do?” said Don Andrés.

“What?”

“We’ll find out who his father’s family are. How long ago was he
killed?”

“Seven years.”

“Good. Then I’ll find out.”

On that same street, on the corner of the Calle de la Espartería, in a
house upon whose chamfer was an iron cross, there lived a retired
captain of militia, Don Matías Echavarría. The silversmith called on
him, related what had happened in the Cross-roads Store, and asked the
captain if he remembered the affair, and if he knew the name of the
protagonist.

“Yes,” said Don Matías, “the boy who ran away and was killed on the Pozo
Blanco road, was the son of the Marquis of Tavera. When the thing
happened, they hushed it up, saying that he had met his death by a fall
from his horse, and no one ever knew anything about it.”

When the silversmith returned to his house, he said nothing to
Fuensanta, but, shut up in his room, he wrote a letter to the old
Marquis, giving him a detailed account of the facts, and telling him
that a grandson of his was living in his modest home.

He had to wait for the answer. At the end of two weeks, Don Andrés
received a message from the Marquis telling him to send Fuensanta to his
house to talk with him, and to bring the boy with her.

Fuensanta made Quentin as presentable as possible, and went with him to
the Marquis’ palace. The old man received her very pleasantly, bade her
tell him her story, caressed the child, and murmured from time to time:

“He’s just like him, just like him....” Then he added, turning to the
mother, “Are you in needy circumstances?”

“Sí, Señor Marqués.”

“Very well; take one hundred dollars for the present. We shall see what
we can do for the boy.”

Fuensanta told her husband what had happened in the Marquis’ house, and
El Pende immediately took possession of the hundred dollars.

The economical chap already had a like amount, and he believed that the
moment had arrived to realize his plans of establishing himself.
Consequently, a little later, he rented a store in the Calle de la
Zapatería.

       *       *       *       *       *

“What’s the matter with you, Don Gil?” asked Quentin, as he saw the
narrator looking about for something.

“Why, you’re not pouring wine for me.”

“There’s none left.”

“Then call Señora Patrocinio.”

“What will you have, Don Gil? Falernus? Or shall we devote ourselves
this time to the vines of Calais?”

“No, no; Montilla.”

“Can’t we make a change?”

“Mix one wine with another? Never! It’s very dangerous. But are you, or
are you not going to call that old woman? If you do not, I will not go
on with my story.”

“Do go on with it, Don Gil,” said Señora Patrocinio, opening the door
and placing two bottles upon the table. “I was almost asleep out here,
and was amusing myself by listening to what you were saying.”

“Eh!” exclaimed Don Gil, “I must be a great historian if even Sister
Patrocinio listens to my tale. Allow me to wet my throat. Now for it,
ladies and gentlemen, now for it!”




CHAPTER X

DON GIL FINISHES HIS STORY


Señora Patrocinio seated herself at the table. She was a thin, lean old
woman, with a yellow complexion, a hooked nose which was on friendly
terms with her chin, grey hair, and a wrinkled skin.

Don Gil took a drink, and continued as follows:

       *       *       *       *       *

The store was located in a large, antique house, painted blue. On the
ground floor were four grated windows, a door, and two little shops. One
of these was a mat store, and the other was the one El Pende had rented.

It was a tiny apartment, scarcely three metres square, with a few
living-rooms beyond a dark back room.

El Pende put neither signs nor decorations on his shop; he placed a
counter painted with red ochre in the middle of the floor, set up a few
pine shelves, and commenced business.

All kinds of things to eat and to drink and to burn were sold at the
store; a heterogeneous assortment was heaped upon the shelves; there
were soaps, silks, taffy of all kinds, and dyes from the most
distinguished factory in the whole world, which is that of the Calle de
Mucho Trigo; there were hemp-seeds roasted in honey, candied pine-nuts,
almond paste, and those thin little wafers that you must have seen, that
look like priests’ hats.

       *       *       *       *       *

“Come, don’t get tiresome,” said Señora Patrocinio.

“If you interrupt me, Sister Patrocinio, I shall refuse to go on,”
answered the narrator.

“You are losing the thread of your story. Come to the point, Don Gil,
come to the point.”

“Very well, then--I refuse to continue.”

“Go on, man, go on; you’re crankier than a wheat-sifter,” said the old
woman.

“Where was I?” murmured Don Gil. “I believe I’ve forgotten.”

“You were telling us what the store contained,” suggested Quentin.

       *       *       *       *       *

Of drinkables (the archæologist continued), there were all sorts of
brandies and refreshing beverages; rossolis, which they call _ressolis_
here; Cazalla, and wild cherry brandy in green jars which some call
_parrots_, and others _greenfinches_.

The little store in the Calle de la Zapatería soon had customers.
Country folk used to go there to take a little nip in the morning; a few
servant girls and a great many children used to stop there to buy
sweets.

El Pende stayed behind the counter where he received his friends, who
sometimes spent a little money. The most assiduous in his attendance at
these gatherings, was a ruined hidalgo by the name of Palomares, whom El
Pende had known since childhood, and who, having nothing to do, used to
take refuge in the shop. In order not to be in the way, and at the same
time to make himself useful, he used to wait on customers himself.

This hidalgo, Diego Palomares, was an adventurer, a son of Lucena. He
had departed from his home town for the first time when he was eighteen
years old, to attend the Seville Fair. He lost all his money and his
desire to return to his native city, by gambling, and acquired, in
exchange, a desire to see the world; so he went to Cadiz and embarked
for America. There he had his ups and downs successively: he was a
merchant, a super-cargo on a ship, and after many years of hard and
fatiguing work, he returned to Cordova, thirty-six years old, penniless,
and prematurely aged.

When Diego Palomares saw that his friend was getting on well with the
store, he joined him.

While El Pende sat at the counter tending the store, Fuensanta continued
to help the silversmith.

Six months after the first gift, the old Marquis sent for Fuensanta and
gave her another hundred dollars.

From the wife’s hands they passed into those of her husband, who used
them all in the store.

El Pende asked the landlord to give him another room, and to remove one
of the grated windows, that he might enlarge his store. His request was
granted, and in place of the grating, they installed a show-window.

Then El Pende had a sign painted, and hanging from the board, a gilt,
many-pointed star.

How many arguments he and Palomares had as to whether the star was right
or not!

I remember that one day, when I was on my way to the Casino, they called
me in to elucidate the question for them; and you ought to have heard me
give them a talk about office-signs of all kinds! It is a matter to
which few people pay any attention.

       *       *       *       *       *

“Come, there you go again, wandering away from your subject,” said the
old woman.

“Be quiet,” Don Gil ejaculated. “This matter of signs is very
interesting; don’t you think so?” he asked Quentin.

“I don’t know anything about it.”

“Oh, don’t you? Well, for example, some night you may see a closed store
with a sign which reads ‘Perez,’ with two red hands hanging from the
board. What kind of business do those red hands indicate?”

“A glove store, perhaps?” asked Quentin.

“That’s right. How clever the lad is! What does a basin indicate?”

“That’s well known--a barber shop.”

“And a rooster on top of a ball?”

“That I don’t know.”

“Why, a poultry shop. And a red or blue ball in a show-case?”

“A drug store.”

“Very good. And a little tiny mattress?”

“A mattress-maker’s store.”

“And one or two black hands holding a bunch of keys?”

“I think I have seen that in front of locksmiths’ shops.”

“That’s right. And a large book?”

“A bindery.”

“But what a clever chap he is! And large eyeglasses--very large?”

“An optician’s.”

“And the bust of a woman leaning from a balcony as though taking the
air?”

“I don’t know.”

“A ladies’ hair-dressing salon: but they don’t have as many here as they
do in Madrid. And a horse-shoe?”

“You’re the one that ought to be horse-shoed,” ejaculated Señora
Patrocinio. “Are you going on with the story or not, Don Gil?”

“But you two are confusing me! You make me lose the thread. Where was
I?”

“You were telling us,” said Señora Patrocinio, “about how they fixed up
the store with the Marquis’ money.”

“Ah! That’s so.”

       *       *       *       *       *

They widened the store; left off several articles that were not very
productive, and devoted themselves exclusively to selling comestibles.
They bought casks of Montillo wine, Montero oil, sugar, coffee, and
hired some chocolate makers to make chocolate.

Palomares, whom El Pende had engaged as a clerk when he saw the
prosperity of the establishment, spent the day wrapping up cakes of
chocolate, toasting coffee, and mixing peanuts and chicory.

Palomares had a great talent for labelling his mixtures. When he had
faked up something, he called it “Extra-Superior”; if the fake was so
complete that one could not tell what kind of a product it was, then he
called it “Superior” or “Fine.”

Besides these hyperbolical names, there were other more modest ones,
such as “First Class,” “Second Class,” and “Third Class.” These
divisions were hard to define; yet Palomares asserted, not that they
were good, but that one could easily distinguish a difference between
them.

According to him, it was clear that the “Second Class” was worse than
the “First Class,” and that the “Third Class” was worse than the “Second
Class”; but this was not saying that the “First Class” and the “Second
Class” were good, or even passably so.

In spite of the chemistry that El Pende and his assistant employed, the
store grew in reputation. The show-window was full of sausages wrapped
in tinfoil, prunes, and tins of preserves. On the shelves were loaves of
sugar, bottles of sherry, and jugs of gin. Upon the floor in sacks, were
rice, kidney-beans, and casks of sardines.

Money began to flow into the store in such a quiet and unobtrusive
manner that no one was aware of it. The old silversmith grumbled at the
thought that some fine day they would leave him; but Fuensanta deceived
him by telling him that the store was not getting along very well, and
that they would get rid of it if they had a chance.

El Pende, who lacked the patience of his wife, wished to emancipate
himself completely from the old man, so he rented the first floor of the
house in which the store was located, giving the back room to Palomares.

Then Fuensanta hired a servant girl, and every minute she had free, she
went to keep the old silversmith company. This procedure was very much
praised by the old wives of the community, and Fuensanta enjoyed much
popularity. At the same time, El Pende succeeded in making people forget
his family nickname, and everybody called him Rafael, or Señor Rafael,
and some even called him Don Rafael.

The family was progressing economically, and acquiring more
respectability, when the lad Quentin began to make trouble. He ran away
from home; he stole; once he came near poisoning the whole family; he
did terrible things.

Then the old Marquis, to whose knowledge his grandson’s escapades had
come, had him brought before him and sent him away to school in England.

Quentin left, and the family continued their progress. Fuensanta had her
fourth child, a daughter; and during the confinement, Don Andrés
Salvador, the silversmith, died from heart failure.

When they opened the old man’s will, they found that his fortune, almost
in its entirety, with the exception of a few bequests to two distant
relatives, was left to Fuensanta. The fortune, including the money and
the house, amounted to somewhere near thirty thousand dollars.

Then Fuensanta and El Pende tried to rent the whole lower floor of the
house on the Calle de la Zapatería, with the idea of converting it into
a large warehouse. The landlord was willing, but the man who rented the
mat store said that he would not move, that he had a ten-year contract
with the landlord, and that he did not intend to leave. They offered to
pay him an indemnity, but he persisted in his recalcitrant attitude.

And maybe the fool wasn’t stubborn! El Capita was a man of evil intent
with a magnificent history. Some time ago he lived with a widow who had
two daughters in school. When the elder daughter graduated, the man fell
in love with her, and married her; though he continued his relations
with her mother. El Capita was an artful chap. His wife found out about
the affair, and was indignant. She ran away with her husband’s clerk out
of revenge; but El Capita did not worry about the matter. Along came
the second daughter, and El Capita, who was very astute, began to make
advances to her, which she, more accommodating than her elder sister,
willingly accepted.

El Capita was very content with his store; doubtless he had an affection
for all those panniers and headstalls--mute witnesses of his drunken
parties and tempestuous love affairs, and he got it into his head that
he was not going to move. But the man reckoned without his hostess; and
in this case, his hostess was Fuensanta, who when she said that she was
going to do a thing, did it regardless of all obstacles.

Fuensanta very quietly transferred the inherited silversmith’s shop;
then she sold the house in the Calle de Librerías, and with the money
from the transfer and the sale, bought the house in the Calle de la
Zapatería; and El Capita had to get out in a hurry, willy nilly, with
all his pack-saddles and panniers.

Fuensanta and El Pende converted the whole lower floor into a warehouse.
They furnished the barracks and the prison with goods at wholesale; but
as they did not wish to kill their retail trade, they rented a store in
the Calle de la Espartería near the Arco Alto and the Calle de Gitanos.
This place, which was known in ancient times by the name of El Gollizno
on account of its extreme narrowness, is one of the busiest corners in
Cordova. Certainly there ...

       *       *       *       *       *

“Good lord! Another digression?” exclaimed Quentin. “Haven’t you
finished yet?”

“Yes.”

“Tell us the rest,” said the old woman. “What happened to that El Pende
fellow?”

“Nothing: they elected him to the council, then they made him
lieutenant-mayor, and now he is a wealthy merchant, a banker; and we who
were rich once, haven’t a penny now. Eh? Well, that is the story.
Come--pass me some more wine.”

Don Gil seized the bottle with one hand, brought it to his mouth, and
began to drink.

“Enough, man, enough,” said Señora Patrocinio.

The archæologist paid no attention to her, and never stopped until he
had emptied the bottle. Then he gazed about the room, shut his eyes,
leaned his head upon the table, and an instant later, commenced to snore
noisily.

“The compadre is rather intoxicated,” said Quentin as he looked at Don
Gil.

“Come, you’re feeling pretty good yourself,” replied the old woman.

“I? I was never so calm in my life. It takes a lot to get us people from
England drunk.”

“Ah! Are you English?”

“No; I come from here.”

“And are you a friend of the Quentin of whom there has been so much talk
tonight?”

“Ha ... ha ... ha!”

“What are you laughing at?”

“Why, that Quentin ... is me!”

“You?” and she used the familiar _tu_.

“Ha ... ha! Now the old dame is beginning to ‘thee and thou’ me!”

“Is it you, Quentin?”

“Yes.”

“I am a relative of yours.”

“Really? I’m very glad to hear it.”

“I can’t explain anything to you now, because you are drunk. Come some
other day and we’ll talk it over. I’ll help you.”

“Very good; I shall take advantage of your protection.... Ha, ha!”

“You shall see. You won’t have to work.”

“Work! Ha ... ha ... ha! That is an idea that never occurred to me, good
dame. Far from me is that vulgar thought.... Ah!... Ha ... ha ... ha!”

Señora Patrocinio seized Quentin by the arm and led him to the street.

“Now, go home,” she said to him; “some other day I shall tell you
something that may interest you. Should you need money, come here before
you go anywhere else.”

This said, she pushed Quentin into the middle of the street. The
coolness of the night air cleared his head. Day had not yet dawned; the
sky was clean and cloudless; the moon was low in the heavens--just
touching the horizon.




CHAPTER XI

MORE INCOMPREHENSIBLE THAN THE HEART OF A GROWN WOMAN, IS THAT OF A
GIRL-CHILD


Quentin did not abandon the idea of becoming intimate with Rafaela.

He now knew the close relationship that united them. They were of the
same family. Things would have to turn out badly indeed not to be
advantageous to him.

One morning Quentin again went to his cousin’s house. He found the gate
open, and went as far as the interior of the garden without ringing. He
found Juan, the gardener, busily occupied in trying to turn the key
which let the water out of the pool; an undertaking in which he was not
successful.

“What are you trying to do?” Quentin asked him.

“To turn this key; but it’s so dirty....”

“Let me have it,” said Quentin; and taking a large crowbar, he turned
the key with scarcely an effort. A jet of water ran into a small trough,
from which it flowed through the various ditches that irrigated the
different parts of the garden.

“Where are the young ladies?” asked Quentin.

“At mass: they’ll be back in a little while.”

“What’s doing here? How is everything getting on?”

“Badly. Worse every day,” answered the gardener. “How different this
house used to look! Money used to flow here like wheat. They said that
every time the clock struck, the Marquis made an ounce of gold. And such
luxury! If you had walked through these patios thirty years ago, you’d
have thought you were in heaven!”

“What was here?”

“You would have met the armed house-guards, all gaudily attired--with
short coats, stiff-brimmed hats, and guns.”

“What did they do?”

“They accompanied the Marquis on his trips. Have you seen the coach?
What a beauty it is! It will hold twenty-four persons. It’s dirty and
broken now, and isn’t a bit showy; but you should have seen it in those
days. It used to take eight horses and postillions _a la Federica_ to
haul it. And what a to-do when they gave the order to start! The guards,
mounted on horseback, waited for the coach in that little plazoleta in
front. Then the cavalcade started off. And what horses! He always had
two or three of those animals that cost thousands of dollars.”

“It must have cost him a lot to maintain a stable like that.”

“Just think of it!”

“When did these grandeurs come to an end?”

“Not very long ago, believe me. When the Queen came to Cordova, she rode
from the Cueva del Cojo to the city in our coach.”

“How is it that the family could fall so far?”

“It has been everybody’s fault. God never granted much sense to the
members of this household; but the administrator and the Count, who is
the young ladies’ father, were the ones who brought on most of the
ruin. The latter, besides being a libertine and a spendthrift, is a
fool. People are always deceiving him; and what he doesn’t lose through
foolishness, he does through distrust. Once he bought twenty thousand
gallons of oil in Malaga at seventy _reales_, brought them here, and
sold them in a few days, at forty.”

“That certainly was an idiotic thing to do.”

“Well, he’s done lots more like it.”

“What has become of him now? Where does he live?”

“He goes about the city with toreadors and horse-dealers. He has
separated from his wife.”

“Did he marry again?”

“Yes; the second time, he married the daughter of an olive merchant: a
beautiful, but ordinary woman who is giving the town a lot to talk
about. Since he is a fool, and she a sinner, after two or three years of
married life, they separated--throwing things at each other’s heads. Now
he is living with a gipsy girl named La Mora, who relieves him of what
pennies he has left. The girl’s brothers and cousins go into retirement
with him in taverns, and make him sign papers by threatening him with
violence: why, they haven’t left him a penny! And now that he has no
money, they no longer love him. La Mora throws him out of his house, and
I believe he crawls back to her on his knees.”

“Meanwhile, what about his wife?”

“She gets worse and worse. She has been going about here with a
lieutenant ... she’s a wild hussy.”

The gardener took his spade and made a pile of earth in a ditch to keep
the water away from a certain spot. While Juan worked, Quentin turned
his ambitious projects over and over in his mind.

“What a superb stroke!” he was thinking. “To marry the girl, and save
the property! That surely would be killing two birds with one stone. To
have money, and at the same time, pass for a romantic chap! That would
be admirable.”

“Here come the young ladies,” said Juan suddenly, looking down the
corridor.

Sure enough; Rafaela and Remedios, accompanied by the tall, dried-up
servant, appeared in the garden. The two girls were prettier than ever
in their mantillas and black dresses.

“See how pretty they are!” exclaimed Juan to Quentin, arms akimbo.
“Those children are two slices out of heaven.”

Rafaela laughed the laugh of a young woman utterly lacking in coquetry;
Remedios looked at Quentin with her great, black eyes, waiting, perhaps,
for a confirmation of the gardener’s compliment.

Rafaela removed her mantilla, folded it, stuck two large pins in it, and
gave it to the maid; then she smoothed her hair with her long,
delicate-fingered white hand.

“I have a favour to ask of you,” she said to Quentin.

“Of me?”

“Yes, sir.”

“Command me: I shall consider myself most happy to be your slave.”

Rafaela laughed musically and said:

“Goodness me! How quickly you take your ground!”

“I am not exaggerating; I am saying what I feel.”

“Then be careful, for you seem to me to be a trifle restless for a
slave, and I may have to put you in irons.”

“It won’t be necessary for you to do that. Tell me what you want me to
do.”

“Well, a very simple thing. My father, who is not all a gentleman should
be, took a little silver jewelcase out of my room the other day. It is a
souvenir of mother. I think he must have sold it, and I wish you would
take the trouble of looking for it. You’ll find it in some pawn-shop on
the plaza. There is a coronet upon the cover of the case, and in the
silk lining are the initials, R. S. If you find the little box, please
buy it, and I shall pay you whatever it amounts to.”

“No, not that.”

“Oh, I don’t want it under any other condition.”

Apropós of the little box, Rafaela spoke sadly of her mother.

Remedios, who had taken off her mantilla, took a hoop from a corner and
began to play with it.

“Remedios!” said Rafaela. “You have your new dress on. Change it, and
study your lessons immediately.”

“No, not today,” replied the child.

“Why not? And she says it so calmly! Big girls don’t play with hoops. If
I don’t watch this child, she plays all sorts of games, just like a
little street urchin. Do you think that is right, girlie?”

Remedios looked at her sister impudently, and only whistled as an
answer.

“Don’t whistle, please.”

“I will,” answered Remedios.

“I’ll shut you up in the dark room. We’ve had two days this week without
our lessons. If you don’t learn any more than that, you’ll be a little
donkey.... Just about as clever as Pajarito.”

“No!” exclaimed the little girl, stamping her foot.

“Yes, yes,” said Rafaela, smiling.

“No.”--And throwing her arms about her sister’s neck, Remedios climbed
into her lap.

“I believe you have lost your moral strength,” Quentin said to her.

“Yes; I think so too,” added Rafaela.

Safe in her sister’s lap, Remedios began to chatter, while Rafaela
patted her like a baby. She told several stories in which Pajarito, Juan
and the genet appeared.

“What a little story-teller you are!” said Rafaela, laughing.

When she grew tired of this, Remedios jumped from her sister’s lap, and
began to run about the garden. Presently she appeared riding astride of
the donkey.

“The child is wild today,” said Rafaela, gazing severely at Remedios.

The little girl noticed that her sister was annoyed, and jumping from
the donkey at the risk of falling, she went up to her.

“Juan said that we can pick oranges now.”

“Girlie, will you kindly be less of a busybody, and a little more
quiet?”

“Well, that’s what he said!” exclaimed Remedios, making an expressive
gesture, and rolling her great, black eyes.

Quentin began to laugh. Rafaela joined him.

“What are you laughing at?” demanded Remedios of her sister.

“I’m not laughing, child.”

“Yes, you are. Let’s get out of here.”

“But, why?”

“Yes; come on.”

“It’s just a little notion the girl has taken,” murmured Quentin.

“What business is it of yours?”

“My dear child, if you grow up like this, no one will be able to resist
you.”

Remedios remained frowning by Rafaela’s side; then she saw Juan’s little
dog, took it in her arms, and running to the pool, threw it into the
water.

“What a creature!” said Rafaela, vexed.

They went to the pool; the dog swam to the edge and began to flounder
about without being able to get out. Quentin knelt upon the ground, and
stretching out his arm, lifted the little animal from the water.

“He’s shivering,” said Rafaela. “Do you see what you have done?” she
added, turning to her sister--“He may die.”

Remedios, who had watched the rescue impassively, went to a corner and
sat upon the ground with her face to the wall.

“Remedios!” called Rafaela.

The child made no reply.

“Come, Remedios,” said Quentin, going over to her.

“Go away!”

“Come, you’re exhausting my patience.”

“I won’t.”

Rafaela tried to seize the girl, but she began to run, shouting:

“If you follow me, I’ll throw myself into the pool.”

And she was making for it when Quentin seized her firmly about the
waist, and heedless of her shrieks and kicks, handed her over to
Rafaela.

“No, no; you must go into the dark room. What a child!”

“No, I won’t do any more, I won’t do any more,” sobbed Remedios, hiding
her head on her sister’s shoulder, overcome with shame, and weeping like
a Magdalene.

“When the tears are over, she’ll be a little lamb. Will you undertake my
mission?” Rafaela asked Quentin.

“If the little box is in Cordova, you may be sure that I shall find it.”

“Good! Adiós. We are going in to get over this,” said Rafaela, smiling
ironically.

Rafaela and Remedios went up to their rooms, and Quentin went out into
the street.




CHAPTER XII

IN SEARCH OF A JEWEL-CASE


“In those days,” asserted Don Gil Sabadía in a notable article in _El
Diario de Cordova_, “La Corredera was a large, rectangular plaza
surrounded by houses with heavy balconies and porticos supported by
thick columns. At that time the plaza had no dirty and ugly brick
market-place; nor were the houses as neglected as they are today; nor
did so much hedge-mustard grow on the balconies. With a daily open-air
market, a plaza used on great occasions for bull-fights and jousts, La
Corredera constituted a commercial, industrial, and artistic centre for
Cordova. In that spot were celebrated regal fiestas of great renown in
our locality; there _autos da fé_ were consummated; there Señor Pedro
Romero and Pepe Hillo fought bulls when Charles IV visited the city;
there the Tablet of the Constitution was set up in 1823 with great
enthusiasm, only to be torn down and dragged about that same year; there
the bodies of a few splendid youths were exposed, killed in the hills
with their guns in their hands; there also the last executioners of
Cordova, the two Juans--Juan García and Juan Montano--both masters of
the art of hanging their fellow men, had splendid opportunities to
perform the extremely important duties that had been conferred upon
them. Lastly, from there, from La Corredera, sprang the rogues of
Cordova, relatives of the rascals of Zocodover and Azoguejo, fathers of
the scoundrels of Perchel, and of the lancers of Murcía, and remote
ancestors of the Madrid _golfos_.”

And Don Gil, after enumerating the beauties of La Corredera, terminated
his article with the following lament: “One more reason we have for
thanking our much-boasted-of progress!”

Quentin had been told that nearly all of the pawn shops in Cordova were
situated in La Corredera, and the morning after his conversation with
Rafaela, he appeared there, resolved to leave no stone unturned until he
had discovered the little box which he had been entrusted to find.

He entered La Corredera through the Arco Alto. From this spot, the plaza
presented a pleasing and picturesque spectacle. It was like a harbour
filled with yellow and white sails shaking in the breeze, shining with
light, and filling the whole extent of the plaza. Under the dark and
sombre porticos, in the tiny shops and booths, there were little piles
of black objects.

Quentin walked through the centre of the plaza. He saw permanent booths,
like large huts, where they sold grains and vegetables; and some that
were portable, like great umbrellas with long sticks, which belonged to
green-grocers and fruit-sellers. Other booths were a bit more simple,
being merely wide, awningless tables upon which walnuts and hazelnuts
were heaped. Others, simpler still, were upon the ground, “upon the
stone counters,” as the itinerant pedlars called them.

Quentin left the centre of the plaza and entered the arcade, resolved to
leave no second-hand store or pawn-broker’s establishment unvisited.
Each space beneath the arcade was occupied by a booth, and each column
had a little stand at its base. On the inside of the covered walk were
the gateways of inns with their classic patios, and their splendid old
names; such as the Posada de la Puya, or the Posada del Toro.... The
sandal stores displayed coils of plaited grass as signs; the drink
establishments, shelves full of coloured bottles; the saddleries,
headstalls, cinchas, and cruppers; the tripe shops, bladders, and sieves
made of the skins of Lucena donkeys. Here a cane weaver was making
baskets; there, a pawnbroker was piling up several greasy books; and
near him, an old fright of a woman was taking a piece of hakefish from a
frying-pan and placing it upon a tin plate.

Even the sidewalks were occupied; a vendor of Andújar ware was pacing up
and down before his dishes: large water-jars, and small, green jugs
which were arranged in squares upon the stones. An old countrywoman was
selling rolls of tinder for smokers; a man with a cap was exhibiting
cigar cases and shell combs upon a folding table.

At each column there was a grinder with his machine, or a hatter with
his caps in a large basket, or a fritter-maker with his caldron, or a
cobbler with his bench and cut leather and a basin to dampen it in.
There were notes of gaiety which were struck by stockings and
handkerchiefs of vivid colours; and sinister notes: rows of different
sized knives tied to a wall, on whose blades were engraved mottoes as
suggestive as the following:

    _Si esta víbora te pica,_
    _No hay remedio en la botica._

(If this viper should sting thee, there is no cure for it in the
drugstore.)

Or as that other legend, laconic in its fidelity, written below a heart
graven in the steel:

    _Soy de mi dueño y señor._
    (I am of my lord and master.)

Although he visited every pawn shop and second-hand dealer in the plaza,
Quentin failed to find the jewel-case. Somewhat dazed by the sun and the
noise, he stopped and leaned against a column for a moment. It was a
babel of shouts and voices and songs--of a thousand sounds. The hardware
dealers struck horse-shoes with their hammers in a queer sort of rhythm;
the knife-grinders whistled on their flutes; the vendor of medicinal
herbs emitted a melancholy cry; the pine-nut seller shouted like a
madman: “Boys and girls, weep for pine-nuts!”

There were cries that were languid and sad; others that were rapid and
despairing. Some vendors devoted themselves to humour; like the seller
of rolled wafers who began his advertisement by saying: “Here’s where
you get your wafers ... they came from El Puerto--all the _way for_
you!” and then mixed up a lot of sayings and refrains. Other merchants
added a scientific touch; like the seller of tortoises, who dragged the
little animals along the ground tied to a string, and shouted in a voice
made husky by brandy: “Come and buy my little sea-roosters!”

All this rabble of vendors, of farmers, of women, of naked children, and
of beggars; talked, shouted, laughed, gesticulated; it flowed from the
Arco Alto to the Calle de la Espartería, where the orchardists from El
Ruedo waited to bargain with the farmers; it entered the Plaza de las
Cañas, and while the multitude moved about, the winter sun, yellow,
brilliant as gold, fell upon and reverberated from the white awnings.

Quentin went through the Arco Bajo to a plazoleta where a group of old
men were sunning themselves, with their cloaks tied to their bodies and
their stiff, broad-brimmed hats pulled down over their eyes. The
majority of them were so preoccupied in their noble task of doing
nothing, that Quentin dared not bother them with questions, so he made
his way toward a lupine-seller who was seated beneath a small awning
which sheltered him from the sun.

The man had fastened a frame to the wall which served him as an awning.
As the red disk of the sun descended in the heavens, the man changed the
angle of the frame, always keeping himself in the shade.

This wise fellow, who was reading a paper at the moment through a pair
of glasses, wore a high-crowned, sugar-loaf hat; he had the small,
gentle eyes of a drunkard, a long, twisted, red nose, and a white,
pointed beard. When Quentin accosted him, he lifted his eyes with
indifference, looked over his glasses, and said:

“Sweetmeats? Lupine?”

“No; I would like you to tell me if there is a pawn shop around here
besides those in La Corredera.”

“Sí, Señor; there is one in the Plaza de la Almagra.”

“Where is that?”

“Near here. Would you like me to go with you?”

“No, thanks. They might steal your wares.”

“Pish! What would they want them for?” And the ingenious chap with the
sugar-loaf hat came out from behind his awning, tipped his hat toward
one ear, caressed his goatee, and flourishing a white stick, abandoned
his basket of lupine to fate, and accompanied Quentin until he left him
in front of a second-hand store.

“Thank you very much, _caballero_,” said Quentin.

The wise man smiled, shifted his high-crowned hat from his left ear to
his right, swung his stick, and, after bowing ceremoniously, departed.

Quentin entered the shop and explained to the clerk what he was looking
for. The man, after listening to him, said:

“I’ve got that jewel-case.”

“Will you show it to me?”

“I don’t know why I shouldn’t.”

The man opened a writing-desk, and from the bottom of one of the drawers
took out a small, blackened box. It had a coronet upon the cover, but
the lining had been torn out, so they could not see the initials that
Rafaela had mentioned to Quentin. Nevertheless, it was probably the
right box. Quentin wished to make sure.

“Do you mind telling me,” he asked, “where this box came from?”

“Are you so interested in it?” questioned the pawnbroker rather
sarcastically.

“Yes; but it is because I wish to make sure that it is the one I am
looking for.”

“Well, I don’t mind saying where it came from, for I am sure that the
man who sold it to me owned it.”

“Is it from the house of a marquis?”

“Sí, Señor.”

“Of one who lives on the Calle del Sol?”

“Sí, Señor.”

“How much do you want for it?”

“Seventy dollars.”

“The devil! That’s a good deal.”

“It’s worth it. A man who knew about such things would give me a hundred
dollars for it; perhaps more....”

“Very well. If I cannot come and get it today, I shall be here
tomorrow.”

“Very well.”

Quentin went home deep in thought. Where was he going to get those
seventy dollars? He entered the store and went to see Palomares.

“Could you let me have seventy dollars today?” he inquired.

“Seventy dollars! Where am I going to get it?”

“Don’t you know any one who lends money?”

“You’ve got to have a guarantee if you want any one to lend you money;
and what guarantee are you going to give?”

“The fact is, I’ve got to have the money today.”

“Look here; come to the store on the Calle de la Espartería this
evening, and we’ll see what we can do.”

At six o’clock, Quentin went to the store. He had never been there
before. It was small, but overstocked with goods, and, at that hour,
crowded with purchasers.

“Is Don Rafael in?” Quentin asked a clerk.

“There, in the back room.”

Quentin went in, and found himself in a small room with various shelves
full from top to bottom of tins of all kinds and colours, bottles,
flasks, and jars. One breathed there a mixed odour of cinnamon,
petroleum, coffee, and cod-fish. In that little shop of nutritious
produce, three persons were engaged in conversation with Don Rafael.
Quentin greeted them and sat down.

One of the three persons was a prebendary by the name of Espego, whom
they called Espejito on account of his small stature. Espejito had a sly
look, and was pacing about the back room with his hands behind his back.

The second member of the coterie was a lean man with very thin legs,
which were wide apart like those of a compass; he had a face like a
tunny-fish, with a fixed, penetrating, and suspicious glance. He was
called Camacha, and was a solicitor. He wore a short moustache,
side-whiskers that reached to the bottom of his ears, a broad-brimmed
hat tipped to one side, and very tight trousers.

The third member was leaning back in a chair; he was a sexagenarian with
a roman profile; his face was full of fleshy wrinkles; his nose, crooked
and aquiline, hung over his upper lip like a vulture over its prey; his
eyes were staring and sunken; his mouth contemptuous and bitter, and his
skin, lemon-coloured. He wore a black handkerchief tied about his head;
over it, a broad-brimmed hat, also black; and over his shoulders, a
roomy, dark-brown cloak with large folds.

This gentleman, the owner of a number of farms about Cordova, was called
Don Matías Armenta.

The four men talked slowly and disjointedly.

“I believe there are guarantees,” murmured one of them from time to
time.

“That’s what I think.”

“The condition of the house....”

“Is not satisfactory, that’s certain; but to respond....”

“That’s what I think.”

“We’ll speak of that some other day.”

“I’m in the way here,” thought Quentin, and he went into the store and
sat down upon a bench, waiting for Palomares to appear.

Palomares went into the back room, and at the end of a short time, came
out and said to Quentin:

“Well, my lad, it can’t be done.”

Quentin went into the street cursing his stepfather and the old cronies
who were with him for a trio of usurers of the worst kind. He was
walking along the streets wondering how he was to get the money, when he
remembered the offer Señora Patrocinio had made to him the night he and
Don Gil Sabadía were in her house.

“Let’s go there,” he said to himself. “We’ll see if she makes good her
offer.”

He made his way to Los Tejares where Señora Patrocinio lived. The door
of the house was open. Quentin knocked, and, as no one answered, he
walked in.

“Señora Patrocinio!” he cried.

“Who is it?” came from above.

“A man who comes to ask for something.”

“Well, we give nothing here.”

“I am Quentin.”

“Ah! It’s you? Come in and wait for me.”

“What beautiful confidence!” said Quentin, seating himself in the
vestibule, which was nearly in darkness.

Just then he heard footsteps upon the stairs, and a woman veiled in a
black mantilla descended with Señora Patrocinio.

The veiled lady looked at Quentin as she passed; he returned the look
with curiosity, and would have gone to the door to see her better, had
not Señora Patrocinio seized him by the arm.

“Come,” said the old woman, “what’s the matter?”

“Señora Patrocinio,” Quentin stammered, “send me away and take me for
an idiot if my request seems stupid to you. I have come to ask for
money.”

“Have you been gambling?”

“No.”

“How much do you need?”

“Seventy dollars.”

“Come, that’s not much. Follow me.”

Quentin and the old woman climbed to the second floor and entered a room
which contained a large bed. Señora Patrocinio took a key from her
pocket, and opened a cabinet. She clawed inside of it with her deformed
hands until she brought forth a bulging purse. She opened it, removed
from it a roll of coins wrapped in paper, broke it over the bed, and
scattered several gold-pieces upon the coverlet. The old woman counted
out twenty twenty-peseta pieces and offered them to Quentin.

“Take them,” she said.

“But you’re giving me too much, Señora Patrocinio.”

“Bah! They won’t weigh you down.”

“Thanks very much!”

“You must not thank me. I only want one thing, and that is that you come
to see me now and then. Some day I’ll explain our relationship and what
I expect of you.”

“Very well.”

Quentin took the money and left the house joyfully. It was night, and he
thought that the pawn shop on the Plaza de la Almagra might be closed,
but he went by to make sure, and found it still open. He took the
jewelcase and went home.

“The truth is, I’m a lucky man,” he murmured gleefully.

Quentin slept peacefully, rocked by sweet expectations. The next
afternoon he went to the Calle del Sol.

He found the gate open, and passed on into the garden. The gardener was
not there. He went upstairs and rang the bell. The tall, dried-up
servant who came to the door, said:

“The young ladies are in the kitchen.”

“Well, let’s go there.”

They went through a series of corridors and entered the kitchen. It was
an enormous place, with a high skylight through which at that moment
there filtered a ray of sunlight that fell upon the blond, somewhat
mussed-up hair of Rafaela.

Rafaela and Remedios turned at the sound of footsteps.

“Oh, is it you? You have found us in a pretty mess,” said Rafaela,
showing him her hands covered with flour.

“What are you making?” asked Quentin.

“Some fried-cakes.”

“It smells deliciously in here.”

“Have you a sweet tooth?” asked Rafaela.

“Somewhat.”

“This is the one with a sweet tooth,” said Rafaela, indicating Remedios.
“Let’s get out of here, she’ll have indigestion if we don’t.”

Rafaela washed her hands and arms, dried them carefully, and led the way
from the kitchen into the drawing-room.

“I’ve got the little box here,” announced Quentin.

“Oh, really? Give it to me. Thank you! Thank you very much indeed! How
much did it cost you?”

“Nothing.... A mere trifle.”

“No, no, that’s not possible. Please tell me how much you paid for it.”

“Won’t you accept this small favour from me?”

“No; for I realize that it must have cost you a lot.”

“Bah!”

“I’ll find out, and then we’ll talk about it further.”

Remedios, approaching Quentin mysteriously, said to him:

“Is it true that there is a store in your house?”

“Yes.”

“Are there sweets in it?”

“Yes.”

“Will you bring me some?”

“What do you want me to bring you?”

“Bring me some white taffy, some hard candy, a ladyfinger, and a
sugar-plum.”

“But, child, you want a whole candy shop!” said Rafaela.

“Then just some taffy and cake, eh?”

“Very well.”

“But lots of it.”

“Yes.”

“Fine: now sing for us!”

“Gracious, what a bold little girl!” exclaimed Rafaela.

They opened the drawing-room windows, and Quentin sat at the piano and
played the opening chords of the baritone aria from _Rigoletto_. Then,
in a hearty voice, he began:

    _Deh non parlare al misero
    del suo perduto bene...._

He suddenly recalled his school, his friends; then he felt sentimental,
and put a real sadness in his tones. When he sang, _Solo_, _difforme_,
_povero_, he felt almost like weeping.

After _Rigoletto_ came the song from _Un ballo_:

    _Eri tu che machiavi...._

Quentin exhausted his repertoire; he sang all the songs from the Italian
operas that he knew; and then, exaggerating his English accent, he sang
_Rule Britannia_! and _God Save the Queen_!

The two sisters and the old servant sewed as they listened to Quentin,
who kept up a steady stream of conversation like a stage comedian. They
laughed at his stories and clownish tricks.

He had an inexhaustible supply, and related many anecdotes and
adventures that were mostly invented by himself....

The afternoon passed very quickly. From the balcony they could see the
dark mountain outlined strongly against the blue of the sky. The sun,
very low in the horizon, was leaving long shadows of chimneys and towers
on the grey roofs, and reddening the belfries with an ideal light that
grew paler with each passing moment.

They could scarcely see within the room; the old servant brought in a
lamp and placed it upon the table. Quentin took leave of the two
sisters.

On his way out, he paused before the window overlooking the garden. The
atmosphere was unusually clear; the sky was deepening to an intense
blue. Distant objects; the white gardens upon the hillside, the
hermitages among the cypress trees, the great round-topped pine trees
upon the summit, ... all could be seen in detail.

It grew darker; in the black, rectangular patch of the pool, a star
commenced to twinkle, then another, until a multitude of luminous points
trembled in its deep, quiet waters.




CHAPTER XIII

A PICNIC AND A RIDE


“Aren’t you going to Los Pedroches?” Remedios asked Quentin one day. The
two sisters and the old woman were sewing in the drawing-room.

“What’s doing there?” he asked.

“The Candelaria Picnic,” answered Rafaela.

“Are you going?”

“Yes, I believe so. We are going with our cousins.”

Quentin fell silent for a moment.

“Aren’t you going?” Remedios asked again.

“I? No. I don’t know any one.”

“Don’t you know us?” she asked.

“Yes; but I’d bother you....”

“Why?” asked Rafaela pleasantly.

“And if I did not bother you, I should be certain to annoy your cousins;
perhaps they wouldn’t like me to bow to you.”

Rafaela became silent; implying, though perhaps unwittingly, that what
Quentin had said might be true. So, somewhat embarrassed, he said:

“What do they do there?”

“Not much nowadays,” answered the old woman. “There are a few dances and
supper parties ... but the best thing about it used to be the return
home: it was the custom for every lad to bring a lass back to town on
his horse’s croup.”

“Has that custom died out?” asked Quentin.

“Yes.”

“Why don’t they still follow it?”

“On account of the fights they had coming back,” answered the old woman.
“Boys, and men too, took to scaring the horses, and some of the riders
fell off and began to fight furiously with both fists and guns.”

“You seem to know all about it,” said Rafaela to the old woman. “Have
you ever been in Los Pedroches?”

“Yes; with a sweetheart of mine who carried me behind him on his horse.”

“My! What a rascal!... What a rascal!” exclaimed Rafaela.

“When we reached Malmuerta,” the old servant continued, “they frightened
our horse, so my sweetheart, who had a short fowling-piece on his
saddle, made as if to shoot it, and the people couldn’t get away fast
enough....”

       *       *       *       *       *

Quentin decided to go to the picnic.

“I’m going to Los Pedroches, mother,” he said to Fuensanta.

“That’s good, my son,” she replied, “go out and have a good time.”

“To tell you the truth, I haven’t any money.”

“I’ll give you what you need; and I’ll find you some riding clothes,
too.”

Quentin hired a big horse with a cowboy saddle; then, following his
mother’s instructions, he put on a short jacket covered with ribbons and
braid, fringed leggings, a tasseled shawl across the saddle bow, and a
broad-brimmed hat.

He mounted at the door of his house. He was a good horseman, and as he
jumped into the saddle, he made his horse rear. He brought him down at
once, waved to his mother who was on the balcony, and rode off at a
smart pace.

He went out through the Puerta de Osario to the Campo de la Merced,
under the Arco de la Malmuerta and turned his horse’s head toward the
Carrera de la Fuensantilla. There he noticed the unusual exodus of
people making their way in groups toward Los Pedroches.

It was a splendid February afternoon. The sun poured down like a golden
rain upon the green countryside, and smiled in the fields of new wheat
which were dotted with red flowers and yellow buds. Here and there a
dark hut or a stack of straw surmounted by a cross arose in the broad
expanse of cultivated lands.

Quentin rode swiftly along the highway, which was bordered at intervals
by large, grey century-plants, from among whose pulpous branches rose
flocks of chirping birds.

He reached the picnic-grounds: a meadow near the Los Pedroches ravine.
The people were scattered over the meadow in groups. The bright and
showy dresses of the girls shone in the sun afar off against the green
background of the field. As Quentin drew near the fiesta-grounds, some
groups were eating supper, and others were playing the guitar and
dancing.

In some places, where the dancers were doubtless experts, curious
onlookers crowded about them. An old man with side-whiskers was playing
the guitar with great skill, and a dancer in a narrow-waisted suit was
pursuing his graceful partner with his arms held high in the air; and
one could hear the clacking of castanets, and the encouraging applause
of the onlookers.

It was a peaceful happiness, dignified and serene. Girls in showy
dresses, Manilla shawls, and with flowers in their hair, were strolling
about, accompanied by sour-visaged dueñas and proud youths.

A little apart from the centre of the picnic, the more wealthy families
were lunching peacefully; while little boys and girls were screeching as
they swung in the swings hung from the trees.

There were vendors of oranges and apples and walnuts and chestnuts; and
taffy women with their little booths of sweets and brandy.

Quentin went around the grounds looking all about him, searching for his
cousins; and at last, in a little unpopulated grove, he caught sight of
them among a group of several boys and girls.

Remedios recognized Quentin when he was still some distance away, and
waving her hand at him, she rose to meet him. Quentin rode up to her.

“Where are you going?” the girl inquired.

“For a little ride.”

“Do you want a cake?”

“If you will give....”

“Come on.”

Quentin dismounted, walked up to the group, gave his hand to Rafaela,
and greeted the others with a bow. Undoubtedly Rafaela had informed her
friends who the horseman was, for Quentin noticed that several of the
girls looked at him curiously.

He took the cake that Remedios gave him, and a glass of wine.

“Won’t you sit down?” Rafaela asked him.

“Thank you, no. I’m going for a ride along the mountain.”

As he drew near Rafaela, Quentin noticed the look of hatred that one of
the young men present cast at him.

“He’s a rival,” he thought.

From that instant, the two boys were consumed with hatred for each
other. The young man was tall, blond, with a certain rusticity about him
in spite of his elegant clothes. Quentin heard them call him Juan de
Dios. The youth spoke in a rather uncultured manner, converting his
_s’s_ into _z’s_, his _r’s_ into _l’s_, and vice versa. He gazed fixedly
at Rafaela, and from time to time said to her:

“Why don’t you drink a little something?”

Rafaela thanked him with a smile. Among the girls were Rafaela’s two
cousins; the elder, María de los Angeles, had a nose like a parrot,
green pop-eyes, and a salient under lip; Transito, the younger, was
better looking, but her expression, which was half haughty and half
indifferent, did not captivate one’s sympathies. Like her sister, she
had green eyes, and thin lips with a strange curve to them that gave her
a cruel expression.

Transito questioned Quentin in a bantering and sarcastic tone; he
replied to her pleasantly, with feigned modesty, and in purposely broken
Spanish. Presently he announced his intention of going.

“What, are you going?” asked Rafaela.

“Yes.”

“Are you afraid of us?” said Transito.

“Afraid of being enchanted,” replied Quentin gallantly, as he bowed and
went in search of his horse.

“Wait! Take me on the croup,” Remedios shouted.

“No, no; you’ll fall,” said Rafaela.

“No, I won’t,” replied the child.

“The horse is gentle,” Quentin put in.

“Very well then; you may take her for a while.”

Quentin mounted rapidly, and Remedios climbed upon the step of the
carriage that stood near. Quentin rode up to her and stuck out his left
foot for her to use as a support. The little girl stepped upon it, and
seizing Quentin about the waist, leaped to the horse’s croup and threw
her arms about the rider.

“See how well I do it,” said she to her sister, who was fearfully
watching these manœuvres.

“I see well enough.”

“Where shall we go?” Quentin asked the girl.

“Right through the picnic-grounds.”

They rode among the groups; the arrogance of the rider and the grace of
Remedios with her red flower in her hair, attracted the attention of the
crowd.

“There’s a pair for you!” said some as they watched them ride by; and
she smiled with her shining eyes.

Following Remedios’ orders, Quentin rode back and forth among the places
which she pointed out to him.

“Now let’s go to the mountain.”

Quentin rode up hill for half an hour.

The afternoon was drawing to a close; the shadows of the trees were
lengthening on the grass; white clouds, solid as blocks of marble, with
their under sides ablaze, floated slowly over the mountain; the air
smelt of rosemary and thyme. Cordova appeared upon the plain enveloped
in a cloud of golden dust; beyond her undulated low hills of vivid
green, stretching in echelon one behind the other, until they were lost
in the distance in a golden haze of vibrating light. Over the roofs of
the city rose church towers, slate-covered cupolas, black, sharp-pointed
cypresses. From between the walls of a garden, with a very tall and
twisted trunk, a gigantic palm tree raised its head--like a spider stuck
to the sky....

Quentin turned back with the idea of leaving Remedios with her sister.

“Well, well!” Rafaela exclaimed. “You certainly can’t complain. We’ve
been waiting for you to go home with us. Come, get down.”

“No; he’s going to take me home--aren’t you, Quentin?”

“Whatever you wish.”

“Well, let’s be going.”

“We’re off!”

“Look out for jokers,” warned Rafaela’s cousin Transito.

They took the road cityward, riding among the groups who were returning
from the fiesta.

They could see Cordova in the twilight with the last rays of the sun
quivering upon its towers. In some houses the windows were commencing to
light up; in the dark blue sky, the stars were beginning to appear.

Neither Quentin nor the girl spoke; they rode along in silence, swaying
with the motion of the horse. They reached the Carrera de la
Fuensantilla, and from there followed Las Ollerías. At the first gate
they came to, El Colodro, Quentin thought he saw a group that might have
stationed itself there with the intention of frightening the horses of
the passers-by; so he went on through the Arco de la Malmuerta to the
Campo de la Merced.

Here there was a group of little boys and young men, one of whom had a
whip.

“Be careful, child; hold on to me tightly,” said Quentin.

She squeezed the rider’s waist with her arms.

“Are you ready?”

“Yes.”

The group of young people came toward Quentin, one of them brandishing
the whip. Before they had time to frighten his horse, Quentin drove in
his spurs and slackened his reins. The animal gave a jump, knocked down
several of the jokers, and broke into a gallop, spreading consternation
among the youngsters. When they had passed the Campo de la Merced,
Quentin reined in his horse and began to walk again.

“How did you like that, little girl?” asked Quentin.

“Fine! Fine!” exclaimed Remedios, brimming over with delight. “They
wanted to shoot us.”

“And they fell down.”

The girl laughed delightedly. Quentin guided his horse to the Puerta del
Osario, and once through it, threaded his way along lonely alleyways.
The horse went at a walk, his iron shoes resounding loudly on the
pavement.

“Would you like me to treat you?” asked Quentin.

“Yes.”

They were passing a tavern called El Postiguillo; so Quentin stopped his
horse, clapped his hands loudly twice, and the innkeeper appeared in the
doorway.

“What does the little girl want?” said the man.

“Whatever you have,” answered Remedios.

“A few cakes, and two small glasses of Montilla?”

“Would you like that?” asked Quentin.

“Very much.”

They ate the cakes, drank the wine and went on their way. Just as they
reached the Calle del Sol, a carriage stopped at the door, from which
Rafaela, her cousins, and the blond young man descended. The latter, who
helped the girls down, called to Remedios: “I’ll be with you in a
moment!” But the girl pretended not to hear him, and called Juan.
Quentin took the child by the waist and lifted her into the arms of the
gardener; then he bowed, and turned his horse up the street.

When he reached his house, he found that his family had not yet returned
from the picnic. He saw Palomares in the street and joined him; gave his
horse to a boy to take to the livery stable, and, in the company of the
clerk, entered a café. He told him how he had passed the afternoon, and
then began to speak casually of his grandfather’s family.

“It looks as if they were about ruined, eh?”

“Yes; completely.”

“Still they must have _some_ cash haven’t they?”

“Oof! The old man was very rich; more through his wife than himself. He
is a fine man but very extravagant. When the rebel leader Gomez took
possession of Cordova the old Marquis, who was then a Carlist, took him
in and gave him thousands of dollars. He has always spent his money
lavishly.”

“What about the son?”

“The son is nothing like his father. He is a disagreeable profligate.”

“And the son’s wife?”

“La Aceitunera? She’s a sinner of the first water.”

“Pretty, eh?”

“Rather! A fine lass with unbounded wit. When she left her husband, she
went to live with Periquito Gálvez; but now they say she is trotting
about with a lieutenant. Just pull Juan the gardener’s tongue a bit, and
he’ll tell you some curious things.”

“Didn’t the family ever have any relative clever enough to save it from
ruin?”

“Yes; the Marquis has a brother called El Pollo Real; but he is a
selfish sort who doesn’t want to mix in anything for fear they will ask
him for money. Have you never seen him?”

“No.”

“Well, El Pollo Real has been a Tenorio. Now he is a half paralytic.
They say that he is devoting himself to writing the history of his love
affairs, and has hired a painter to paint pictures of all his
mistresses. He’s been at it for years. The first artist he had was a
friend of mine from Seville, and he used to tell me that El Pollo Real
would give him a miniature or a photograph for him to enlarge, and then
he would explain what the subjects looked like: whether blondes or
brunettes, tall or short, marchionesses or gipsies.”

“Do you know Rafaela?”

“Do I know her! Rather! Poor little girl!”

“Why ‘poor little girl’?” exclaimed Quentin, feeling cold from head to
foot.

“The girl has had hard luck.”

“Why, what happened to her?”

“Oh, affairs of a wealthy family, which are always miserable. After she
was thirteen or fourteen years old, Rafaela was engaged to the son of a
Cordovese count. It seemed as if the two children loved each other, and
they made a fine couple. They were always seen together; going for
walks, and in the theatre; when it began to be rumoured that the
Marquis’ family was on its way to ruin. Then her sweetheart went away to
Madrid. Month after month went by, and the lad did not return; finally
some one brought the news that he had married a young millionairess in
Madrid. Rafaela was ill for several months, and since that time she has
never been as well or as gay as she used to be.”

Quentin listened to this story profoundly mortified. He no longer cared
to ask questions; he arose, left the café, and took leave of Palomares.

He was unable to sleep that night.

“Why this anger and mortification?” he asked himself. “What difference
does it make whether Rafaela has had a sweetheart or not? Aren’t you
going to work out your problem, Quentin? Aren’t you going to follow out
your plan in life? Aren’t you a good Bœotian? Aren’t you a swine in the
herd of Epicurus?”

In spite of Quentin’s efforts to convince himself that he ought not to
be irritated, it was impossible to do so. Merely to think that a man,
probably a young whipper-snapper, had scorned Rafaela, offended him in
the most mortifying manner.




CHAPTER XIV

SPRING


No; he was no Bœotian; he was no Epicurean; he could not say that in his
heart, he followed the admirable advice of the great poet: “Pluck
today’s flower, and give no thought to the morrow’s.”

He was passing through all of the most common and most vulgar phases of
falling in love; he had moments of sadness, of anger, of wounded and
maltreated self-esteem.

He tried to analyze his spiritual condition coldly, and he considered it
best and most expedient to make an effort not to appear at Rafaela’s
house for a long time.

“I must be active,” he said to himself. At other times his reason
appealed to him: “Why not go to see her as I used to? What is it that I
want? Do I want her to cease having a sweetheart she has already had?
That would be stupid. We must accept things that have already been.”

At this, his wounded pride responded with fits of anger, obscuring his
intelligence; and the pride generally came out victorious.

Quentin did not appear at Rafaela’s house for some time. Alone, with
nothing to occupy him, friendless; he was desperately bored. How the
Andalusian spring oppressed him! He wandered about from place to place,
without plans, without an object, without a destination.

The sun inundated the silent, deserted streets; the sky, a pure, opaque
blue, seemed something tangible--a huge turquoise, or sapphire in which
roofs and towers and terraces were embedded.

Everything gave the impression of profound lethargy.... The houses:
blue, yellow, pale rose, cream-coloured, all hermetically sealed, seemed
deserted; the irrigated vestibules flowed with water; one smelt vaguely
the odour of flowers, and a penetrating perfume of orange blossoms arose
from the patios and gardens.

The plazas, like white whirlpools of sunlight, were blinding with the
reverberation of light against the walls. In the alleys, tenebrous,
narrow, shadowy, one felt a damp, cave-like cold.... Everywhere silence
and solitude reigned; in some lonely spot, a donkey, tied to a grating,
remained motionless; a hungry dog scratched in a heap of refuse; or a
frightened cat ran with tail erect until it disappeared in its
hiding-place.

In the distance, the crowing of a cock rang out like a bugle call in the
silent air; one heard the melancholy cry of the vendors of medicinal
herbs; and through the deserted plazoletas, through the narrow and
tortuous alleys, there rose the song of love and death that a _grancero_
was singing as he rode along on his donkey.

In La Ribera, some vagabonds and gipsies were sunning themselves, while
others played quoits; little children with brown skins ran about
bare-legged, covered only by a scanty shirt; sunburned old women came to
the windows and gratings; and along the white, the very white highway,
which resembled a great chalk furrow, there passed gallant horsemen,
raising clouds of dust.

The river wound peacefully along--blue at times, at times golden; wagons
and herds passed slowly over the bridges--so slowly that from a distance
they seemed motionless.

An oppressive calm, a tiresome somnolence weighed down upon the city;
and in the midst of this calm, of this death-like silence, there sounded
a bell here, another there--all extremely languid and sad....

At nightfall, the magic of the twilight touched the city and the
distant landscape with gold---‘d lights; splendid colours of
extraordinary magnificence. The clouds became rosy, scarlet.... The
country was tinged with gold, and the last rays of the sun set fire to
the rocks and peaks of the mountain-tops.

In the streets, which were bathed with light, a narrow strip of shadow
appeared upon the walks, which grew and widened until it covered the
whole pavement. Then it slowly climbed the walls, reached the grated
windows and the balconies, scaled the twisted eaves.... The sunlight
completely disappeared from the street, and there only remained the last
vestiges of its brilliancy upon the towers, the high look-outs, and the
flaming windows....

The air grew diaphanous, acquired more transparency; the horizon more
depth; and the sides of the white walls of garrets and corners, as they
reflected the scarlet or rosy sky, resembled blocks of snow animated by
the pale rays of a boreal sun....

Presently the lamps were lighted; their little red flames flickering in
the shadows; and squares of lighted windows punctured the façades of the
houses.

At this hour on work days, women visited the stores; wealthy families
returned in their coaches from their orchards; youths rode back and
forth on horseback; and the nocturnal life of Cordova poured through the
central streets, which were lighted by street lamps and shop windows.

Quentin wandered from place to place, ruminating on his sadness; walked
indifferently along streets and plazas; watched the young ladies coming
and going with their mammas, and followed by their beaux. When his
irritation disappeared, he felt discouraged. The melancholy calmness of
the city, the dreamy atmosphere, produced within him a feeling of great
lassitude and laziness.

At times he firmly believed that Rafaela would trouble him no more; that
his feeling of love had been a superficial fantasy.

       *       *       *       *       *

In the morning Quentin often went to the Patio de los Naranjos where El
Pende’s father used to spend his time with a coterie of old men,
beggars, and tramps, which all Cordova ironically called _La Potrá_, or
the herd of young mares.

El Pende senior, or Matapalos, passed his time there chatting with his
friends. He was an original and knowing fellow who spoke in apothegms
and maxims. He dominated the meetings as few others could. No one could,
like him, so slyly introduce a number of subjects in a conversational
hiatus, or in the act of rolling a cigarette. Of course, for him, this
last was by no means a simple affair; but rather an operation that
demanded time and science. First, Matapalos took out a little knife and
began to scrape a plug of tobacco; after the scraping came the rubbing
of it between his hands; then he tore a leaf of cigarette paper from its
little book, held it for a moment sticking to his under lip, and then
began to roll the cigarette first on one end, and then on the other,
until the manœuvre was happily consummated. This operation over,
Matapalos removed his calañés, placed it between his legs, and from
somewhere within the hat drew forth a little leather purse, from which
he extracted flint and steel and tinder.

After this, he slowly covered himself and from time to time, in the
midst of the conversation, struck the steel with the flint until he
happened to light the tinder, and with the tinder, his cigarette.

The old man lived in a hut in the Matadero district; he knew everything
that had occurred in Cordova for many years, and boasted of it. For
Matapalos, there were no toreadors like those of his own time.

“I’m not taking any merit away from Lagartijo or Manuel Fuentes,” he
said, “but you don’t see any more toreadors like El Panchón, or Rafael
Bejarano, or Pepete, or El Camará. You ought to have seen Bejarano! He
was such a great rival of no less a person than Costillares, that in my
time they used to sing:

    _“Arrogante Costillares,
    anda, vete al Almadén
    para ver bien matar toros
    al famoso Cordobés.”_

(Proud Costillares, come, and go to the Almadén to see the famous
Cordovese kill bulls right.)

       *       *       *       *       *

In this subject Matapalos had a formidable adversary; another old man
whom they called Doctor Prosopopeya, who, as a native of Seville, never
admitted that a Cordovese toreador could come up to one from Seville.

Quentin found Matapalos very funny and very amusing, and he often went
to listen to him.

While the old man related ancient history in his quiet, peaceful voice,
Quentin contemplated the Patio de los Naranjos, sometimes listening to
what was said, sometimes not.

The orange trees were in full blossom, and their penetrating perfume
produced a certain giddiness; from time to time one could hear distant
bells which the cathedral bell seemed to answer, clanging loudly....
Then silence again reigned; the birds chirped in the trees; the water
murmured in the fountain; the butterflies bathed in the pure air; and
the lizards and salamanders glided along the walls.

Among the shadows of the orange trees shone vivid splashes of sunlight;
doves tumbled from the cathedral roof and flew softly through the blue
and luminous air, making a slight sound of ripping gauze; sometimes they
made a metallic whirr as they rapidly beat their wings.

The majority of the _Potrá_ was made up of beggars and tramps. These
beggars were neither emaciated, squalid, nor ill; but strong, vigorous
men, hirsute, with long, matted locks, sunburned, covered with rags....
Some wore threadbare calañés hats; others, broad-brimmed sombreros worn
over grass handkerchiefs; some, a very few, wore loose, yellowish coats
with long sleeves; a good many wrapped themselves up in grey cloaks of
heavy cloth and many folds. Nearly all of them had private homes where
they were given leavings and cigarette butts; those who did not, went to
the barracks, or to a convent; no one lacked the hodge-podge necessary
for wandering on, though poorly, through the bitter adversities of
life.

From time to time the _Potrá_ came into a little money; and then ten or
twelve of them got up a pool to play the lottery.

In that troop there was a beggar with a black beard, younger than the
rest, bent almost double at the waist, who went about leaning on a short
crutch. They called this man El Engurruñao. He had one shrunken leg
wrapped in rags, although really he had no illness at all. He howled in
a doleful voice after every decently-dressed passer-by, and he took in
plenty of money.

Through the conversations of these tramps and beggars, Quentin came to
know Cordova life, and that of the principal families of the town.
Through them he learned that the majority of the great families were on
their way to poverty.

One example of an economic catastrophe was that of a gentleman who
walked through the arcade of the Mosque every morning. This gentleman
was dressed like a dandy of other days: well-fitting coat, flowing black
cravat, tall silk hat with a flat brim, and, on some cold days, a blue
cape. The poor man was emaciated, had long, grey, bushy hair, and wore
yellow gloves.

He was a ruined aristocrat. It was pitiful to see that living ruin
walking up and down under the porticos, with his hands behind his back,
talking to himself with a gesture of resignation and sadness....




CHAPTER XV

WHERE HIS BEAUTIFUL EXPECTATIONS WENT!


One morning Quentin met Juan, the gardener.

“You don’t come to the house any more, Señorito.”

“I’ve had lots to do these days.”

“Have you heard the important news?”

“What is it?”

“The Señorita is going to be married.”

“Rafaela?”

“Yes.”

“To whom?”

“To Juan de Dios.”

Quentin felt as if all his nerves had let go at once.

“The Marquis is getting worse every day,” the gardener continued, “so he
thought the Señorita ought to get married as soon as possible.”

“And she.... What does she say?”

“Nothing, at present.”

“But will she oppose it?”

“How do I know?”

“Are the family affairs in such bad shape that the Marquis was forced to
take this course?”

“They are very bad. The grandfather hasn’t much longer to live; the
Señorita’s father is a profligate; and El Pollo Real doesn’t care to do
anything at all. To whom will they leave the girls? Their stepmother,
La Aceitunera, is no good. Have you ever heard of a Señora Patrocinio
who has a house in Los Tejares? Well, she goes there every day. Why,
it’s a shame.”

“And this Juan de Dios ... is he rich?” asked Quentin.

“Very; but he is very coarse. When he was a little boy he used to say:
‘I want to be a horse,’ and he used to go out to the stable, pick up
some filth in his hands, and say to the people, ‘Look, look what I
did.’”

“He _is_ coarse, then--eh?”

“Yes; but he’s got noble blood in him.”

Quentin left Juan and went home perplexed. Indubitably, he was no
Bœotian, but a vulgar sentimentalist, a poor cadet, an unhappy wretch,
without strength enough to set aside, as useless and prejudicial, those
gloomy ideas and sentiments: love, self-denial, and the rest.

And he had thought himself an Epicurean! One of the few men capable of
following the advice of Horace: “Pluck today’s flower, and give no
thought to the morrow’s!” He! In love with a young lady of the
aristocracy; not for her money, nor even for her palace; but for her own
sake! He was on a level with any romantic carpenter of a provincial
capital. He was unworthy of having been in Eton, near Windsor, for eight
years; or of having walked through Piccadilly; or of having read Horace.

In the miserable state in which Quentin found himself, only nonsensical
ideas occurred to him. The first was to go to Rafaela and demand an
explanation; the second was to write her a letter; and he was as pleased
with this idiotic plan as if it had been really brilliant. He made
several rough drafts in succession, and was satisfied with none of
them. Sometimes his words were high-sounding and emphatic; again, he
unwittingly gave a clumsy and vulgar tone to his letter: one could read
between the lines a common and uncouth irony, as often as extraordinary
pride, or abject humility.

At last, seeing that he could not find a form clear enough to express
his thoughts, he decided to write a laconic letter, asking Rafaela to
grant him an interview.

He gave Juan the letter to give to his young mistress. He was waiting at
the door for some one to answer his ring, when Remedios appeared.

“See here,” said the child.

“What’s the matter?”

“Don’t you know? Rafaela is going to marry Juan de Dios.”

“Does she love him?”

“No; I don’t think she does.”

“Then why does she marry him?”

“Because Juan de Dios is very rich, and we have no money.”

“But will she want to do it?”

“She hasn’t said anything about it. Juan de Dios spoke to grandfather,
and grandfather spoke to Rafaela. Are you going to see sister?”

“Yes, this very minute.”

“She’s in the sewing-room.”

They went to the door.

“Tell her not to marry Juan de Dios.”

“Don’t you like him?”

“No. I hate him. He’s vulgar.”

Quentin went in, glided along the gallery, and knocked upon the door of
the sewing-room.

“Come in!” said some one.

Rafaela and the old woman servant were sewing. As Quentin appeared a
slight flush spread over the girl’s cheeks.

“What a long time it is since you have been here!” said Rafaela. “Won’t
you sit down?”

Quentin gave her to understand with a gesture that he preferred to
remain standing.

“Have you been so very busy?” asked the girl.

“No; I’ve had nothing to do,” answered Quentin gruffly. “I’ve spent my
time being furious these days.”

“Furious! At what?” said she with a certain smiling coquetry.

“At you.”

“At me?”

“Yes. Will you let me speak to you alone a minute?”

“You may speak here, before my nurse. She will defend me in case you
accuse me of anything.”

“Accuse you? No, not that.”

“Well, then, why were you so furious?”

“I was furious, first because they told me that you once had a
sweetheart whom you loved; and second, because they say that you are
going to get married.”

Rafaela, who perhaps did not expect such a brusque way of putting the
matter, dropped her sewing and rose to her feet.

“You, too, are a child,” she murmured at length. “What can one do with
what is gone by? I had a sweetheart, it is true, for six years--and I
was in love with him.”

“Yes; I know it,” said Quentin furiously.

“If he acted badly,” Rafaela continued, as if talking to herself, “so
much the worse for him. There is no recollection of my childhood that
is not connected with him. In his company I went to the theatre for the
first time, and to my first dance. What little happiness I have had in
my life, came to me during the time I knew him. My mother was living
then; my family was considered wealthy.... Yet, if that man were free,
and wished to marry me now, I would not marry him; not from spite,
no--but because to me he is a different man.... I say this to you
because I feel I know you, and because you are like my sister Remedios:
you demand an exclusive affection.”

“And don’t you?” demanded Quentin brusquely.

“I do too; perhaps not as much as you; but neither do I believe that I
could share my affection with another. I must not deceive you in this.
You would be capable of being jealous of the past.”

“Probably,” said Quentin.

“I know it. I don’t believe that I have flirted with you; have I?”

Rafaela spoke at some length. She had that graciousness of those persons
whose emotions are not easily stirred. Her heart needed time to feel
affection; an impulse of the moment could not make her believe herself
in love.

She was a woman destined for the hearth; to be seen going to and fro,
arranging everything, directing everything; to be heard playing the
piano in the afternoons. In a burst of frankness, Rafaela said:

“Had I listened to your hints, I should have made you unhappy without
wishing to, and you would have made me miserable.”

“Then how is it that you are going to marry Juan de Dios?” asked Quentin
brutally.

Rafaela was confused.

“That’s different,” she stammered; “in the first place, I have not
decided yet; and besides, I have made my conditions. Then again, there
is this great difference: Juan de Dios is not jealous of my past love
affair ... he wants my title. [In this moment, Rafaela is sure that she
is calumniating her betrothed in order to get out of her difficulty.]
Moreover, my whole family is interested in my marrying him. If I do so,
my grandfather, poor dear, will be easy in his mind; Remedios will be
sure of being able to live according to her station,--and so shall I.”

“You are very discreet; too discreet--and calculating,” said Quentin
bitterly.

“No; not too much so. What would happen to us girls otherwise?”

“What about me?”

“You?”

“Yes, me; I would work for you if you loved me.”

“That could never be.”

“Why?”

“For many reasons. First of all, because I am older than you....”

“Bah!”

“Let me speak. First, because I am older than you; second, because you
would be jealous of me and would continually mortify me; and lastly,
most important of all, because you and I are both poor.”

“I shall make money,” said Quentin.

“How? With what? Why aren’t you making it now?”

“Now?” questioned Quentin after a pause. “Now I have no ideal; it’s all
the same to me whether I’m rich or poor. But if you believed in me,
you’d find that I could snatch money from the very bowels of the earth.”

“Possibly, yes,” said Rafaela calmly; “because you are clever. But those
are my reasons. Some day, when you recall our conversation, you will
say: ‘she was right.’”

“You are very discreet,” said Quentin as he turned toward the door; “too
discreet; and you have discreetly torn asunder all my illusions, and
have left my soul in shreds.”

“Do you hate me now?” she said sadly.

“Hate you, no!” exclaimed Quentin with emotion, effusively pressing the
hand Rafaela held out to him. “You are an admirable woman in every
respect!”

And trembling violently, he left the room.

As he went down the stairs Remedios rushed up to him.

“What did she say to you?” she asked.

“It’s no use; she’s going to marry him.”

“Did she tell you that herself?”

“Yes.”

“And you. What are you going to do?”

“What can I do?”

“I’d kill Juan de Dios,” murmured the girl resolutely.

“If she wished it, I would, too,” replied Quentin, and he stepped into
the street.

He walked along in a daze; he repeated Rafaela’s words to himself, and
discovered better arguments that he might have put forward in the
interview, but which did not occur to him at the moment. Sometimes he
thought, more rationally: “At least I came out of it well;” but this
consolation was too metaphysical to satisfy him.

He spent a sleepless night at his window watching the stars and
thinking. He analyzed and studied his moral problem, proposing
solutions, only to reject them.

At dawn he went to bed. He believed that he had hit upon a definite
solution--the norm of his existence. Condensed into a single phrase, it
was this:

“I must become a man of action.”




CHAPTER XVI

THE MAN OF ACTION BEGINS TO MAKE HIMSELF KNOWN


Quentin got up late, ate his breakfast and wrote several letters to his
friends in England. In the evening he looked through the amusement
section of the paper and saw that there was to be an entertainment in
the Café del Recreo.

He asked Palomares where this café was, and was told that it was on the
Calle del Arco Real, a street that ran into Las Tendillas.

The constant irritation in Quentin’s mind troubled him so, that he
calmly decided to get drunk.

“Tell me,” he said to the waiter after seating himself at a table in the
café, “what refreshments have you?”

“We have currants, lemons, blackberries, and French ice-cream.”

“Fine! Bring me a bottle of cognac.”

The waiter brought his order, filled his glass, and was about to remove
the bottle.

“No, no; leave it here.”

“Aren’t you going to see the show?” asked the waiter with obsequious
familiarity. “They are giving _La Isla de San Balandrán_: it’s very
amusing.”

“I’ll see.”

After Quentin had emptied several glasses, he began to feel heartened,
and ready for any folly. At a near-by table several men were talking
about an actress who took the principal part in a musical comedy that
had just been put on. One with a very loud voice was dragging the
actress’ name through the mire.

This man was extremely fat; a kind of a sperm whale, with the bulging
features of a dropsical patient, a shiny skin, and the voice of a
eunuch. He had a microscopic nose that was lost between his two chubby
cheeks, which were a pale yellow; his hatchet-shaped whiskers were so
black that they seemed painted with ink; his stiff, bluish hair grew low
on his forehead, with a peak above the eyebrows. He wore diamonds upon
his bosom, rings upon his pudgy fingers, and, to cap his offensiveness,
he was smoking a kilometric cigar with a huge band.

The bearing, the voice, the diamonds, the cigar, the waddling, and the
laughter of that man set Quentin’s blood afire to such an extent, that
rising and striking the table where the whale was talking to his
friends, he shouted:

“Everything you say is a lie!”

“Are you the woman’s brother or husband?” inquired the obese gentleman,
staring into space and stroking his black sideburns with his much
bediamonded hand.

“I am nothing of hers,” replied Quentin; “I don’t know her, and I don’t
want to know her; but I do know that everything you say is a lie.”

“Pay no attention to him,” said one of the fat man’s companions; “he’s
drunk.”

“Well, he’d better look out, or I’ll strike him with my stick.”

“You’ll strike me with your stick!” exclaimed Quentin. “Ha ... ha ...
ha!... But have you ever looked into a mirror?... You really are most
repulsive, my friend!”

The fat man, before such an insult to his appearance, rose and
endeavoured to reach Quentin, but his friends restrained him. Quentin
quickly removed his coat and rolled up his sleeves, ready to box.

“Evohé! Evohé!” he thundered. “Come who will! One by one, two by two,
every one against me!”

A thin, blond man with blue eyes and a golden beard, stepped up to him;
not as though to fight, but with a smile.

“What do _you_ want?” Quentin asked him rudely.

“Oh! Don’t you remember Paul Springer, the son of the Swiss
watch-maker?”

“Is that you, Paul?”

“Yes.”

“Well, I’m sorry.”

“Why?”

“Because I should have liked it had it been the fat man or one of his
friends, so I could have cut him open with my fist.”

“I see that you are just as crazy as ever.”

“I, crazy? I’m one of the few people on this planet in their right
senses! Moreover, I have decided to become a man of action. Believe me!”

“I can’t believe anything of you now, my lad. What you ought to do is to
put on your coat and go to bed. Come, I’ll go with you.”

Quentin assented, and went home with his friend.

“We’ll see each other again, won’t we?” said the Swiss.

“Yes.”

“Then, until another day.”

They took leave of each other. Quentin remained in his doorway.

“I’m not going in,” he said to himself. “Am I not a man of action? Well,
_adelante_! Where can I go? I’ll go and see Señora Patrocinio. I’ll take
a few turns about here until my head is a little clearer....”

He knocked at the house in Los Tejares, and the door was immediately
opened to him.

“Ah! Is it you?” said the old woman, as she lifted the candle to see who
it was.

“Yes, it is I.”

“Come in.”

The old woman lit the lamp in the same room on the lower floor that Don
Gil Sabadía and Quentin had occupied.

“What’s the matter?” asked Señora Patrocinio. “Do you need money?”

“No. Do you, too, wish to offend me?”

“No; I just wanted to give you some.”

“Thanks very much! You are the only person who takes any interest in
me--why, I don’t know.... I have come to see you tonight because I am
unhappy.”

“I know.... Rafaela is going to get married.”

“And how do you know that that is the reason for my unhappiness?”

“Nothing is secret from me. You liked her, but you will get over it
soon. She was fond of you, too.”

“Do you think ...?”

“Yes; but the poor girl had a bad beginning in life, and does well not
to get mixed up in adventures; for the majority of men aren’t even worth
the trouble of looking in the face. Still, what her sweetheart did was
disgraceful. Rafaela was brought up weakly,--too carefully guarded; then
she began to grow quite happy, what with taking care of her mother and
her betrothal. Then her mother died; her father remarried immediately;
in a few months it began to be rumoured that her family was on the verge
of ruin, and her sweetheart skipped out. Think of it! The poor abandoned
girl began to turn yellow, and thought she was going to die. I believe
that she owes her cure to the trouble her younger sister gave her.”

“Yes; I understand that she has no faith in men. Probably I ought not to
have paid any attention to the fact,” Quentin added ingenuously. “But
won’t this Juan de Dios make her suffer?”

“No. He’s coarse, but good at heart. What are you going to do?”

“I! I don’t know. We live in such a contemptible epoch. If I had been
born in Napoleon’s time! God! I’d either be dead by now or else on the
road to a generalship.”

“Would you have enlisted with Napoleon?”

“Rather!”

“And would you have fought against your own country?”

“Against the whole world.”

“But not against Spain.”

“Especially against Spain. It would be pretty nice to enter these towns
defended by their walls and their conventionalities against everything
that is noble and human, and raze them to the ground. To shoot all these
flat-nosed, pious fakers and poor quality hidalgos; to set fire to all
of the churches, and to violate all the nuns....”

“You’ve been drinking, Quentin.”

“I? I’m as calm as a bean plant, which is the calmest vegetable there
is, according to the botanists.”

“You must not talk like that of your native land in front of me.”

“Are you a patriot?”

“With all my heart. Aren’t you?”

“I am a citizen of the world.”

“It seems to me that you’ve been drinking, Quentin.”

“No; believe me.”

“I say this to you,” added the old woman after a long pause, “because
for me, this is a solemn moment. I have told no one the story of my life
until this moment.”

“The devil! What is she going to tell me?” mumbled Quentin.

“Are you vengeful?” asked the old woman.

“I?”

Quentin was not sure whether he was vengeful or not, but the old woman
took his exclamation for one of assent.

“Then you shall avenge me, Quentin, and your family. We are of the same
blood. Your grandfather, the Marquis of Tavera, and I are brother and
sister.”

“Really?”

“Yes. He doesn’t know that he has a sister living. He thinks I died a
long time ago.”

Quentin scrutinized the old woman closely and discovered certain
resemblances to the old Marquis.

She pressed Quentin’s hand, and then commenced her story as follows:

“In villages, there are certain families in which hatred is perpetuated
through century after century. In cities, after one or two generations,
hatred and rivalry are gradually wiped out until they disappear
altogether. Not so in the villages: people unconcerned in the quarrel
carry the story of it from father to son, present the chapter of
insults to different individuals, and go on feeding the flame of rancour
when it tends to extinguish itself.

“I was born in a large, highland village, of such an illustrious family
as that of Tavera. My mother died young, my older brother went to
England, the other to Madrid to take up a diplomatic career, while I
remained in the village with my father and two maiden aunts.

“My mother, whom I scarcely knew, was very good, but rather simple; so
much so that they say that when the fishes in our pool did not bite, she
called in a professional fisherman and gave him a good day’s wages to
teach them to do so.

“My family came from an important village in the province of Toledo,
near La Puebla, where long ago there used to stand a tower and a castle
and various strongholds, which are now nothing but ruins.

“According to my father, a harsh man, proud of his titles and lineage,
we came from the oldest nobility, from the conquerors of Cordova, and
were related to the whole Andalusian aristocracy: the Baenas, Arjonas,
Cordovas, Velascos, and Gúzmans.

“In spite of our ancestry, our family did not enjoy any especial respect
from the townspeople on account of the display we made, because our
property had diminished somewhat, and also because the new liberal ideas
were beginning to make themselves felt.

“My father owned nearly the whole village; he received a contribution
from every chimney; he had the only interment chapel in the large
church; and a patronage in several smaller churches and hermitages. In
spite of the prestige of his lineage and his wealth, every one hated
him--justly, I believe, for he was despotic, violent and cruel.

“That was about fifty years ago. My nose did not try to meet my chin
then, nor did I lack any teeth; I was a lass worth looking at; graceful
as a golden pine, and blonder than a candle. Any one seeing me in those
days would have liked to know me! I lived with my father, who used to
aim a blow at me every once in a while, and with my aunts, who were
busybodies, meddlers, and crazy.

“As I have already said, my father had enemies; some openly avowed,
others secret, but who all did the greatest amount of harm they could.
Among them, the most powerful was the Count of Doña Mencia, whose
family, much more recently come to the village than ours, was slowly
acquiring property and power.

“The rivalry between the two houses was increased by a lawsuit which the
Doña Mencias won against us, and it grew into a savage hatred when my
father committed the offensive act of violating one of the rival
family’s little girls.

“The Doña Mencias took the child to Cordova; my father once heard a
bullet whistle by his head as he was on his way to a farm--and this was
the state of affairs, my family hated by our rivals and by nearly all of
the townspeople, when I reached my eighteenth year, with no one to
advise me but my aunts.

“I was, as I have said before, very pretty, and attracted attention
wherever I went. Even at that age I had already had two or three beaux
with whom I used to talk through my window-grating, when the Count of
Doña Mencia’s eldest son began to call upon me, and finally to ask for
my hand. The whole village was surprised at this; I was disposed to pay
no attention to him; moreover, I received several anonymous letters
telling me that if I listened to the Count’s son, very disagreeable
consequences might arise, because the hatred was still latent between
the two families. I was just about decided to refuse him, when my aunts,
crazy novel readers that they were, insisted that I ought to listen to
him, for the boy’s intentions were honourable, and in this way I could
once and for all put an end to the rivalry and hatred.

“My father prided himself upon the fact that he never interfered with
what was happening in the family; his only occupations were hunting,
drinking, and chasing after farm girls, and if I had consulted him about
the affair, he would have sent me harshly about my business.

“So, following my aunts’ advice, I accepted the enemy of our home as a
sweetheart, and received him for a year. One time in the garden, which
was where we used to see each other, he threw himself upon me and
attempted to overpower me; but people came in answer to my cries. My
betrothed said that I had foolishly taken fright, as he was only trying
to kiss me; I wanted to break the engagement, but instead of breaking
off our relations, the affair only hastened the wedding.

“Grand preparations were made, but so sure were the townspeople that my
sweetheart would never marry me, that servants, friends, every one, gave
me to understand that the wedding would never take place, and that my
betrothed would be capable of changing his mind at the very foot of the
altar. Thus warned, I attempted to lessen the expense of the wedding,
but my aunts tried to convince me not to do such a crazy thing.

“In fine, the day which was as dreaded as it was hoped for, arrived; my
betrothed appeared at the church, and the wedding was celebrated. God
knows how many hopes I had of being happy. The marriage feast was eaten;
the ball was held. The festivities lasted until midnight, when we
retired.

“The next morning when I awoke, I looked for my husband at my side, but
did not find him. He never appeared all day long; they looked for him,
but in vain. Days and days passed, and more days, while I waited for
him, fearing an accident rather than an insult. After a long time, I
received a mocking letter from him in which he told me that he would
never come back to me.

“From that one wedding night, I became pregnant, and on this account
suffered much anxiety. My father, in whom the affair had rekindled the
anger at the rival family, assured me that he would strangle the child
if it were born alive: my aunts did nothing but weep at every turn.

“I was restless; I don’t know whether from pain or what, and gave
premature birth at eight months to a dead boy.

“A short time after, my father died of a fall from his horse, the
administrator started a lawsuit against us, and took all our property
from us; my older brother was travelling, the other was in Rome; I wrote
to them, and they did not answer; my aunts took refuge in the house of
some relatives, and I went where the will of God took me.

“At first I was in mortal terror, but I soon got used to it, and did
everything. I’ve lived like a princess and like a beggar; I’ve intrigued
in high circles, and have been an army vivandière. I have been in a
battle in the Carlist wars, and have walked among the bullets with the
same indifference with which I walk the streets of Cordova today.

“After a while, with the pain I suffered, I forgot
everything,--everything except my husband’s infamy, and that of his
whole family.

“That family has gone on implacably bringing disgrace to ours. When they
killed your father there was a man pursuing him with the soldiers. Do
you know who he was? My husband’s son. And his grandson was Rafaela’s
sweetheart, the one who left her when he thought she was penniless.

“My husband married again. He is a bigamist, and probably falsified my
death certificate. Today he moves in high circles, but the blow he gets
from his downfall will be all the greater.”

“What are you thinking of doing?” asked Quentin.

“Of denouncing him. I have not done so before on account of my older
brother. I don’t want to bring shame to him in his last days. As for the
other brother, I don’t mind; he is an egoist. When the Marquis dies,
you’ll see what I shall do. If I die before he does, you will avenge me.
Will you, Quentin?”

“Yes.”

“That’s all I want. Your word is enough. Ask me for whatever you want,
and come to see me.”

Señora Patrocinio kissed Quentin’s cheek, and he left the house
confounded.

“Now,” he murmured, “this woman turns out to be the sister of a marquis,
married to a count, and my aunt. And she wants us to avenge ourselves.
Why then let’s do so ... or let’s not. It’s all the same to me. You know
your plan, Quentin,” he said to himself. “Who are you?” he asked
himself, and immediately replied, “You are a man of action. Very good!”




CHAPTER XVII

“I AM A LITTLE CATILINE”


The coterie was the most select in the Casino. Its members used to meet
there in order to speak ill of everybody. There were young men who did
nothing but ride horseback, try the strength of young bulls by prodding
them with long pikes from horseback, and gamble their souls away; old
men whose sole occupation was talking politics; and a great variety of
persons who had made a business of amusing themselves--a fact which did
not prevent one from reading a gloomy weariness in their expressions.

This meeting of aristocrats and plebeians, of rich men and poor men, of
vagrants employed and unemployed, possessed a rare character, which was
produced by a preponderance of aristocratic prejudices, mixed with a
great simplicity.

In this coterie, so democratic in appearance, high and low had their
say; even the waiters in the Casino mixed in the conversation. It
possessed those characteristics, partly affable, partly coarse, that the
Spanish aristocracy had had until foreign ideas and customs began to
transform and polish it.

In that meeting one gleefully flayed one’s neighbour. Amid jests and
laughter, flagellated by jovial satire, every person of significance in
the town marched in review, either on account of their merits or their
vices, their stupidity or their wit. If one believed what was told
there, the city was a hot-bed of imbroglios, obscenities, wild
escapades.

Among the members of aristocratic families there was a multitude of
alcoholics and diseased individuals; the rotten produce of vicious
living and consanguineous marriages. In these families there were a
great many men who seemed to be obsessed with the idea of going through
their fortunes, of ruining themselves quickly; others travelled the road
to ruin without meaning to, through the robbery of their administrators
and usurers; the majority were simply idiots; the clever ones, the
clear-sighted ones, went to Madrid to play politics, leaving the old
ancestral homes completely dismantled.

The scandals of the masses were mixed with those of the aristocracy; and
the ingenuous jests of the charcoal-burners, and the dissolute wit of
the Celestinas, were repeated and applauded with relish.

They spoke, too, and constantly, of the bandits of the Sierra; they knew
who their protectors were in and out of Cordova, where their
hiding-places were: and this friendship with bandits was not looked upon
as a disgrace, but rather as something that constituted, if not a
glorious achievement, at least a spicy and piquant attraction for the
town.

“The gangs are organized in the very jail itself, while the bandits walk
about the city.”

“But, is that true?” asked some horrified stranger.

“Everything you hear is,” they told him with a laugh. “Even the
abductions of Malaga and Seville are planned here.”

“And why don’t you put an end to the evil?”

When the Cordovese heard this he smiled at the stranger, and added that
in Cordova they had never looked upon the horsemen as an evil.

While the aristocrats and plebeians gave food for gossip, the middle
class worked: lawyers, priests, and merchants enriched themselves,
conducted their business, while a cloud of citizens from Soria fell like
locusts upon the town, and took possession of the money and lands of the
old, wealthy families by means of their evil skill at money-lending and
usury.

One evening in the early part of autumn, several gentlemen were chatting
in one of the salons of the Casino. They were members of the early
coterie. Some were reading newspapers, and others were talking, seated
upon divans, or walking to and fro.

Springer, the Swiss watch-maker’s son, had come in to read a newspaper,
and as he read, he heard them talking about his friend Quentin, whom he
had not seen for some time. He listened attentively.

“But is it true he has come into some money?” asked a stout, red-faced
gentleman with a grey moustache.

“I don’t know,” answered a bald-headed man with a black beard. “He
undoubtedly has money. They say that he has bought a house for María
Lucena.”

“I don’t believe that.”

“Quentin is a child of good luck,” added another.

“I should say he is,” responded he of the black beard. “Lucky at cards,
and lucky at love.”

“Couldn’t the Marquis have given him some money?” asked the stout
gentleman.

“The Marquis! He hasn’t a penny.”

“But where does the boy get his money?”

“I don’t know--unless he steals it.”

“But that would be found out.”

The members of the coterie were all silent for a moment while the stout
gentleman took a short nap; then he said:

“Do you know if that paper that has just been published is his?”

“What paper? _La Víbora?_” asked he of the bald head.

“Yes.”

“I don’t think so.”

“Well, they say it is.”

“It strikes me that that paper is owned by the Masons.”

“Oh, but don’t you know that Quentin is a Mason?” said a small, dark man
with a black moustache.

“Really?” asked every one at once.

“Yes, indeed. I know it for a fact; he joined the Lodge this summer.”

“Perhaps he makes his living from that,” said the fat gentleman.

“No one makes a living from that,” replied the short man with a laugh.
“It occurred to me when I was a student in Madrid to become a Mason, and
do you know what happened? They carried me about from one place to
another with my eyes bandaged, and ended by taking five dollars away
from me.”

Every one laughed. At this point a young man entered and stretched out
in an arm chair with an air of deep gloom.

“What’s up, Manolillo?” asked the bald-headed man.

“Nothing. Quentin is upstairs plucking everybody. If he quits in time,
he’s going to come out ahead; if he stays in, he may lose everything.”

As Springer, who heard this, was a man of good intentions and a loyal
friend, he arose, threw his paper upon the table, left the salon, went
through a gallery paved with marble, up a flight of stairs, and entered
the gambling hall.

Quentin was dealing; he had a pile of bills and gold coins before him.
Springer went up to him, and put his hand upon his shoulder. Quentin
turned.

“What is it?”

“I come,” said Springer in a low voice, “to give you the advice of a
gambler who just left here completely plucked. He said that if you quit
in time, you’ll come out ahead; if you stay in, you may lose
everything.”

“Really?” exclaimed Quentin, rising, as if he had just received
important news. “Well, then, the only thing I can do is to leave.
Gentlemen,” he added, addressing the players, “I shall return in a
little while,” and placing the bills in his folder, he rapidly picked up
the gold coins.

A murmur of indignation arose among the players.

“Come!” said Quentin to Springer.

They left the hall rapidly, descended the stairs, and did not stop until
they had reached the street.

“But, what has happened to you?” the Swiss asked, utterly surprised.

“Nothing; it was a stratagem,” answered Quentin with a smile. “I could
not find the right moment to leave decorously. They were all after me
like dogs; and there I was boasting like a man to whom four or five
thousand dollars more or less are of little importance. They would have
gone up in smoke soon.”

By the light of a lamp, Quentin pulled out a handful of bills, sorted
them, and put them into a folder; and then, unbuttoning first his coat,
and then his vest, he put them in his inside pocket.

“Aren’t you afraid something may happen to you in the street?” asked the
Swiss.

“_Ca!_”

“Do you know that you are the talk of the town, Quentin?”

“Am I?”

“Really. Besides, you have a tremendous reputation.”

“As what?”

“As a Tenorio, a dare-devil, a gambler, and a Mason.”

Quentin burst out laughing.

“I heard in the Casino here,” Springer went on, “that you were not
living at home any more, but with an actress.”

“That’s true.”

“Have you quarrelled with your family?”

“Yes; I got angry and left my stepfather. Usurers disgust me.”

“It also seems that you have received a legacy from some relation or
other of yours. Is that true?”

“Boy, I don’t know,” said Quentin ingenuously. “I’ve invented so many
things, that now I don’t know which is the truth and which is a lie.”
Then, turning melancholy, he added, “The trouble with me is that I am
out of my element. I’m a Northerner.”

“You!” said Springer; and he began to laugh so heartily that Quentin
joined him.

“What are you laughing at?”

“At how well I know you. So you are a Northerner. What a faker you
are!... What shocks me is that you have become a Mason. That’s absurd.”

“Yes; it’s absurd to you and me, but it isn’t to many people.”

“Where is your Lodge?”

“In the Calle del Cister, near the Calle del Silencio. Would you like to
come?”

“What for?”

“Man, we’ll baptize you anew; we’ll call you Cato, Robespierre,
Spartacus....”

“I don’t believe it’s worth while....”

“As you wish.”

“Your Masonry disgusts me.”

“It _is_ ridiculous, but it serves for something: it is useful for
propaganda.”

“What propaganda are you putting forward?”

“Just now I am a Federal Republican.”

Springer burst out laughing again.

“You’re a Federal Republican! Like my countrymen, the Swiss.”

“You think it’s funny?”

“Very, my lad. You couldn’t live if you went to Switzerland.”

“Well, then, there I would be a Monarchist. I am nothing at heart. I am
a man of action who needs money and complications in order to live. Do
you know what name they have given me at the Lodge?”

“What?”

“Catiline. They have hit the nail on the head. I am a little Catiline.
What an admirable chap was that Tribune of the people! Eh? I am very
enthusiastic about him.”

“Then, Cicero would seem despicable to you.”

“Ah! absolutely despicable. Charlatan, pedant, coward ... in other
words--he was a lawyer.”

“Listen,” said the Swiss. “They told me another and more serious thing:
that you are the one who edits that newspaper, _La Víbora_. Is that
true?”

“Yes.”

“Are you the author of those very violent satires?”

“Not the author; the inspirer. Catiline turned libeller?... It would be
unworthy of him.”

“But don’t you realize that you are exposing yourself to a very serious
danger?”

“_Ca!_ Don’t you believe it. Men are more cowardly than they seem.
Moreover, I am defended by a lot of people; first by those who rejoice
over and enjoy the satires--as long as they are not directed against
themselves; second, by my friends, of whom the majority are very
powerful people; third and last, and this is what I place most
confidence in, I am defended by these fists, and because I don’t give a
fig for anybody.”

“Well, you certainly are acting without scruple or conscience.”

“Is it worth while to live otherwise? I believe not.”

“Man alive! That depends upon the way one looks at it.”

“That’s the way I look at it. The spectacle is dangerous, but amusing.
Well? Are you coming to the Lodge?”

“What for?”

“You will hear several orators declaim their speeches, and I shall
present you to Don Paco Sánchez Olmillo, Master Surgeon and Master
Mason. If you wish I’ll make a speech in your honour on human liberty.
It is a discourse which I have learned by heart, and which, with a few
trifling changes, I turn loose on all occasions, making it seem
different each time.”

“The plan does not tempt me.”

“Then if you don’t wish to go to the Lodge, I shall take you to the
tavern in the Calle del Bodegoncillo.”

“What are you going to do there?”

“I’m going to pay my retinue. Then I shall present you to Pacheco.”

“To which Pacheco? To the bandit?”

“The same. He is my lieutenant.”

“The devil! Shall I be safe with you?”

“Yes; safer than if you were with the Alcalde.”

“But you keep very bad company.”

“Whom do you mean by that? Pacheco? Pacheco is an unfortunate chap. Ask
any one, and they will tell you that he was forced to take to the
mountain merely on account of a rooster.”

“Was that all?”

“That was all. On account of a rooster called Tumbanavíos or Tumbalobos,
I don’t exactly remember which. Pacheco used to go to the cock-fighting
ring in the Calle de las Doblas, and one day he got mixed up in an
argument with a fellow as to the relative merits of two fighting-cocks
... and, well, they had words. Pacheco stuck a knife into the fellow,
with bad results, and left him cold.... A man’s affair!” added Quentin
resignedly.

“Then one of those sergeants of the _guardia civil_ who like to stick
their noses into everything, insisted upon hunting Pacheco. He gave
chase to him and caught up to him; but Pacheco, seeing that the game was
about up, and remembering the words of Quevedo: that it is better to be
ahead by a blow in the face than by all Castile, discharged his
fowling-piece at the guard. This also had bad results, for he blew his
skull open and sent him to join the other fellow.”

The Swiss applauded the story, laughing quietly.

“And is that chap from this city?” he asked.

“I think he is from Ecija or thereabouts.”

“What kind of a man is he?”

“A good fellow.”

“Does he hurt any one in the country?”

“No. He appears at a farmhouse and asks the operator for a loan of ten
or twelve dollars, and the operator gives it to him. He’s a good man.”

“Is he in Cordova now?”

“Yes.”

“Why don’t they arrest him?”

“They don’t dare. Don’t you see that I am protecting him?”

The Swiss looked at his friend, whom he admired deep down in his heart,
and murmured again and again:

“My, what a faker!”

“It has been my custom to invite him to dine with me in the Café Puzzini
and in the Rizzi Tavern,” added Quentin, “and no one has dared to
interfere with him.”

Conversing in this manner, they had come out upon Las Tendillas, and
were going up the Calle de Gondomar toward the Paseo del Gran Capitán.
They walked past San Nicolás de la Villa, and followed the Calle de la
Concepción toward the Puerta de Gallegos.

A strong breeze was blowing which made the blinds and windows rattle
noisily.

“Where is that tavern?” asked Springer.

“Right here,” answered Quentin. “This is the Calle del Niño Perdido, a
sort of _cul-de-sac_; it is not ours. This other is the Calle de los
Ucedas; nor is that the one we are looking for, either.”

They walked on a few paces.

“This is the Calle del Bodegoncillo,” said Quentin, “and here is the
tavern.”




CHAPTER XVIII

THE TAVERN IN THE CALLE DEL BODEGONCILLO


The tavern was a small one; it had a red counter covered with zinc, a
door at one side through which one passed into a large cellar lit by two
smoky oil lamps and several black lanterns. That night there was a great
concourse and influx of people in the place. Quentin and Springer
entered, traversed the outer room, then crossed the cellar, where there
were several occupied tables, and sat down at a small one in the light
of an oil lamp.

“This is our table,” said Quentin.

He clapped his hands, and the landlord, a man by the name of El Pullí,
appeared; he ordered some crabs, a ration of fried fish, and a bottle of
Montilla. Then he said:

“Bring me the bill for everything I owe.”

El Pullí returned presently with the crabs, the fried fish, and the
wine, and, upon a dish; a paper upon which several letters and figures
had been scrawled in blue ink.

Quentin took the paper, pulled out several bills from his vest pocket,
and proceeded to toss them upon the plate.

“Is that right?” he asked of El Pullí.

“It must be right if you counted it,” replied the man.

“Here’s something for the boy,” added Quentin, putting a dollar upon the
table.

“I have two boys, Don Quentin,” answered El Pullí slyly.

“Well, then, here’s something for the other one.”

That clinking of silver produced an extraordinary effect in the tavern.
Every one looked at Quentin, who, pretending not to notice the fact,
began to eat and to carry on an animated conversation with his friend.

At this point two men approached the table: one was tall, smiling, some
thirty years old, toothless, with a black beard and reddish, blood-shot
eyes; the other was short, blond, timid-and insignificant-looking.

Quentin greeted them with a slight nod, and indicated that they should
be seated.

“Here,” said Quentin to Springer, indicating the man with the beard,
“you have a thoroughgoing poet; the only bad thing about him is his
name: he is called Cornejo. He is Corneille translated into Cordovese.
But sit down, gentlemen, and order what you like; then we shall talk.”

The two men seated themselves.

The poet looked something like a carp, with his dull, protruding eyes.
He wore very short trousers, checked yellow and black, and carried a
cane so worn by use that he had to stretch out his arm to touch the
ground with it. From what Quentin said, Cornejo was a fantastic
individual. He had on a blue, threadbare coat which he called his “black
suit,” and a ragged overcoat which he called his “surtout.” He always
had patches in his trousers; sometimes these were made of cloth, and
sometimes of rawhide; he lived in the perpetual combination of a zealous
appetite and an empty stomach; he fed only upon alcohol and vanity;
hence his poetical compositions were so ethereal that they were windy,
rather than wingèd verse.

Once when he was walking with a comrade who was also a poet and a
ragamuffin, he said, pointing to some grand ladies in a carriage:

“My lad, they are looking at us with a contempt that is ...
inexplicable.”

The fellow went through life wandering from tavern to tavern, reciting
verses of Espronceda and Zorilla; sometimes between the madrigals and
romances, he composed some terrible poems of his own in which he
appeared as a ferocious person who cared for no liquid but blood, for no
perfume but the odour of graveyards, and for no skies but tempestuous
ones.

Cornejo was very popular among the workingmen, and he knew all the
toughs and ruffians who swarmed in the taverns. The short, blond chap
who accompanied him was nervous.

“This gentleman,” said the poet to Quentin, pointing to the little
fellow, “is the printer. If you can give him something....”

“Very well. How much do I owe you?” asked Quentin.

“Here is the invoice,” said the little man humbly.

“Don’t bring any invoices to me! How much is it?”

“Forty dollars.”

“Good. That’s all right.”

Quentin filled a glass of wine, and the printer looked at him rather
anxiously.

“How much do you need to assure the publication of the paper for three
months?”

The printer took out paper and pencil and rapidly made some figures.

“Two hundred dollars,” said he.

“Good,” replied Quentin, and he took some bills from his pocket-book and
put them upon the table. “Here are the two hundred dollars. I’ll pay you
the forty that I owe you when I can.”

“That’s all right,” said the printer, picking up the money without
daring to count it. “Would you like me to give you a receipt?”

“I--What for?”

The printer rose, bowed ceremoniously, and went out.

“How about you, Cornejo?” murmured Quentin. “Do you need some?”

“Throw me ten or twelve dollars.”

“Here are twenty; but you’ve got to get to work. If you don’t, I’ll kick
you out.”

“Don’t you worry.” The poet stuck the bill carelessly into his pocket,
and began to listen to the conversation of the persons at the next
table. One of these was a man with a huge beard whom they called El
Sardino; the other was a charcoal-burner with a grimy face called El
Manano.

“Listen to this conversation,” said the poet. “It’s worth it.”

“But what does that man give you?” El Manano was saying to El Sardino,
making strange grimaces with his sooty face, and waving his arms.

“He gives me nothing,” replied the other very seriously, “but he reports
me.”

“He reports you! You must be easy!”

“It’s true.”

“But what good has it done you to know him?”

“It’s done me a lot of good, and I am grateful.”

“That’s almost like scratching a place to lie down in, comrade,” said El
Manano meaningly.

“Well, I’m like that,” replied El Sardino. “Of course nothing gets ahead
of me, and I always take my hat off so they can see the way my hair is
parted.”

“You’ve told me that before.”

“I don’t understand a word of what they are saying,” said the Swiss with
a smile.

“Nor do they understand each other,” remarked Quentin.

“That’s their way of talking,” said the poet.

“And who are those fellows?” asked Springer.

“El Sardino is an itinerant pedlar,” replied Cornejo. “He makes
sling-shots for the children out of branches of rose-bay, and whistles
out of maiden-hair ferns; the kind that have little seeds in them to
make them trill. El Manano is a charcoal-burner.”

“Of whom were they speaking?”

“Probably of Pacheco.”

“The bandit?” asked Springer.

Cornejo fell silent; glanced at Quentin, and then, swallowing, murmured:

“Don’t say it so loud; he has many friends here.”

“That’s what _we_ are,” replied Quentin.

The poet could not have been pleased by this turn of the conversation,
for without saying another word, he addressed the charcoal-burner:

“Hello, Manano!” he cried. “It looks as if we’d caught it now, eh? Well,
look out they don’t take you to La Higuerilla!”

“Me!--to La Higuerilla?” exclaimed the drunkard; “nobody can do that!”

“Don’t you want to go there any more?”

“No.”

“Why not? You used to be glad to go.”

“Because they used to treat a fellow right; but now, as you’ve said in
poetry, they don’t give you anything but water, a blow or two with a
stick now and then, and that stuff that smells so bad ... _pneumonia_.”

The poet smiled at this testimony of his popularity.

El Sardino and El Manano had resumed their same parabolic manner of
speech, when there came humming into the tavern a small, straight man
with a short, black moustache that looked as if it were painted on his
lip, a broad-brimmed hat pulled over his eyes, a huge watch chain across
his vest, and a knotted and twisted stick.

When Springer caught sight of this ludicrous individual, he smiled
mockingly, and the poet said:

“Here’s Carrahola.”

“What a funny chap!”

“He’s a bully,” replied Cornejo.

“Bah!” exclaimed Quentin, “he’s a poor fellow, who because he is so
small, has the fad of carrying everything extra large: his stick, his
sombrero, his cigar-case.”

And indeed, as if to demonstrate this, Carrahola pulled a silver watch,
as white and as large as a stew-pan, from his vest pocket, and after
ascertaining the time, asked the landlord:

“Has Señor José come yet?”

“No, Señor.”

“But is he coming?”

“I can’t tell you; I think so.”

Carrahola went up to the table at which Quentin, Springer, and Cornejo
were sitting, drew up a chair, and sat down without greeting them.

“This is a great night for finding lone jackasses, Carrahola,” said the
poet, turning to the little man.

The fellow turned his head as if he had heard the voice from the other
side of the room, and paid no attention. Carrahola doubtless considered
himself a great bully; he noted the expectancy in the tavern, so he
seized Quentin’s glass, held it up to the light, and emptied it with one
swallow. Quentin took the glass, and, without saying a word, took
careful aim, and tossed it through an open window. Then, clapping his
hands, he said to El Pullí who came toward him:

“A glass; and kindly notify this person,” and he pointed to Carrahola,
“that he is in the way here.”

“Move on,” said the innkeeper; “this table is occupied.”

Carrahola pretended not to understand; he took a plug of tobacco and a
knife from his coat, and began to scrape tobacco; then he suddenly put
the instrument upon the table.

“What do you do with that?” inquired Quentin, pointing to the blade with
his finger. “Flourish it?”

Carrahola rose tragically from the table, put his knife away slowly,
seized his enormous knotted stick, insinuated himself into his broad
hat, gave a little pull to the lapels of his coat, and said dryly and
contemptuously:

“Some one is talking in here who would not dare to speak thus in the
street.”

This said, he spat upon the floor, wiped away the spittle by rubbing it
with the sole of his boot, and stood looking over his shoulder.

“And what does that mean?” asked Quentin.

“That means, that if you are a man, we’ll have two glasses now, and
then go and cut each other’s hearts out.”

Without replying Quentin stood up, seized Carrahola by the neck of his
coat, lifted him like a puppet, and let him fall upon the soles of his
boots, which struck the floor with a ludicrous sound. Everybody burst
out laughing. Carrahola charged furiously at Quentin with lowered head;
but the latter with the easy movement of a boxer, threw him over his hip
into the air; then he took him in his two strong hands, pushed him up to
the window, and watch, knife, broad-brimmed hat and all, tossed him into
the street.

“You’ll have to learn how to treat people politely,” said Quentin after
the operation was over.

“What a lad!” exclaimed El Manano. “He dropped him in the box like a
letter!”

Murmurs of admiration were heard all over the tavern. Then a boy, or a
small man (one could not determine his age easily), with reddish hair
and a very freckled face, a mutilated calañés, and a twill coat, came
hopping toward Quentin.

“Good evening,” he said. “El Garroso, that carter over there, has some
friends who say that if he ‘tried wrists’ with you, he could beat you.
We say he couldn’t do it. Would you like to try wrists with him, Don
Quentin?”

“No, not now, thanks.”

“Excuse me if I was wrong to ask you; but some are betting on you and
others on him.”

“Whom did you bet on?”

“On you.”

“Good, then let’s go over.”

“El Rano is always making bets,” said Cornejo.

“Is his name El Rano?”

“Haven’t you noticed his face?”

The little man turned around, and Springer was forced to suppress a
smile. Sure enough, he looked exactly like a frog, with his protruding,
bulgy, stupid-looking eyes, his broad face, bottle-shaped nose, and
mouth that spread from ear to ear.

“Where is El Garroso?” asked Quentin.

“At that table over there.”

A man arose, smiling; he was round shouldered, with bow legs and arms, a
square head, a bull neck, and a swelling something like a coxcomb in the
middle of his forehead.

El Rano, El Garibaldino, and El Animero placed a table and two chairs in
the middle of the tavern. El Garroso sat down, followed directly by
Quentin.

“Well, as this is not a fighting matter,” said Quentin to El Garroso,
“we’ll have two rounds, eh?”

“Sí, Señor.”

They placed their elbows upon the table, clasped hands, and the chairs,
the table, and even the bones of the adversaries began to creak.

El Garroso turned red; a vein in his forehead, as large as a finger,
looked as if it were about to burst. Quentin was impassive.

“Do you think you are going to lose, Rano?” he said to the little man.

“No, indeed.”

“That’s right. Now you’ll see.” And without making an apparent
effort--crack! El Garroso’s arm fell to the table, his knuckles striking
the boards forcibly.

Every one was astonished.

“Good, now let’s try it again,” said Quentin.

“No, no. You’re stronger than I am,” murmured El Garroso.

Quentin said that it was all a matter of practice, and was chatting
away, when Carrahola, who could not have been hurt by his fall,
doubtless lifting himself by his hands, and hoisting himself until his
head reached the height of the window through which he had made his exit
so brusquely, shouted with a prolongation of the “o”:

“_Gallego!_”

“I’m going out and beat him up,” said El Pullí. “I’ll show him something
pretty fine;” and the man closed the window and barred it with a stick.

Presently Carrahola shouted through the keyhole of the street door:

“_Oscurantista!_”

At this moment some one knocked at the door, Pullí opened it, and
Pacheco and a friend, both wrapped in cloaks, entered, followed by
Carrahola.

“The peace of God be with you, gentlemen,” said Pacheco. “Who is it that
is entertaining himself by throwing my friends through the window?”

“It was I,” replied Quentin.

“Ah! Is that you? I didn’t see you.”

“Yes, sir; and I’ll throw him out again if he bothers me.”

“If it was you, that’s another matter,” said Pacheco. “I know that you
don’t like to stick your nose into other people’s affairs.”

Springer observed with surprise the prestige that Quentin enjoyed among
that class of people. Pacheco and his friend, who was a toreador called
Bocanegra, sat down. Quentin introduced them to the Swiss, and they all
fell into an animated conversation.

Carrahola remained some distance away, in an attitude of suspicion.

“Come, Carrahola,” said Pacheco, “it was your fault.”

“Then excuse me, if I was wrong,” said Carrahola.

“Nothing has happened at all,” said Quentin, holding out his hand. “Take
a glass, and let’s be friends.”

Bocanegra, the toreador, said ironically:

“Come now, Carrahola, this isn’t the first beating you ever had.”

“Nor will it be the last,” replied the other very seriously.

Springer watched the people with great curiosity. He was surprised at
Pacheco’s courtesy: one could see that he was cultured; a man of natural
superiority, neat, and with well-kept hands. The toreador was a
strong-looking fellow with bright eyes and white teeth.

“One moment,” said Quentin. “Pacheco, please come here.”

The bandit got up, and the two men went to one end of the table and
conversed.

“Have you seen the Count?” asked Quentin.

“Yes.”

“What does he say?”

“That the woman is mad; that he has only been married once, like every
one else.”

“All we have to do is to go to the town and get hold of the wedding
certificate. Send one of your men.”

“I’ll need money for that, comrade.”

“I have some. I’m going to give you all I have left. If you have time,
pay El Cuervo what I owe him.”

“Very well.”

Quentin emptied his pocket upon the table.

“There’s more than enough here,” said the bandit. “You’d better keep
some.”

Quentin put away a few bills, and they rejoined the group.

The conversation again turned upon revolutionary ideas, about which
Pacheco and Bocanegra were most enthusiastic. The bandit spoke very
devotedly of General Prim.

“I don’t think there is a man like him in the world, and you needn’t
laugh, comrade,” said Pacheco to Quentin, “you are not as patriotic as I
am.”

“Every person admires his own likeness,” replied Quentin coldly.

“Do you think I am like Prim?” asked the bandit.

“No. It is Prim who is like Pacheco.”

“I think I ought to be angry with you....”

Suddenly El Sardino’s voice interrupted the conversation, shouting:

“Look here, leave me alone; you’re making my head hot.”

El Manano, in the midst of the confusion, at that moment doubtless
remembered his business of charcoal-burning, for he examined closely his
interlocutor’s head, which was huge, and murmured in a thick voice:

“Why, it would take a whole cartload of wood even to soften it a
little!”

Everybody laughed when they saw El Sardino’s expression of indignation,
and went on talking.

“One can do nothing here,” said Pacheco to Springer. “We talk a lot,
but words are as far as we get. We Andalusians are very like the colts
from this part of the country: a great deal of hoof with very little
sole.”

“Don’t say that, Señor José,” Cornejo ejaculated indignantly.

“I say it because it is true. What do all those men on the committee do?
Will you tell me? What good is that Lodge?”

“Even God’s interpreter don’t know that,” said El Manano, who had joined
the group in the last stages of alcoholic intoxication. “But here,” and
he struck his chest, “is a man, Señor José ... a man among men ...
willing to die on a barricade. Sí, Señor ... and whenever you or Don
Quentin give the signal, we’ll get after the _Oscurantistas_.... Long
live the _Constipation_, and death to Isabella II!”

“That will do, that will do. Get out,” said the bandit.

“But I’m always liberal, Señor José ... here, and everywhere else....”

“Let’s go,” said Quentin. “He’ll be giving us a great drubbing.”

They got up, and the innkeeper lighted their way to the street door with
a small lamp. They walked together as far as El Gran Capitán; Cornejo,
Bocanegra and Pacheco turned in the direction of Los Tejares; Quentin
and the Swiss went down the Calle de Gondomar.

“But what do you expect of those people?” Springer asked presently.

“I! I don’t know, my boy; now--to be strong, ... later--we shall see.”

“Do you read Machiavelli?”

“I read nothing. Why?”

“You are an extraordinary man, Quentin.”

“Bah!”

“Really. A type worth studying.”

“Well, look here, if you wish to study me, go to the Café del Recreo
some night. There you’ll meet the girl that’s living with me.”

“I shall go.”

They had reached Las Tendillas; it was very late, and the two friends
took leave of each other with a warm handshake.




CHAPTER XIX

THE PLEASANT IRONIES OF REALITY


A few days later, on a Sunday afternoon, Quentin went out for a
horseback ride. Before turning toward the mountain, he drew rein in the
Paseo de la Victoria to watch the people as they went by.

His reputation as a gambler, a dare-devil, and a rude and powerful man,
made it possible for him to have his little successes with the ladies,
and more than one of them looked at him with the long, staring, and
penetrating glance of a woman not altogether understood by her husband.

As was customary on fiesta days, the carriages were driven to and fro
along the Paseo, and among them rode several horsemen on spirited
mounts. In one of his turns, Quentin saw Rafaela and Remedios alone in a
carriage. Neither of the two girls noticed his presence, and in order
that this should not happen again, Quentin placed himself in such a
position that they would have to see him as they came back.

Remedios was the first to recognize him, and she told her sister.
Quentin bowed to them very ceremoniously. When they reached the extreme
end of the drive, Rafaela must have told her coachman to leave the
Paseo. Remedios looked back several times. Quentin rode up to the
carriage and entered into conversation with the two sisters. Rafaela was
pale and had dark rings under her eyes; she was in the last month of
pregnancy; her eyes were sunken and her ears transparent.

Remedios was prettier than ever; she was just reaching that intermediate
stage when the child becomes the woman.

“Are you two girls well?” Quentin asked them with real interest.

“I am well,” answered Rafaela a trifle weakly. “Just waiting from day to
day ... and you can see for yourself that Remedios is prettier and
healthier than ever.”

Remedios burst into one of her silent laughs.

“Yes,” replied Quentin, “one can see that the country is good for
Remedios.”

“Don’t you believe it!” exclaimed the child. “I would rather live in our
house on the Calle del Sol.”

“They say you have become a terrible person,” said Rafaela. “I believe
you write for the papers, ... that you keep bad company....”

“Nothing to it--just gossip.”

“And you don’t go to the house any more, either. You have deserted poor
grandfather.”

“That’s true. I’m always thinking about going, but I never do.”

“Well, he asks after you all the time. The poor dear is very ill, and so
lonely.... Since we have been in town, we have been to see him every
day.”

“Well, I’ll go, too, don’t you worry.”

“Go tomorrow,” said Remedios.

“Very well, tomorrow it is. But did you two leave the Paseo on my
account?”

“No,” replied Rafaela, “I don’t like to drive in that line for very long
at a time. It makes my head swim. We are on our way home, now. Adiós,
Quentin.”

“Adiós!”

Quentin took the mountain road, and trotted his horse as far as the
Brillante lunch-room.

The encounter had given rise to a mixture of sadness and irony within
him, which seemed as distressing as it did grotesque to him.

“Is there anything of special significance about it?” he asked himself.

No, there was nothing of special significance about it. It was the
logical thing. She had married; her husband was young; she was going to
have a child. It was the natural course of events; and yet, Quentin
wondered at her.

We often see strange birds flying in the heavens. They are like men’s
illusions. Sometimes these birds fall, wounded by some hunter, and when
one sees them upon the ground with their sad eyes, their white
feathers,--they are a surprise to whomsoever contemplates them.... It is
because man idealizes all distant objects.

Quentin, dominated by his half-dolorous, half-grotesque impressions,
returned slowly to the town.

When he reached the Paseo de la Victoria, night had already fallen. The
line of carriages was still filing past. The mountain was wrapped in a
mist; the sun was sinking over the distant meadows, its great, red disk
hiding itself behind the yellow fields; a bluish hill surmounted by a
castle stood out in silhouette against the rosy-tinted horizon.

Few carriages were passing now; above the old wall and gateway of
Almodóvar, the yellowish tower of the cathedral showed against the azure
sky, which was now beginning to be decorated with stars.

All of the carriages left the Victoria to drive up and down the Paseo
del Gran Capitán.

Quentin entered a café.

“I must get out of this city,” he thought. “I ought to go to London.”

Then he remembered the frequent rain, the wooden coachmen in their cabs,
the blue mist in the fields near Windsor, and the ships that glided down
the Thames in the fog.

He left the café. The carriages continued to pass up and down El Gran
Capitán, enveloped in an atmosphere of dust.

Quentin went home. María Lucena was getting ready to go to the theatre.

“What’s the matter with you?” she said.

“Nothing.”

Quentin stretched out upon a sofa and spent hour after hour recalling
the fog, the dampness, and the cool atmosphere of England, until he fell
asleep.




CHAPTER XX

PHILOSOPHERS WITHOUT REALIZING THE FACT


The next evening, Quentin, whose nebulous and Anglomaniacal fever had
already quieted down, went to sup at the Café del Recreo.

María Lucena, with her mother and a chorus girl friend were waiting for
him.

“Well, you’re pretty late,” said María Lucena as she saw him enter the
café.

Quentin shrugged his shoulders, sat down and called the waiter.

María Lucena was the daughter of a farm operator near Cordova. She had
little voice, but a great deal of grace in her singing and dancing; a
strong pair of hips that oscillated with a quivering motion as she
walked, a pale, vague-looking face; and a pair of black, shining eyes.
María Lucena married a prompter, who after three or four months of
wedded life, considered it natural and logical that he should live on
his wife; but she broke up the combination by throwing him out of the
house.

The girl who accompanied María Lucena in the café was a chorus girl of
the type that soon stand out from their sisters and begin to take small
parts. She was a small woman, with very lively black eyes, a thin nose,
a mouth with a mocking smile that lifted the commissures of her lips
upward, and black hair adorned with two red carnations.

The old woman with them was María’s mother; fat, wrinkled, and covered
with moles, with a lively but suspicious look in her eyes.

Quentin began to eat supper with the women. His melancholy fit of blues
of the day before had left him, but he looked sad for dignity’s sake,
and because it was consistent with his character.

María Lucena, who had noticed Quentin’s abstraction, glanced at him from
time to time attentively.

“Well, let’s be going,” said María.

The two girls and the old woman arose, as it was time for the
entertainment to begin, and Quentin was left alone, distracted by his
efforts to convince himself as well as others, that he was very sad.

Then Springer, the Swiss, came in and sat by Quentin’s side.

“What’s the matter?” he said, taking his friend’s funereal look
seriously.

“I feel sad today. Yesterday I saw a girl I used to like. The
granddaughter of a marquis. She who married Juan de Dios.”

“What then? What happened to you?”

“She looks badly. She won’t last long.”

“The poor little thing!”

In a lugubrious voice Quentin told all about his love affair, heaping on
insignificant details, and wearying excuses.

Springer listened to him with a smile. His fine, spiritual countenance
changed expression sympathetically with everything his friend said. Then
he himself spoke confusedly. Yes, he too had had a romantic love
affair, ... a very romantic one, ... with a young lady; but he was only
a poor Swiss plebeian.

Any one who heard them would have said that Quentin’s affair had lasted
years, and the Swiss’s only days. It was exactly the opposite. Quentin’s
fidelity lasted just about two or three months, at the end of which time
he began his affair with María Lucena. On the other hand, the Swiss had
been faithful for years and years to an impossible love.

As they chatted, Don Gil Sabadía, the archæologist, appeared in the
café. After shaking hands with the Swiss and with Quentin, he sat down
at their table.

“It’s a long time since I have seen you,” he said to Quentin. “How about
it--are we gaining ground?”

“Psh! If I could get out....”

“Don’t pay any attention to him today,” said Springer. “He’s full of
spleen.”

“Why, what’s the matter?” asked the archæologist.

“Women.”

“The females in this city are very attractive, comrade; they are good to
look at.”

“They seem insignificant to me,” said Quentin.

“Man alive, don’t say that,” exclaimed the Swiss.

“Pale-faced, rings under their eyes, weak, badly nourished....”

“Will you deny their wit, too?” asked Springer.

“Yes,” answered Quentin. “They make a lot of gestures, and have a
fantastic manner of speech that is overloaded with imagery. It’s a sort
of negro talk. I always notice that when María Lucena tells something,
she compares everything, whether material or not, with something
material: ‘it’s better than bread,’ or ‘it has less taste than a
squash’ ... everything must be materialized; if not, I don’t believe she
would understand it.... She is like a child ... like an impertinent
child.”

“What a portrait!” exclaimed the Swiss, laughing.

“Then she makes divisions and subdivisions of everything; every object
has twenty names. There is a little bottle of cherry brandy in the
house--of that cherry brandy that I hold as something sacred; well,
sometimes María calls it ‘the parrot,’ sometimes ‘the greenfinch,’ and
sometimes, ‘the green bird.’... And that isn’t all. The other day,
pointing to the bottle, she called to her mother from her bed: ‘Mother,
bring me that what’s-its-name.’... So you see, for that class of
people, language is not language--it is nothing.”

“Doesn’t that indicate inventive genius?” asked the Swiss.

“But what do I want of inventive genius, Springer?” exclaimed Quentin
loudly. “Why, a woman doesn’t need inventive genius! All she needs is to
be pretty and submissive, and nothing else....”

“You are tremendous,” said the Swiss. “So that for you, a woman’s
intelligence is of no account?”

“But that isn’t intelligence! That is to intelligence what the movement
of those men who go hopping about nodding to one and talking to another,
is to real activity. The former is not intelligence nor is the latter
activity. The thing is to have a nucleus of big, strong ideas that
direct your life.... As the English have.”

“I have an antipathy for the English,” said the Swiss. “As for
Andalusia, I believe that if this country had more culture, it would
constitute one of the most comprehensive and enthusiastic of peoples.
Other Spaniards are constantly bargaining with their appreciation and
admiration; the national vice of Spain is envy. Not so with the
Andalusians. They are ready to admire anything.”

“It’s a racial weakness,” exclaimed Quentin. “They are all liars.”

“You, who are an Andalusian, must not say that.”

“I? Never. I am a Northerner. From London, Windsor.... Why did I ever
come here?”

María Lucena, her little friend, and her mother came in. The Swiss and
Don Gil bowed to them.

“You must defend the Andalusians,” said Springer to the actress; “for
Quentin is turning them inside out.”

“What’s he here for, then?” inquired María bitterly.

“That’s just what I was saying,” added Quentin. “What did I come to this
city for?”

“I know what all this sadness comes from,” said María Lucena in
Quentin’s ear.

“Do you? Well, I’m glad.”

“You saw your cousin yesterday; the one with a face that looks as if she
had a sour stomach. They say that she can’t yet console herself for her
former sweetheart’s leaving her. That’s why she is so sad.”

Quentin shrugged his shoulders.

“Has she had the baby yet, or is it just dropsy?”

Again Quentin did not deign to answer. She indignantly turned her head
away.

“So, because you saw her changed into a worm, you came in so sad and
downhearted yesterday, eh?”

“Possibly,” said Quentin coldly.

“If you had seen me in the same condition, you would have felt it less.”

“What intelligence!”

“Well, son, it’s time we quit,” replied the actress angrily. “If you
think nothing of me, I feel the same way toward you.”

Quentin shrugged his shoulders. The others, seeing the prelude to a
tempest, were silent.

María Lucena’s voice grew shrill and disagreeable.

“Do you know what her stepmother, the Countess, said? Well, she said:
‘For all her prudishness, that hussy has married Juan de Dios for his
money!’”

“What that female said is not important.”

“All women are just females to you....”

“And it’s true.”

“Well, if you say that about me....”

“Come, come, this is no place for a scene, and don’t shout so.”

“Are you going to strike me? Tell me, are you going to strike me?”

“No; I shall prudently withdraw first,” answered Quentin, rising and
getting ready to go.

At this moment Cornejo, the poet, entered the café accompanied by a
tall, thin gentleman with an aquiline nose, and a very black and very
long beard cut in Moorish fashion. The two came up to the table and sat
down.

The poet and the other gentleman had just left the last performance, and
were discussing it. Cornejo thought that the musical comedy they had
just seen was not altogether bad, the tall man with the black beard
insisted that as far as he was concerned it had been superbly wearisome.
This gloomy fellow then asserted that for him, life held little promise,
and that of all disagreeable and irritating lives, the most irritating
and disagreeable was that in a provincial capital; and of all the lives
in provincial capitals, the worst was that of Cordova.

In absolute contradiction to Leibnitz and his disciple, Doctor Pangloss,
the man with the black beard would have asserted, with veritable
conviction, that he lived the worst life in the worst town, in the worst
possible of worlds.

“You are right,” said Quentin, with the honest intention of molesting
his hearers. “There is nothing so antipathetic as these provincial
capitals.”

Don Gil, the archæologist, made a gesture of one who does not wish to
heed what he hears, and turning to Springer, said:

“You are like me, are you not? A partisan of the antique.”

“In many ways, yes,” replied the Swiss.

“Theirs was a much better life. How wise were our ancestors! Everything
classified, everything in order. In the Calle de la Zapatería were the
boot-makers; in the Calle de Librerías, the book-sellers; in the Calle
de la Plata, the silversmiths. Each line of business had its street;
lawyers, bankers, advocates.... Today, everything is reversed. A
tremendous medley! There are scarcely any boot-makers in the Calle de la
Zapatería, nor are there any book-sellers in the Calle de Librerías.
These ædiles change the name of everything.... The Calle de Mucho Trigo,
where there used to be warehouses for wheat, today specializes in making
taffy. How absurd, Señor! How absurd! And they call that progress!
Nowadays men are endeavouring to wipe out the memory of a whole
civilization, of a whole history.”

“What good does that memory do you?” asked the man with the black
beard.

“What good does it do me!” cried Don Gil in astonishment.

“Yes, what good does it do you?”

“Merely to show us that we are decadent. Not comparing the Cordova of
today with that of the Arabian epoch, but comparing it with that of the
eighteenth century, one sees an enormous difference. There were hundreds
of looms here then, and factories where they made paper, and buttons,
and swords, and leather, and guitars. Today ... nothing. Factories,
shops, even mansions have been closed.”

“That may be true; but, Don Gil, why do you want to know these
calamities?”

“Why do I want to know them, Escobedo?” cried Don Gil, who was stupefied
by the questions of the man with the black beard.

“Yes; I cannot see what good that knowledge does. If Cordova disappears,
why, another city will appear. It’s all the same!” Escobedo
continued--“Would that we could wipe out history, and with it all the
memories that sadden and wither the lives of men and multitudes! One
generation should accept from the preceding one that which is useful,
that is,--mere knowledge; for example: sugar is refined in this manner,
... potatoes are fried thusly.... Forget the rest. Why should we need
them to say: ‘this love you feel, this pain you suffer, this heroic deed
you have witnessed, is nothing new at all; five or six thousand other
men, exactly like you, felt it, suffered it, and witnessed it.’ What do
we gain by that? Will you tell me?”

The archæologist shrugged his shoulders.

“I believe you are right,” said Quentin.

“History, like everything else we have to learn, ages us,” Escobedo
proceeded. “Knowledge is the enemy of felicity. This state of peace, of
tranquillity, which the Greeks called with relation to the organism,
_euphoria_, and with relation to the soul, _ataraxia_, cannot be
attained in any other way than by ignorance. Thus at the beginning of
life, at the age of twenty, when one sees the world superficially and
falsely, things appear brilliant and worth coveting. The theatre is
relatively fine, the music agreeable, the play amusing; but the evil
instinct of learning will make one some day peer from the wings and
commence to make discoveries and become disillusioned. One sees that the
actresses are ugly....”

“Thanks!” interrupted María Lucena, dryly.

“He doesn’t mean you,” Springer assured her.

“And that besides being ugly, they are sad, and daubed with paint,”
continued Escobedo, heedless of the interruption. “The comedians are
stupid, dull, coarse; the scenery, seen near to, is badly painted. One
sees that all is shabby, rickety.... Women seem angels at first, then
one thinks them demons, and little by little one begins to understand
that they are females, like mares, and cows.... A little worse, perhaps,
on account of the human element in them.”

“That’s true,” agreed Quentin.

“You are very indecent,” said María Lucena, rising with an expression of
contempt and anger upon her lips. “Adiós! We’re going.”

The three women left the café.

“And the worst of it is,” continued Escobedo, “that they deceive us
miserably. They speak to us of the efficacy of strength; they tell us
that we must struggle with will and tenacity, in order to attain
triumph; and then we find that there are no struggles, nor triumphs,
nor anything; that Fate shuffles our destinies, and that the essence of
felicity is in our own natures.”

“You see everything very black,” said the Swiss, smiling.

“I think he sees it all as it is,” replied Quentin.

“Then one would find out,” said Escobedo, “that some of the exalted,
beautiful things are not as sublime as the poets say they are--love, for
instance; and that other humbler and more modest things, which ought to
be profoundly real, are not so at all.

“Friendship! There is no such thing as friendship except when two
friends sacrifice themselves for each other. Sincerity! That, too, is
impossible. I do not believe that one can be sincere even in solitude.
Great and small, illustrious and humble, every individual who gazes into
a mirror will always see in the glass the reflection of a pretender.”

“I’m with you,” said Quentin.

“I believe,” declared the Swiss, “that you only look upon the dark side
of things.”

“I force myself to see both sides,” responded Escobedo--“the bright as
well as the dark. I believe that in every deed, in every man, there is
both light and darkness; also that there is almost always one side that
is serious and tragic, and another that is mocking and grotesque.”

“And what good does that do you?” asked Don Gil.

“A whole lot. From a funereal and lachrymose individual, I am
metamorphosing myself into a jolly misanthrope. By the time I reach old
age, I expect to be as jolly as a pair of castanets.”

“Greek philosophy!” said Don Gil contemptuously.

“Señor Sabadía,” replied Escobedo, “you have the right to bother us all
with your talk about the signs on the streets of Cordova, and about the
customs of our respectable ancestors. Kindly grant us permission to
comment upon life in our own fashion.”

“_Risum teneatis_,” said Don Gil.

“Do you see?” continued Escobedo--“That’s another thing that bothers me.
Why does Don Gil have to thrust at us a quotation so common that even
the waiters in the café know it?”

The archæologist, not deigning to notice this remark, commenced to
recite an ancient Cordovese _romance_ that went:

    _Jueves, era jueves,_
    _día de mercado,_
    _y en Santa Marina_
    _tocaban rebato._

     (Thursday, it was Thursday, Market Day, and in the Church of Santa
     Marina they rang the call to arms.)

Escobedo went on philosophising; a waiter in the café began to pile the
chairs upon the tables; another put out the gas, and the customers went
out into the street.




CHAPTER XXI

JUAN TALKS


The afternoon of the following day, Quentin went to the Calle del Sol to
see his grandfather, according to his promise to Rafaela. There was a
carriage at the door. Juan, with his hat in his hand, was talking to an
elegant lady with black eyes.

“Do you mean to say I cannot go in?” said she unpleasantly.

“The Señoritas have told me that they were not at home to any one.”

“Not even to me?”

“Those are my orders.”

“Very well. I shall wait until my husband comes.”

“It will be useless,” said Juan emphatically.

“Why?” asked she haughtily.

“Because the Señor Marqués told me that he does not wish to see you.”

The woman made no reply.

“Home!” she said to the coachman angrily.

Quentin went up to Juan.

“What’s up? May I not come in?” he asked.

“You may, of course,” replied the gardener, “but not that designing
hussy.”

“Who is she?”

“The Countess. After saying all sorts of monstrous things about Rafaela
and her grandfather, the hussy comes here to boast of her charity.”

“How is the Señor Marqués?”

“Very bad.”

“Has his illness been aggravated, or is it following its natural
course?”

“It has been aggravated.... And meanwhile, the Count--do you know what
he’s doing? Well, he’s selling everything he can lay his hands on. He’s
even sold the lead pipes and the paving stones in the stable, which he
tore up with his own hands. I tell you it’s a shame....”

“Why don’t they stop him?”

“Who is there to do it? It’s very sad. While the master is in bed, the
second-hand men come and cart everything away. They’ve removed
tapestries, bronzes, the gilt writing-desks that were in the hall, the
sideboard, the dressing tables ... and that shrewd female, who knows all
about the business, wants to come and take part in the robbery. One can
say nothing to the Count; but to that wicked woman, it’s different. If
you could see her! I don’t see how she dares look at me after what has
happened between us.”

“Between whom? You and her?”

“Sí, Señor. Have they never told you?”

“No.”

“Well, you know I have a son, who, though not so much to look at now,
was several years ago a very beautiful child, whiter than snow, and with
a pair of cheeks just bursting with blood. Moreover, he was strong,
healthy, and very innocent. Well, pretty soon the lad began to get pale,
and thin, and black circles appeared under his eyes. His mother and I
wondered what was the matter with him, and what his trouble was. But it
was useless; we were unable to understand what was going on, until one
night the coachman saw him climbing about the roof. The man hid himself
and found out everything. At that time the Countess lived here with her
husband, and my son was on his way to her. When I told the Marquis what
was happening, he went and loaded a pistol, and was for shooting his
daughter-in-law. But she, the shrewd thing, came to me and said: ‘If you
need anything for your son, let me know.’--‘Señora,’ I answered, ‘you
are a very vicious woman, and my son shall never see you again.’”

“Whom is she living with now?”

“With Periquito Gálvez.”

“Who is he?”

“A rich farmer.”

“Young?”

“No; he’s over fifty. But she would take to any one. When he came to an
understanding with her, they say that one day he found one of the
Countess’ garters, which had a little sign on it that read:

    _Intrépido es amor;
    de todo sale vencedor._

     (Love is fearless; it conquers all obstacles.)

“Periquito had a pair of garters made just like it, with letters of
diamonds and pearls, which he gave to her.”

“How magnificent!”

“It certainly was.”

Quentin left Juan, and went up to see the sick man.

In a drawing-room near the bedroom, Rafaela and Remedios were talking to
a thin, graceful, very polished-looking gentleman. It was El Pollo
Real, brother of the Marquis and of Señora Patrocinio. From time to time
Colmenares, the hunchback, came out of the bedroom red-eyed, only to go
back again immediately.

“I am going to pray at the hermitage of La Fuensanta,” said Remedios to
Quentin. “Do you wish to come with me?”

Remedios, her young maid-servant, and Quentin left the house as evening
fell.

The two women said their prayers, and then Remedios and Quentin returned
chatting from the hermitage. Remedios told Quentin that some of her
stepmother’s invectives had reached Rafaela’s ears, and Quentin promised
the girl that he would silence the Countess. He thought of dedicating a
few stings to her in _La Víbora_ which might mortify her. Then Remedios
spoke of her brother-in-law. She felt a strong antipathy for him, and,
while realizing that he was good and amiable, she could not bear him.

To prolong the conversation, they took the longest way home.

It was an autumn day with a deep blue sky.

In the west, long, narrow clouds tinged with red, floated one above the
other in several strata. They walked by the Church of San Lorenzo. The
square tower rose before them with its angel figure on the point of the
roof; the great rose-window, lit by the rosy hue of late afternoon,
seemed some ethereal, incorporeal thing, and above the rosette, a white
figure of a saint stood out against a vaulted niche.

They returned by the Calle de Santa María de Gracia. Remedios read the
signs on the stores as she passed them, and the names of the streets.
One of these was called Puchinelas, another, Juan Palo, another El
Verdugo....

A lot of questions suggested themselves to the child, to which Quentin
did not know how to reply.

They went along the Calle de Santa María. Overhead, the rosy sky showed
between the two broken lines of roofs; the water pipes stuck into the
air from the eaves like the gargoyles and cantilevers of a Gothic
church; the houses were bathed in a mysterious light....

Against the white walls of an ancient convent with tall Venetian blinds,
the scarlet splendour of the sky quivered gently; and in the distance,
at the end of the street, the hoary tower of a church, as it received
the last rays of the sun, shone like a red-hot coal.

When they reached the house, the sky was already beginning to lose its
blood-red colour; a veil of pale yellow opal invaded the whole celestial
vault; toward the west it was green, to the east, it was blue, an
intense blue, with great, purple bands....




CHAPTER XXII

STICKS, SHOTS, AND STONES


That night, Quentin went to look for Cornejo at the print-shop where _La
Víbora_ was published.

The shop was situated in a cellar, and contained a very antique press,
which took a whole day to print its fifteen hundred copies.

“For the next number,” said Quentin to the poet, “you’ve got to make up
a poisonous poem in the same style as those that have been published
against the Alguacil Ventosilla, Padre Tumbón, and La Garduña.”

“Good. Against whom is it to be?”

“La Aceitunera.”

“The Countess?”

“Yes.”

“The devil! Isn’t she a relative of yours?”

“Yes, on the left hand side.”

“Let’s have it. What must I say?”

“You already know that they call her La Aceitunera?”

“Yes.”

“And you also know that she has no morals to boast of?”

“Yes.”

“Well, with that you’ve got it all made. As a sort of refrain to your
poem, you may use the quotation she wears on her garters; it goes like
this:

    _Intrépido es amor;_
    _de todo sale vencedor._”

“Very good; but give me an idea.”

“Do you need still more? You can begin with a poetic invocation, asking
every crib in Cordova who the lady of such and such a description is;
then give hers; including the fact that she wears garters with this
motto engraved upon them:

    _Intrépido es amor;
    de todo sale vencedor.”_

“Good! For example: I’ll say that she has black eyes, and a wonderful
pair of hips, and--”

“An olive complexion.”

“And an olive complexion ... and I’ll finish up with:

    _Y ésta leyenda escrita en la ancha liga,
    que tantos vieron con igual fatiga:_

            _Intrépido es amor;
            de todo sale vencedor._

     (And this legend written upon her broad garter, which so many men
     have seen with the same feeling of fatigue: etc.)

“Eh? How’s that?”

“Very good.”

“All right, it won’t take a minute to finish it. What shall I call the
poem?”

“_To La Aceitunera._”

“It’s done. How would you like me to begin like this?:

      _Casas de la Morería;
     Trascastillo y Murallón,
    ninfas, dueñas, y tarascas,
      baratilleras de amor._

     (Houses of La Morería, Trascastillo and Murallón; nymphs,
     mistresses, and lewd women, second-hand dealers in love.)”

“You may begin as you wish. The idea is that the thing must hurt.”

“It’ll hurt, all right; never fear.”

Cornejo finished the poem; two days later the paper came out, and in
cafés and casinos, the only subject of conversation was the Countess’
garters, and everybody maliciously repeated the refrain:

    _Intrépido es amor;
    de todo sale vencedor._

The following night, Quentin was waiting for the poet in the Café del
Recreo. He had made an appointment with him for ten o’clock, but Cornejo
had failed to appear.

Quentin waited for him for over two hours, and finally, tired out, he
started to go home. As he left the café, a little man wrapped in a cloak
came up to him at the very door.

“Listen to me a second,” he said.

“Eh!”

“Be very careful, Don Quentin, they are following you.”

“Me?”

“Sí, Señor.”

“Who are you? Let’s hear first who you are.”

“I am Carrahola.”

“Aren’t you angry at me for what I did to you the other night?”

“No, Señor, you’re a brave fellow.”

“Thanks.”

“Well, Señor José has sent Cantarote, the gipsy, and me to go home with
you.”

“Bah! No one interferes with me.”

“Don’t say what you know nothing about. Take this club”--and he gave him
one which he had concealed under his cloak--“and walk on.”

“Aren’t you armed, Carrahola?”

“I?--Look!”--and lifting aside his cloak, he showed his sash, which was
filled with stones.

Quentin took the club, wrapped himself up to his eyes in his cloak, and
began to walk slowly along the middle of the street, looking carefully
before passing cross-streets and corners. When he reached one corner, he
saw two men standing in the doorway of a convent, and two others
directly opposite. No sooner had he perceived them, than he stopped,
went to a doorway, took off his cloak and wrapped it about his left arm,
and grasped the club with his right hand.

When the four men saw a man hiding himself, they supposed that it was
Quentin, and rushed toward him. Quentin parried two or three blows with
his left arm.

“Evohé! Evohé!” he cried; and an instant later began to rain blow after
blow about him with his club, with such vigour, that he forced his
attackers to retreat. In one of his flourishes, he struck an adversary
on the head, and his club flew to pieces. The man turned and fell
headlong to the ground, like a grain-sack.

Carrahola and Cantarote came running to the scene of the fray; one
throwing stones, the other waving a knife as long as a bayonet.

Carrahola hit one of the men in the face with a stone, and left him
bleeding profusely. Of the three who were left comparatively sound, two
took to their heels, while the strongest, the one who seemed to be the
leader of the gang, was engaged in a fist fight with Quentin. The
latter, who was an adept in the art of boxing, of which the other was
totally ignorant, thrust his fist between his adversary’s arms, and gave
him such a blow upon the chin, that he fell backward and would have
broken his neck, had he not stumbled against a wall. As the man fell, he
drew a pistol from his pocket and fired.

“Gentlemen,” said Quentin to Carrahola and Cantarote; “to your homes,
and let him save himself who can!”

Each began to run, and the three men escaped through the narrow
alleyways.

The next afternoon Quentin went to the Casino. The newspapers spoke of
the battle of the day before as an epic; a ruffian known as El Mochuelo,
had been found in the street with concussion of the brain, and a
contusion on his head; besides this, there were pools of blood in the
street. According to the newspaper reports, passions had been at a white
heat. Immediately after the description of the fight, followed the news
that the notable poet Cornejo had been a victim of an attack by persons
unknown.

“They must have beaten him badly,” thought Quentin.

He went to Cornejo’s house and found him in bed, his head covered with
bandages, and smelling of arnica.

“What’s the matter?” asked Quentin.

“Can’t you see? They gave me the devil of a beating!”

“They tried to do it to me yesterday, but I knocked a few of them down.”

“Well, don’t be overconfident.”

“No, I’m not; I carry a pistol in each pocket, and I can’t tell you what
would happen to the man who comes near me.”

“It’s a bad situation.”

“_Ca_, man! There’s nothing to be frightened about.”

“You can do as you like, but I’m not going out until I’m well; nor will
I write for _La Víbora_ any more.”

“Very well. Do as you wish.”

“I’ve got to live.”

“Psh! I don’t see why,” replied Quentin contemptuously. Then he added,
“See here, my lad, if this business scares you, take up sewing on a
machine. Perhaps you’ll earn more.”... And leaving the poet, Quentin
returned to the Casino. He was the man of the hour; he related his
adventure again and again, and in order that the same thing might not be
repeated that night, a group of eight or ten of his friends accompanied
him to his house.




CHAPTER XXIII

PURSUIT AND ESCAPE


Quentin was worried, and in spite of his two pistols and the sword-cane
that he carried, he feared that the first chance they got, they would
set a trap for him and leave him in the same condition as they had left
Cornejo.

He was very mistrustful of María Lucena, because she was beginning to
hate him and was capable of doing him almost any ill turn.

Some two weeks after the nocturnal attack, Quentin went to the Café del
Recreo. As he was learning to be very cautious, before entering he
looked through a window and saw María Lucena talking to an
elegantly-dressed gentleman. He waited a moment, and when a waiter went
by, he said to him:

“See here, who is that gentleman there?”

“The clean-shaven one dressed in black?”

“Yes.”

“Señor Gálvez.”

“Periquito Gálvez?”

“Sí, Señor.”

Quentin entered the café and pretended not to see the fellow. He noticed
that María Lucena was more pleasant to him than ever before.

“There’s something up,” he said to himself. “They are getting something
ready for me.”

Quentin was not jealous, he was already very tired of María Lucena, and
if any one had made off with her, he would have thanked him rather than
otherwise.

“Between the two of them,” thought Quentin, referring to Gálvez and
María, “they are plotting something against me.”

Presently, Quentin got up, and left the café without even nodding to
María.

“I’m going to see Pacheco,” he murmured.

He was going along the Calle del Arco Real, when he looked back and saw
two men following him.

“Devil take you,” he remarked, seizing a pistol.

He raised the muffler of his cloak, and began to walk very rapidly. It
was a cold, disagreeable night; the crescent moon shone fitfully from
behind the huge clouds that were passing over it. Quentin tried to shake
off his pursuers by gliding rapidly through tortuous alleyways, but the
two men were doubtless well acquainted with the twists and turns of the
city, for if he happened to lose them for an instant, he soon saw them
behind him again.

After a half-hour’s chase, Quentin noticed that there were no longer
only two pursuers, but four of them, and that with them was a watchman.
Presently there were six of them.

He sought safety in his legs, and began to run like a deer. He came out
opposite the Mosque, went down by the Triunfo Column, through the Puerta
Romana, and along the bridge until he reached the foot of the tower of
La Calahorra. Everywhere he heard the whistles of the watchmen.

At the exit of the bridge, there were a couple of _guardias civiles_.
Perhaps they were not warned of his flight; but suppose they were?

Quentin retreated. From the bridge he could see the Cathedral, and the
black wall of the Mosque, whose battlements were outlined against the
sky.

A vapour arose from the river; below him the dark water was boiling
against the arches of the bridge; in the distance it looked like
quicksilver, and the houses on the Calle de la Ribera were reflected
trembling on its surface.

As he turned toward the city, Quentin saw his pursuers at the bridge
entrance.

“They’ve trapped me!” he exclaimed in a rage.

They were evidently reconnoitering the bridge on both sides, for the
watchman’s lantern oscillated from left to right, and from right to
left.

Quentin crept toward one of the vaulted niches in the middle of the
bridge.

“Shall I get in there? They will find that easier than anything else.
What shall I do?”

To throw himself into the river was too dangerous. To attack his
pursuers was absurd.

As if to add to his misfortunes, the moon was coming from behind the
cloud that had hidden it, and was shedding its light over the bridge.
Quentin climbed into the niche.

What irritated him most was being made prisoner in such a stupid way. He
did not fear prison, but rather the loss of prestige with the people.
Those who had been enthusiastic over his deeds, when they learned that
he had been made prisoner, would begin to look upon him as a common,
everyday person, and that did not suit him in the least.

“I must do something ... anything. What can I do?”

To face his pursuers with his pistol from the niche would be gallant,
but it would mean exposing himself to death, or going to prison.

Turning about in the niche, Quentin stumbled over a huge rock.

“Let me see. We’ll try a little fake.”

He removed his cloak and wrapped the stone in it, making a sort of
dummy. Then he took the bundle in his arms and stepped to the railing of
the bridge.

“There he is! There he is!” shouted his pursuers.

Quentin tipped the dummy toward the river.

“He’s going to jump!”

Quentin gave a loud shout, and pushed the stone wrapped in the cloak
into the water, where it splashed noisily. This done, he jumped back;
and then, on hands and knees, returned quickly to his niche, climbed
into it, and pressed himself against the inside wall.

His pursuers ran by the niches without looking into either of them.

“How awful!” said one of the men.

“I can’t see him.”

“I think I can.”

“Let’s go to the mill at El Medio,” said one who appeared to be the
leader. “There ought to be a boat there. Watchman, you stay here.”

Quentin heard this conversation, trembling in his hole; he listened to
their footsteps, and when they grew fainter in the distance, he got up
and looked through a narrow loophole that was cut in the niche. The
watchman had placed his lamp upon the railing of the bridge, and was
looking into the river.

“I have no time to lose,” murmured Quentin.

Quickly he took off his tie and his kerchief, jumped to the bridge
without making the slightest noise, and crept toward the watchman.
Simultaneously one hand fell upon the watcher’s neck, and the other upon
his mouth.

“If you call out, I’ll throw you into the river,” said Quentin in a low
voice.

The man scarcely breathed from fright. Quentin gagged him with the
handkerchief, then tied his hands behind him, took off his cap, placed
his own hat upon the watchman’s head, and carrying him like a baby,
thrust him into the niche.

“If you try to get out of there, you’re a dead man,” said Quentin.

This done, he put on the watchman’s hat, seized his pike and lantern,
and walked slowly toward the bridge gate.

There were two men there, members of the _guardia civil_.

“There! There he goes,” Quentin said to them, pointing toward the meadow
of El Corregidor.

The two men began to run in the indicated direction. Quentin went
through the bridge gate, threw the lantern and the pike to the ground,
and began to run desperately. He kept hearing the whistles of the
watchmen; when he saw a lantern, he slipped through some alley and
fairly flew along. At last he was able to reach El Cuervo’s tavern,
where he knocked frantically upon the door.

“Who is it?” came from within.

“I, Quentin. They’re chasing me.”

El Cuervo opened the door, and lifted his lantern to Quentin’s face to
make sure of his identity.

“All right. Come in. Take the light.”

Quentin took the lantern, and the innkeeper slid a couple of
formidable-looking bolts into place.

“Now give me the lantern, and follow me.”

El Cuervo crossed the tavern, came out into a dirty courtyard, opened a
little door, and, followed by Quentin, began to climb a narrow stairway
which was decorated with cobwebs. They must have reached the height of
the second story when the innkeeper stopped, fastened the lantern to a
beam on the wall, and holding on to some beam ends that were sticking
from the wall, climbed up to a high garret.

“Let me have the lantern,” said El Cuervo.

“Here it is.”

“Now, _you_ come up.”

The garret was littered with laths and rubbish. El Cuervo, crouching
low, went to one end of it, where he put out the light, slid between two
beams that scarcely looked as if they would permit the passage of a man,
and disappeared. Quentin, not without a great effort, did the same, and
found himself upon the ridge of a roof.

“Do you see that garret?” said El Cuervo.

“Yes.”

“Well, go over to it, keeping always on this side; push the window,
which will give way, and enter; go down four or five steps; find a door;
open it with this key, and you will be in your room--safer than the King
of Spain.”

“How about getting out?”

“You will be notified.”

“And eating?”

“Your meals will be sent to you. When Señor José gets back, he’ll come
to see you.”

“Good; give me the key.”

“Here it is. Adiós, and good luck.”

The innkeeper disappeared whence he had come. Quentin, following the
example of a cat, went tearing across the tiles.

From that height he could see the city, caressed by the silver light of
the moon. Through the silence of the night came the murmuring of the
river. In the background, far above the roofs of the town, he could make
out the dark shadow of Sierra Morena, with its white orchards bathed in
the bluish light, its great bulk silhouetted against the sky, and veiled
by a light mist.

Quentin reached the attic, pushed open the window, descended the stairs
as he had been told, opened the door, lit a match, and had scarcely done
so when he heard a shriek of terror. Quentin dropped the match in his
fright. There was some one in the garret!

“Who’s there?” he asked.

“Oh, sir,” replied a cracked voice, “for God’s sake don’t harm me.”

When Quentin saw that he was being begged for help, he realized that
there was no danger, so he lit another match, and with it, a lamp. By
the light of this, he saw a woman sitting up in a bed, her head covered
with curlpapers.

“Have no fear, Señora,” said Quentin; “I must have made a mistake and
entered the wrong room.”

“Well, if that is the case, why don’t you go?”

“The fact is, I’m surprised that it should be so. This was the only
garret in the roof. Would you like an explanation? El Cuervo, the
landlord of yonder corner tavern, told me to come here; that this was
his garret.”

“Well, I came here because José Pacheco brought me.”

“Pacheco?”

“Yes.”

“Then, this is the right garret.”

“Do you know Pacheco?” asked the woman.

“He is a good friend of mine. Do you know him too?”

“Yes, sir. He is my lover,” sighed the woman. Quentin felt an
overpowering desire to laugh.

“Then, my lady,” he said, “I am very sorry, but I am pursued by the
police, and cannot leave this place.”

“Nor can I, my good sir, permit you to remain in my bedroom.”

“What do you want me to do?”

“Go and sleep outside.”

“Where? Upon the roof? You don’t know what kind of a night it is.”

“You are not very gallant, Señor.”

“Pneumonia would be less gallant with me, Señora.”

“Do you think that I am going to allow you to remain in this room all
night?”

“See here, Señora, I’m not by any means trying to violate you. Allow me
to take a mattress, and stretch out upon the floor.”

“Impossible.”

“If you are afraid, leave the lamp lit. Furthermore, for your better
tranquillity, and as a means of defence for your honour, I hand you
these two pistols. They are loaded,” said Quentin, as he cautiously
unloaded them.

“Very well, then; I agree,” replied the woman.

Quentin took a mattress, spread it upon the floor, and threw himself
upon it.

“Woe unto you, Señor,” said the woman in a terrible voice, “if you dare
to take any undue liberties.”

Quentin, who was tired, began in a very few minutes to snore like a
water-carrier. The woman sat up in bed and scrutinized him closely.

“Oh! What an unpoetic person!” she murmured.

When Quentin awoke and found himself in the room, where a ray of light
poured in through a high, closed window, he got up to open it. The
poetic woman at that moment was snoring, with a pistol clasped in her
fingers.

Quentin opened the window, and as he did so, he discovered that a cord
was attached to the window lock. He jerked it, found that it was heavy,
and pulled it toward him until a covered basket appeared.

“Here’s breakfast,” announced Quentin.

And sure enough; inside was a roast chicken, bread, a bottle of wine,
and rolled in the napkin, a paper upon which was written in huge
letters:

“Do not come out; they are still hanging around the street.”

Quentin threw the basket out of the window, and lowered it the full
length of the string. He was preparing to eat his breakfast with a good
appetite, when the woman opened her eyes.

“Good morning, Señora,” said Quentin. “They have sent me my breakfast.
I’ll treat if you wish. I’ll go out for a stroll on the roof, and
meanwhile, you can be dressing yourself. Then, if you would like to heat
the food....”

“Oh, no. No cooking,” replied she. “I feel very ill.”

“Well, then; we’ll eat the chicken cold.”

Quentin went out on the roof. He took out his pencil and notebook, and
busied himself writing an article for _La Víbora_.

When he had finished, he went back to the garret.

“I’m not dressed yet,” said the woman.

Quentin returned to the roof; wrote two selections for the paper, one
insulting the Government and the other the Mayor; then he crawled about
the roof. On an azotea some distance away, a girl was arranging some
flower pots. Probably she was pretty.... Quentin drew near to watch her.

He was surprised in this espionage by Pacheco, who came on all fours
along the ridge pole.

“Good day, comrade,” said Pacheco.

“Hello, my friend.”

“I must congratulate you, comrade; what you did yesterday is one of the
funniest things I ever heard of.”

“Who told you about it?”

“Why, they talk of nothing else in the whole town! This morning, some
were still betting that your corpse was at the bottom of the river, and
they went out in boats; but instead of the fish they expected to catch,
they pulled out a rock wrapped in a cloak. All Cordova is laughing at
the affair. You certainly were a good one.”

“But listen, comrade,” said Quentin, pointing to the garret, “what kind
of a lark have you in that cage?”

“Ah! That’s true! It’s a crazy woman. She says she’s in love with me,
and in order to get rid of her, I brought her to this place, where she
can’t bother me.”

“How did she get here? Along the roofs, too?”

“Yes; disguised as a man. In her pantaloons she had a look about her
that was enough to make you want to kick her in the stomach and throw
her into the courtyard.”

“Very well, then; let’s go to the garret, where breakfast is waiting.
The thing I hate about this, comrade, is not being able to get out.”

“Well, it’s impossible now; the police have their eyes peeled.”

“And haven’t they tried to arrest you, my friend?”

“Me? They can’t do it.... I have a pack of bloodhounds that can smell
from here everything that goes on in the other end of Cordova. Just give
one of them a message, and he tears through the atmosphere faster than a
greyhound.”

They knocked at the garret.

“I’m not dressed yet,” came from within.

“Come, Señora,” exclaimed Quentin. “You are abusing my appetite. If you
don’t want to open the door, give me the basket. I warn you, Pacheco is
here.”

When she heard this, the woman opened the door and threw herself into
the arms of the bandit. She had her hair crimped, covered with little
bow knots, and was wearing a white wrapper.

Quentin took the basket.

“Well,” he said, “I’ll leave you two alone if you wish.”

“No!” exclaimed Pacheco in terror; then turning to the woman, he added:
“This gentleman and I have some important matters to discuss. We are
gambling with life.”

“First we’ll eat a little,” said Quentin. “That’s an idea for you.”

“An alimentary one.”

They divided the chicken.

“And do they say in town who it was that ordered them to pursue me?”
asked Quentin.

“Everybody knows that it was La Aceitunera,” answered Pacheco. “You
insisted upon discrediting her, but she grew strong under the
punishment, and wants no more stings from _La Víbora_. Then, so they
say, as she seemed no mere stack of straw to the Governor, she allowed
herself to be flirted with, and begged him to throw you into jail, and
to stop your paper.”

“We’ll see about that.”

“It will be done. He does what he wants here,” replied the bandit. “You
already know what they say in Cordova: ‘Charity in El Potro, Health in
the cemetery, and Truth in the fields.’”

“Then we’ll go into the fields to look for it,” said Quentin.

“Not that”--answered Pacheco. “I won’t allow you to lose out; but if you
want to give that woman a good scare....”

“Have you thought of some way?”

“Not yet; are you capable of doing something on a large scale?”

“I am capable of anything, comrade.”

“Good. Wait for me until tonight.”

“Very well,” said Quentin. “Will you take these papers to the printer
for me?”

“What are they?”

“Poison for _La Víbora_, or articles, if you like that better.”

“Give them to me. I’ll be here at seven.” Then the bandit, turning to
the woman, said: “Adiós, my soul!”

“Won’t you stay a little while, José?” she asked.

“No. Life is too short,” he answered gruffly, and went out through the
attic window.




CHAPTER XXIV

THE VICTIM OF A FEUILLETON


The woman and Quentin were left alone.

“If you don’t want me to stay here,” said Quentin--“tell me so.”

“Do you hate me so much for last night?” she said.

“I? No, Señora; but since this chamber is so narrow that one can
scarcely move in it, you must let me know if I’m in your way.”

“No; you’re not in my way.”

Quentin seated himself upon a chair, took out his note book and pencil,
and made up his mind to attempt one of the most disagreeable and
difficult things in the world for him--making verses. Not by any chance
did a consonance occur to him, nor did a single verse come out with the
right number of feet, unless he counted them upon his fingers.

The good woman, with her crimped hair covered with little bow-knots, and
her white wrapper, was contemplating the roof of the garret with
desperate weariness.

Thus they remained for a long time. Suddenly the woman exclaimed in a
choked voice:

“Señor!”

“What is it, Señora?”

“I seem very ridiculous in your eyes, do I not?”

“No, Señora,--why?” asked Quentin, and mumbled to himself: “nude,
crude, stewed, conclude--No, they don’t seem to come very easily.”

“I am very unhappy, Señor.”

“Why, what’s the matter, Señora?” and Quentin went on mumbling: “rude,
gratitude, fortitude.... No, they do not come easily.”

“Will you listen to me, my good sir? At present you alone can advise
me.”

“Speak, Señora, I am all ears,” answered Quentin, shutting his note
book, and putting away his pencil.

The woman heaved a deep sigh, and began as follows:

“I, my good sir, am called Gumersinda Monleón. My father was a soldier,
and I spent my childhood in Seville. I was an only child, and very much
spoiled. My parents satisfied every caprice of mine that was within
their means. It was ‘Sinda’ here, and ‘Sinda’ there--as they had
abbreviated my name.... As I imagined myself at that time to be a
somewhat exceptional person, and believed that I was out of my proper
sphere in the modest home of my parents, I took up reading romantic
novels, and I think I was by way of having my head turned by them.

“I lived with all the personages of my books; it seemed to me that all I
had to do was to reach Paris and ask the first gendarme for Guillaboara,
and he would immediately give me her address, or at least, that of her
father, Prince Rudolf of Gerolstein.

“With my head full of mysteries, bandits, and black doctors, a suitor
came to me--a rich young man who was owner of a fan-making
establishment. I dismissed him several times, but he came back, and,
with the influence of my parents, he succeeded in getting me to marry
him. He was a saint, a veritable saint; I know it now; but I considered
him a commonplace person, incapable of lifting himself to higher spheres
above the prosaic details of the store.

“After we had been married two years, he died, and I became a widow of
some thirty-odd years and a considerable fortune; not to mention the
fan-making establishment which I inherited from my husband. A young
widow with money, and not at all bad looking, I had many suitors, from
among whom I chose an army captain, because he wrote me such charming
letters. Later I found out that he had copied them from a novel by
Alfonso Karr that was appearing in the feuilleton of _Las Novedades_.
Handsome, with a fine appearance, my second husband’s name was Miguel
Estirado. But, my God, what a life he led me! Then I learned to realize
what my poor Monleón had been to me.

“Estirado had a perfectly devilish humor. If we made a call upon any
one, and the maid asked us who we were, he would say: ‘Señor Estirado
and his wife,’ and if the girl smiled, he would insult her in the
coarsest way.

“After six months of married life, my husband quit the active service
and retired to take care of the store. Estirado had no military spirit;
he sold the gold braid from his uniform, and put his sword away in a
corner. One day the servant girl used it to clean out the closet, and
after doing so, left it there. When I saw it, I felt like weeping. I
grasped the sword by the hilt, which was the only place I _could_ take
hold of it, and showing it to my husband, said: ‘Look at the condition
your sword is in that you used in defence of your country.’ He insulted
me, clutching his nose cynically, and told me to get out; that he cared
nothing for his sword, nor for his country, and for me to leave him in
peace. From that day I realized that all was over between us.

“Shortly after that Estirado dismissed an old clerk who used to work in
the store, and hired two sisters in his place: Asunción and Natividad.

“Six months later, Asunción had to leave and spend a few months at a
small village. She came back with a little baby. Not long after her
return the trip was repeated.

“They talked of nothing else in the whole neighbourhood. On account of
the attitude of the two sisters toward me, I dared not go down to the
store, and they did just about as they pleased.

“One day, after six years, my husband disappeared, taking Natividad, the
younger sister, with him. The other girl, Asunción, brought this news to
me with her four children hanging on her arm; and she told me a romantic
tale about her mother, who was a drunkard, and about her sweetheart. She
reminded me of Fleur de Marie, in ‘The Mysteries of Paris,’ and of
Fantine, in ‘Les Miserables;’ so I comforted her as best I could--what
else was I to do? Time passed, and Estirado began to write and ask me
for money; then the letters ceased, and after half a year my husband
wrote a letter saying that Natividad had run away from him, that he was
seriously ill in a boarding house in Madrid, and for Asunción and me to
come to take care of him. I realized that it was not honourable, nor
Christian, nor right, but at the same time I gave in, and we, his wife
and sweetheart, went and took care of him until he died. At his death I
granted a pension to the girl, left Seville, and came to live in
Cordova. That is the story of my life.”

“Señora, I think you were a saint,” said Quentin. “What astounds me is
how, after such an apprenticeship, you managed to get mixed up in _this_
adventure.”

“Well, you see I did not learn by experience. I met Pacheco one day in
the country, when he entered my farm. He reminded me of a novel by
Fernández y Gonzáles. We spoke together; his life fascinated me; I wrote
to him; he answered my letter, assuredly through civility; my head was
filled with madness, even to the point of disguising myself as a man and
following him.”

“Fortunately, Señora, you have encountered extremely trustworthy
persons,” said Quentin, “who will not abuse your faith.”

“What advice do you give me?”

“Why something very simple. Tonight Pacheco and I shall probably leave
here. You must come with us; we’ll leave you at your house; and that
will be an end to the adventure.”

“That’s true. It’s the best thing.”

“Now let’s see,” said Quentin, “if El Cuervo has put any ballast in the
basket.”

He climbed upon a chair and opened the window.

“It’s heavy,” said he, jerking the cord; “_ergo_, there are provisions.
Cheer up, Doña Sinda,” he added, “and get the table ready.”




CHAPTER XXV

AN ABDUCTION IS PREPARED


At nightfall Quentin went out on the roof, stretched his spine along the
ridge, and waited for Pacheco. The Cathedral clock was striking eight,
when the bandit appeared, making his way toward the garret on all fours.

“Hey!” called Quentin.

“What is it? Is it you?”

“Yes.”

“Why are you waiting outside for me?”

“So we can talk without that woman hearing what we say. I have persuaded
her to go home peaceably.”

“Very good. But listen, comrade; I’ve got a plan ready for something
worth while.”

“I’m with you in everything. What have you thought of?”

“Of kidnapping La Aceitunera tonight.”

“But can it be done?”

“Absolutely. The Countess is going to the theatre. She will go in her
carriage as usual, and if Cabra Periquito Gálvez doesn’t show up to
accompany her, she will go home alone in her carriage. If Periquito does
show up, and does go with her, we won’t do a thing; if she is alone,
why, we’ll steal her away.”

“That’s all very well; but how?”

“First of all, I’ll see to it that the coachman gets drunk so I can
take his place; meanwhile, you go to the theatre, make sure that she is
alone, then station yourself on the sidewalk opposite the lobby, and
stay there quietly; if she comes out escorted, you light a match as if
you were about to smoke--understand?”

“Where will you be then?”

“On the box. If the Countess is escorted, why, I’ll take her home, and
we’ll leave the matter for another day. If she is alone, I’ll trot the
horses as far as the Campo de la Merced, where I’ll stop; you get
on--and away we go!”

“Very good. You’re a wonder, comrade! But let’s look coldly at the
inconveniences.”

“Out with them.”

“First of all, the departure from this place. They are still hanging
around the street, according to El Cuervo.”

“Ah, but do you think I am such an idiot as to go out through El
Cuervo’s tavern? _Ca_, man!”

“No?”

“Of course not.”

“Well, where, then?”

“You’ll see.”

“Good. That solves the first problem: second, I have to go to the
theatre to see if the Countess is alone, and people know me; if one of
the police....”

“Nothing will happen. Take this ticket. Steal in when the performance
has begun, and go upstairs, open one of the top boxes which are usually
empty, and if the usher comes in, give him a peseta. He’s a friend of
mine.”

“Good. Now we’ll tell the woman, and be on our way. Shall we have supper
first?” asked Quentin.

“No; we must have clear heads. We’ll have supper at the El Pino farm,
or--in jail.”

“You’ve spoken like a man. Let’s go.”

They entered the garret.

“Doña Sinda,” said Quentin, “we are going to crawl about the roof a
bit.”

“Wait a moment, comrade,” said Pacheco. “They won’t do anything to me;
but if they see you, they’ll tie you up,” and as he spoke, he opened a
wardrobe, took out a grey cloak, a kerchief, and a broad-brimmed hat.

“Who’s that for?”

“For you.”

Pacheco made a bundle of the things, and said:

“Hurry! I’ll go first, then the Señora, and then you, Quentin.”

They formed themselves in single file and began to move. The night was
dark, threatening a storm; distant flashes of lightning illuminated the
heavens from time to time.

Doña Sinda moved slowly and painfully.

“Come, Señora, come,” said Quentin; “we are near you.”

“My hands and knees hurt me,” she murmured. “If I could only walk on my
feet.”

“You can’t do it,” said Pacheco. “You would fall into a courtyard.”

“Ay, dear me! I’m not going a step farther.”

“We’re going as far as that azotea.”

Doña Sinda yielded; they crawled along the ridge of a long roof, and
came out upon the azotea. They leaped the balustrade.

“Oh, dear! I’m going to stay here!” exclaimed Doña Sinda.

“But my dear woman, it’s only a little farther,” said Quentin.

“Well, I won’t budge.”

“Very well then, we’ll go on alone,” said Pacheco.

“Are we going to leave her here?” asked Quentin.

The bandit shrugged his shoulders, and without more ado, leaped over the
balustrade again. Quentin followed him, and the two men rapidly covered
a great distance.

“Now be careful,” warned Pacheco. “We’ve got to go around this cornice
until we reach that window.”

It was a stone border about half a metre wide. At the end of it they
could see a little illuminated balcony window, which as it threw the
light against the wall, made the cornice look as if it were on the brink
of a deep abyss. They went along very carefully on all fours, one behind
the other. As they reached the balcony, Pacheco seized the balustrade
and jumped upon the stairway. Quentin followed his example.

“Do you know, comrade,” remarked Quentin, “that this is scary business?”

“Then too, that light is enough to drive you crazy. In the daytime it
doesn’t scare you at all to come over it. Now then, put on your cloak
and the other tackle.”

Quentin tied his kerchief about his head, put on the hat, wrapped
himself in the cloak and the two men descended the stairs into a garden.
Crossing this, they came out upon the street.

“What is this building?” asked Quentin.

“It is a convent,” replied the bandit. “Now, we mustn’t go together any
more. You come along about twenty or thirty paces behind me.”

Quentin followed him at a distance, and after traversing several
intricate alleys, they came out upon the Plaza de Séneca, and from there
upon the Calle de Ambrosio de Morales, where the theatre was. A gas
light illuminated the door, scarcely lessening the shadows of the
street. The play had not yet begun. Pacheco entered a near-by shop, and
Quentin followed him.

“You stay here,” said the bandit, “and when everybody has gone in, you
follow. I’m going to the Countess’ house.”

People were crowding into the theatre; two or three carriages drove up;
several whole families came along, with a sprinkling of artisans. When
he no longer saw anyone in the lobby, Quentin left the little shop,
entered the theatre, relinquished his ticket, climbed the stairs with
long strides until he reached the top floor, and when he saw the usher,
handed him a peseta.

The usher opened the door of a box.

“How is Señor José?” he asked.

“Well.”

“He’s a fine fellow.”

“Yes, he is.”

“I’ve known him for a long time; not that I am from Ecija exactly, for I
come from a little village near Montilla; I don’t know if you’ve heard
its name....”

“See here,” said Quentin, “I came here because I am a relative of the
actor who takes old men’s parts, and I am interested in hearing the
performance and seeing how he acts; if you talk to me, I won’t be able
to hear anything.”

“Gonzáles? Are you a relative of Gonzáles?”

“Of Gonzáles, or Martínez, or the devil! Take another peseta, and leave
me alone, for I’m going to see what kind of an actor my relative makes.”

“He’s a good comedian.”

“Very well, very well,” said Quentin, and pushing the garrulous usher
into the aisle, he closed the door.

As there was scarcely any light up there, no one could recognize
Quentin. The theatre was almost empty; they were giving a lachrymose
melodrama in which appeared an angelic priest, a colonel who kept
shouting “By a thousand bombs!” a traitor money-lender with crooked eyes
who confessed his evil intentions in asides, a heroine, a hero, and a
company of sailors and sailoresses, policemen, magistrates, and others
of the proletariat....

While Quentin was being bored in his heights, Pacheco, leaning against
the wall of La Aceitunera’s house, was awaiting the return of her
carriage from the theatre.

He did not have long to wait. The horses stopped before the gate, and
before it could be opened, the bandit approached the coachman and said:

“Hello, Señor Antonio!”

“Hello, Señor José!”

“I want to talk with you a moment.”

“What about?”

“About some horses I am ordered to buy, and as you know so much....”

“I’ll be right out.”

The house gate opened, the coachman drove his carriage inside, and in a
few moments rejoined Pacheco.

He was a talkative and gay little man.

“Let’s go somewhere and have a little wine with our talk,” suggested the
bandit. “You’ve got time?”

“I’m free until eleven-thirty.”

“It’s nine, now.”

They went into a tavern where Pacheco explained to his friend how the
horses must be. The matter must have been arduous and difficult, for the
coachman lost himself in a labyrinth of endless equinal considerations.
The bandit kept filling and refilling his glass for him as he drank.

“Man,” said Pacheco, “today I was taken to a tavern where there was a
superior wine that you can’t find anywhere else.”

“Really?”

“I should say so. Would you like to go and see if we can find it?”

“Well, you see I’ve got to go at eleven-thirty.”

“There’s more than time enough.”

“All right; let me know when it’s eleven o’clock.”

“Certainly, don’t you worry. Do you have to go back and get the Señora?”

“Yes.”

“And harness up the horses again?”

“No. I left them harnessed. When I get back from the theatre, I go
through the gate, turn the carriage around in the patio, and leave it in
the entryway facing the street,--see? Then I go, open the gate, and I’m
off.”

Pacheco conducted the coachman through side streets to El Cuervo’s
tavern.

“But where is that tavern, my friend?” asked the little old man.

“Right here.”

They went into the tavern.

“Bring me wine--the best you have,” said Pacheco, winking at El Cuervo.

The innkeeper brought a large jar and filled the glasses. The coachman
smelled the wine, tasted it slowly, relished it; then he smacked his
lips, and emptied the glass in one gulp.

“What wine!” he murmured.

“Don’t you think it’s a little bit strong?”

“Well, that’s a good kind of a fault to have, comrade!”

Pacheco got up and said to El Cuervo:

“You’ve got to keep this fellow interested.”

El Mochuelo and Cantarote, the gipsy, came over to Pacheco’s table with
the pretext that there was no light where they had been sitting, and
began to play cards.

“Would you like to play?” said Cantarote to Pacheco.

“No, thanks.”

“And you?” the gipsy asked of the coachman.

“I? To tell the truth, I’ve got something to do. What time is it?”

“A quarter past ten,” said El Cuervo.

“All right, I’ll play a hand.”

“After all, what have you got to do?” asked Pacheco. “Just knock till
they open the gate, and then climb up on the box....”

“No, I’ve got the key to the gate here,” remarked the coachman, patting
his vest pocket.

Pacheco looked at Cantarote, and made a gesture with his hand as if he
were picking up something. Cantarote lowered his eyelids as a sign that
he had understood, and with the utmost neatness put his hand into the
old man’s vest, took out the key, and, holding his cards in his left
hand, handed it to Pacheco behind the coachman’s back.

The bandit got up.

“Let me have a cap,” he said to El Cuervo.

The innkeeper brought one.

“Keep him busy for an hour.”

This said, Pacheco hurried to the Countess’ house, opened wide the gate,
climbed to the box, and drove the carriage outside; then he closed the
gate, climbed back again, and took his place near the theatre.

From his hiding-place, Quentin had discovered something curious and
worthy of note. In one of the boxes near the curtain was the Countess,
alone, with her back to the stage, and gazing at some one through her
glasses. Quentin followed her look, and by bending low and leaning his
body over the box, he discovered that the box at which she was directing
her glances was occupied by the Governor and two other persons; but the
Countess also looked elsewhere: toward a parquette where there were a
toreador and several young gentlemen.

“Which is she looking at?” Quentin asked himself. “Is it the Governor,
or the toreador?”

The Countess rested her opera glasses absently upon the railing of the
box.

“Perhaps she isn’t looking at any one,” thought Quentin.

On the stage, they were spilling an ocean of tears: the priest, with his
snow-white hair, saying, “My children” everywhere he went, was busy
making his fellows happy.

The Countess cast an absent-minded glance at the stage, picked up her
glasses, and took aim.

“It’s the Governor,” said Quentin.

The woman’s glasses were lowered a bit, and he had to correct himself.

“It’s the toreador,” he remarked.

After many vacillations, Quentin realized that the Countess was playing
with two stacks of cards, and was dividing her glances between the First
Authority of the province, and the young toreador, so recently arrived
in cultured society from a butcher shop in the district of El Matadero.

The Governor, very serious, very much be-gloved, looked at the woman;
the little toreador, with his foot on the parquette rail, preened
himself and smiled, showing the white teeth of a healthy animal.

At the beginning of the last act, the toreador, who had been concealed
behind the curtains of the parquette, appeared with a square piece of
paper that looked like a note in his hand; he showed it cautiously, and
twisted it about his fingers.

Presently the woman, looking at the stage, nodded her head in the
affirmative.

The play was about to come to an end; every one on the stage, from the
priest and the two turtle-doves to the colonel--by a thousand
bombs!--was happy; only, he of the crooked eyes had been seized by the
police at the height of his evil machinations. Quentin opened his box,
descended the stairs by leaps and bounds, and took up his post opposite
the entrance to the theatre. Fat drops of rain commenced to fall, and
the thunder kept grumbling overhead. There were two carriages at the
door of the theatre. Pacheco was not in the first, and Quentin could not
tell whether he was in the second one or not.

The audience began to come out of the theatre; when they saw the heavy
rain drops that spattered the sidewalk, some hesitated to leave, then
they made up their minds and began to hurry along, pressing close to the
walls of the houses.

A fat lady with her escort entered the first carriage, and drove off
toward the Plaza de Séneca. The second carriage drew up. Pacheco was on
the box. He and Quentin glanced at each other. Everything was going
splendidly.

Just then the Countess appeared in the lobby of the theatre wrapped in a
white cape; she opened the door of the carriage and climbed rapidly into
it. Behind her appeared the toreador, and as the carriage was about to
move off, he held out his hand and threw a note through the window.

Pacheco clucked to the horses, and the carriage started up the street
toward the confluence of the Calle del Arco Real and the Cuesta de
Luján. Quentin started off rapidly in the direction of the Campo de la
Merced; he ran as fast as his legs could carry him, fearing all the
while that he might meet some watchman who would recognize him. When he
reached the appointed place he was played out. He waited, soaked in a
torrential downpour. Before long, a carriage came in sight and stopped
before him. Quentin opened the door and stood upon the step. A woman
screamed shrilly. Quentin closed the carriage door; there came two
tremendous cracks of a whip; and the coach moved off through the rain
and obscurity, drawn by the horses at a full gallop....




CHAPTER XXVI

EXPLANATIONS


“But good heavens! What is it?--Who are you?--” cried the Countess,
trembling.

“Don’t be alarmed, Señora,” said Quentin. “We have no idea of harming
you.”

“What do you want of me? I have no money with me.”

“We are not looking for money.”

“Then what _do_ you want?”

“We’ll tell you that later. Have a little patience.”

Several moments passed in the carriage without the woman saying a word.
She was huddled motionless against a window.

After some time had elapsed, the horses moderated their pace, one could
hear the rain on the cover of the carriage. Suddenly Quentin heard the
door-fastening rattle.

“Don’t be foolish, my lady,” he said rudely. “And don’t try to escape.
It will be dangerous.”

“This violence may cost you dear,” murmured the Countess.

“Most assuredly. We men are prepared for anything.”

“But if you don’t want my money, what do you want? Tell me, and let us
bring this affair to a close at once.”

“That is a secret that does not belong to me.”

“But, sir,” exclaimed the woman--“I’ll give you anything you want if you
will only take me home.”

At this moment a flash of lightning violently illumined the night, and
the Countess and Quentin were enabled to see each other’s faces in the
spectral light. Then came a thunderclap as loud as a cannon shot.

“Oh, my God!” gasped the Countess as she devoutly crossed herself.

Quentin felt a tremor run through him at the sight of the woman’s
terror, and said to her:

“My dear lady, do not let us cause you any alarm. Please rest assured
that we have no intention of harming you. I rather think that the man on
the box is some gentleman who is in love with you, and not being able in
any other way to attain good fortune, is abducting you in this manner.”

Quentin’s accent, his gallant meaning in those circumstances must have
surprised the Countess, as she made no answer.

“Don’t you think so?” said Quentin. “Don’t you believe that this is a
matter of some one courting you?”

“It’s a fine way to court,” she replied.

“All ways are good if they come out right.”

“Do you believe that this method of treating a lady can come out right?”

“Why not? Other more difficult things have been seen in the world, and
they do say that women like the novel.”

“Well, I don’t like it a bit.”

“Are you so prosaic that you are not enchanted by the thought of meeting
soon a young, good-looking, respectful abductor who offers you his heart
and life?”

“No, I am not enchanted. What is more, if I could send that abductor to
prison I would do so with much pleasure.”

“You know that love is intrepid and....”

Quentin was silent. He thought of the poem written by Cornejo for _La
Víbora_.

“I don’t know why,” said the woman at length, “but it seems to me that I
am beginning to realize who my abductor is. It strikes me that he is a
half-relative of mine who dislikes me very much. A waif....”

“I think you are getting warm, my lady.”

“Who writes insults and calumnies about a woman who has never offended
him.”

“You are not quite so near the point, there. Listen: The day before
yesterday, that relative of yours was rushing madly about these
God-forsaken streets, hounded by a dozen men; on a night that was as
cold as the devil, he was on the point of throwing himself into the
river and scraping an acquaintance with the shad that live in it.”

“So you are Quentin?”

“I am the lady’s most humble servant.”

“How you frightened me! I shall never forgive you for this night.”

“Nor will I forgive you for the one I spent the day before yesterday.”

“Where is my coachman? Is he on the box?”

“No, my lady.”

“Where is he?”

“He is conveniently drunk in a tavern on the Calle del Potro.”

“Then who is driving the carriage?”

“Pacheco.”

“Pacheco! The bandit?”

“In person. In all ways a gentleman, and whom I shall have the pleasure
of presenting to you tonight as soon as we reach the farm where we are
to stop.”

“What are you two going to do with me there?”

“We shall think it over.”

“I believe you intend to kill me....”

“Kill you?--Nothing of the sort. We shall entertain you; you will take
rides over the mountain; you’ll get a trifle brown--Besides, we are
doing you a great favour.”

“Doing me a favour? What is it?”

“Keeping you from answering that little toreador who had the presumption
to send you a note.”

“To send _me_ a note?”

“Yes, my lady; you. As you came out of the theatre. I saw it with my own
eyes.”

“It must be true if you saw it.”

“Of course it is! In the first place, that toreador is a stupid
good-for-nothing who would go about boasting that you looked upon him
with sympathy, and that....”

“Enough, or I’ll even have to thank you for bringing me here.”

“And it’s true.”

The Countess was growing calmer and less timid with every minute.

“How many days are you going to keep me kidnapped?” she asked rather
jovially.

“As many as you wish. When you get too bored, we’ll take you back to
Cordova. Then, if you still bear us a grudge, you may denounce us.”

“And if I don’t?”

“If you don’t, then you will permit us to come to call some day.”

“We’ll see how you act.”

Just then the carriage stopped. Quentin prepared to get down, and said
to the woman:

“I don’t know what Pacheco wants. Perhaps he’s tired of riding on the
box.”

“Don’t leave me alone with him,” murmured the Countess.

“Never fear; Pacheco is absolutely a gentleman, and will take no undue
liberties....”

“That makes no difference.”

“Then I shall tell him of your wish. If you want to be alone, tell me,
and I’ll ride on the box.”

“No, no: I prefer you to ride with me.”

Pacheco jumped down from the box, and coming up to Quentin, said:

“It seems to me that I have done my duty like a man, and that it’s your
turn to take my place on the box.”

“That’s what I think. Come, I’m going to present you to the Countess.”

Quentin opened the carriage door and said:

“Countess, this is my friend.”

“Good evening, Pacheco.”

“A very good evening to you, my lady.”

“How tired you are making yourselves on my account!”

“Señora Condesa!” stammered the bandit in confusion.

“You are very nice,” she added graciously.

“You are most flattering,” replied Pacheco.

“No; you two are the flatterers!”

“But are you sorry, my lady?” asked Pacheco gravely.

“I!--On the contrary; I am having a very good time.”

“That’s better, my lady. You mustn’t be afraid; if you order me to,
we’ll go back this minute.”

The Countess considered for a moment, and then cried gayly:

“No; let us go on. We’ll go wherever you wish. You stay with me,
Quentin, for I want to talk to you.”

Again Pacheco climbed to the box, clucked to the horses, and the
carriage went on its way. It was beginning to clear up; here and there a
patch of star-sprinkled sky appeared between the great, black clouds.

“He seems like a fine fellow,” said the Countess, who was now completely
at her ease, when she and Quentin were alone.

“Do not deceive yourself; there are only two places where true gentlemen
can be found: in the mountains, or in prison.”

“How awful!” she cried.

“That is the way the two extremes meet,” he went on. “When a man is a
great, a very great rascal, and utterly disregards the ideas of the
people and everything else, he has reached the point where the bandit is
joining hands with the gentleman.”

“See here, Sir Bandit,” said the Countess easily, “why did you take this
dislike to me, and put me in the papers? Because I said that Rafaela was
a hussy, and that she had married Juan de Dios for his money?”

“Yes, my lady.”

“Did I not speak the truth?”

“It is true that she married; but it was not because she wished it, nor
because she was ambitious to be rich, but because the family made her.”

“You should laugh at that idea, my friend!” replied the Countess. “Not
that the girl isn’t docile! When a woman does not care to marry a man,
she simply doesn’t marry him.... Of course, you were after her cash.”

“I?--_Ca!_”

“I don’t know why, but I think I see through you. You are very
ambitious, and with all those foolish deeds of yours, you are only
trying to fish for something. You cannot deceive me.”

“Well, you are wrong,” said Quentin. “I, ambitious? I covet nothing.”

“Tell that to your grandfather, not to me. You are very ambitious, and
she is a very romantic damsel, but very close with her money. If you two
had married, a fine disappointment you would have had!... And she liked
you, believe me; but as you were not a marquis, or a duke, but a poor
son of a shop-keeper, she would have nothing to do with you.”

Quentin felt deeply mortified by the phrase, and fell silent. Presently
she burst into gracious laughter.

“What are you laughing at?” said Quentin, piqued.

“With all your boasting, you are worth less than I am: all your cravings
are for things that are not worth while. I don’t mind it in the least
when they call me La Aceitunera, but you, on the other hand, are utterly
cast down because I called you the son of a shop-keeper.”

“Yes, that’s true,” assented Quentin ingenuously.

“And why is it true, my friend?” asked the Countess. “Why, we of the
proletariat are worth more than dukes and marquises, with all their
ceremonies and fripperies. Where is the salt of the earth? Among the
masses.... Why am I what I am? Because I married that bell-ox of an
uncle of yours. The ambitions of my family annoyed me; they filled my
head with titles and grandeurs; it’s one and the same thing whether you
are a duke’s son, or the daughter of an olive merchant like me, or the
son of an importer, like you.”

The Countess was growing in Quentin’s eyes. The sincere contempt that
she felt for aristocratic things, seemed to him to be a stroke of
superiority. As far as the question of birth, and family, and social
position was concerned, Quentin was peevishly susceptible; and though he
concealed these sentiments as best he could, they were often clearly
apparent in him.

The Countess realized that this was one of Quentin’s vulnerable spots,
and took delight in wounding him.

“They must sell a great many things in that store. It is a beautiful
shop, very large and....”

“My dear lady,” said Quentin comically, when the annoyance that the
woman’s words cost him commenced to take on an ironical and gay
character--“You are very sarcastic, but I realize that you have a right
to be.”

“So, you realize it?”

“Yes, my lady; and if you keep it up, I shall beg Pacheco to take my
place in this delicate mission.”

“I will not allow you to leave me,” said the Countess mockingly.

“Well, if this turns out to be a long journey, I shall be found dead on
the bottom of the coach.”

“Dead! From what, Quentin?”

“From the pin pricks you are giving me right square in the heart. You
are about to remind me for the fifth time that the chocolate we make in
the store is adulterated.... I know you are.”

“No, I’ve said nothing about it.”

“Then you are going to talk to me about the coffee which is mixed with
chicory, and then, eventually, and in order to complete the offence, you
will bring my step-father’s nickname before my eyes.”

“El Pende--that’s it, isn’t it?”

“Yes, my lady that is what they call him.”

“Well, to show you that I am more generous than you think me, I shall
not mention it again. Henceforth you shall guard the secret of my
olives, as I will guard the secret of your spices. Tell me: Is it true
that you have a good voice?”

“For Heaven’s sake! What are you trying to do, my lady? Have pity and
compassion on a poor little chap like me.”

“Go on, please sing.”

Quentin hummed the swaggering song from “Rigoletto”:

    _“Questa o quella per me pari sono.”_

“But sing out loud,” said the Countess.

Quentin sang with his full voice:

    _“La costanza tiranna del core
    detestiamo qual morbo crudele
    sol chi vuole si servi fedele
    non v’ha amor se non v’é libertá.”_

And this last phrase, which Quentin launched forth with real enthusiasm,
echoed in the damp and tepid night air....

“Is that a song of circumstances?” said the Countess with a laugh.

“Yes, my lady,” answered Quentin, without fully understanding what she
meant.

“Listen ... another thing. Why don’t you make love to Remedios?”

“To Remedios! She is only a child.”

“She’s fourteen. How old are you?”

“Twenty-four.”

“That’s just right.”

“Yes, but how about the groceries?”

“She would overlook that. Believe me, that child has a soul. My
husband’s older daughter is good, I won’t deny it, but she is a cold
thing. Just as she married Juan de Dios, she would have married any one,
and she will be faithful to him, as she would to any one else, because
she hasn’t the courage to do otherwise; but not so with the little one,
she’s full of it.”

Quentin recalled the two sisters and thought that perhaps the Countess
was right. With the memory, he fell silent for a long time.

“Well,” said the Countess, “if you continue this silence, it will seem
as if I were the one who is abducting you, and that doesn’t suit me.
Why, just think if one of those verse-scribbling penny-a-liners should
find out about this! They would paint me green.”

“I’ll not say another thing against you, my lady, because....”

“Because why, my friend? What were you going to say?”

“Nothing; I’ll say that you are one of the most....”

“One of the most what?”

“One of the most--but here we are at the farm.”

And Quentin opened the carriage door.

“I thought you were a braver man than that,” said the Countess.

The carriage stopped and Quentin jumped to the muddy road. It was
beginning to rain again.

“Can’t you get the carriage closer to the house?” Quentin asked Pacheco.

“Take hold of the bridle of one of the horses. That’s it.”

“Shall I knock here?”

“Knock away.”

Quentin gave two resounding knocks.

Several minutes passed, and no one appeared at the door.

“Knock again,” said Pacheco.

Quentin did so, adorning his blows with a noisy tattoo.

“Coming! Coming!” came a voice from within.

They saw a beam of light in the door jamb; then the wicket opened and a
man appeared with a lantern in his hand.

“It’s I, Tío Frasquito,” said Pacheco. “I have some friends with me.”

“Good evening, Señor José and company,” said the man.

“Is the ground impossible?” inquired the Countess from the inside of the
carriage.

“Yes, it’s very muddy,” replied Quentin.

“How can I get out in these white slippers? I’m done for.”

“Would you like me to carry you in my arms?” said Quentin.

“No, sir.”

Then Pacheco, who had climbed down from the box, removed his cloak,
seized it as if he were about to tease a bull with it, and with a
flourish spread it out upon the damp earth from the step of the carriage
to the door of the house.

“There! Now you can get out.”

The Countess, smiling and holding up her silk dress, walked across the
cloak in her white shoes, and quickly entered the vestibule.

“Long live my Queen!” cried Pacheco, carried away by his enthusiasm.
“And hurrah for all valiant women!”

It began to pour.

“What will poor Doña Sinda do?” said Quentin.

“Who is Doña Sinda?” asked Pacheco.

“The woman we left out on the roof. She must be soup by this time.”




CHAPTER XXVII

IN WHICH A COUNTESS, A PROFESSIONAL BANDIT, AND A MAN OF ACTION HAVE A
TALK


One afternoon a few days later, Quentin knocked at the Countess’ door.

“May I come in?”

“Come!”

Quentin opened the door and entered. The room was large, whitewashed,
with a very small window divided into four panes, the floor paved with
red bricks, and blue rafters in the ceiling. Everything was as clean as
silver; in the centre was a table covered with white oil-cloth, upon
which was a glass bottle converted by the Countess into a flower stand
full of wild flowers.

“My lady,” announced Quentin, “I came to find out if you wanted anything
in Cordova.”

“Are you going there?”

“Yes, my lady. If you are bored, we’ll take you in the carriage whenever
you wish.”

“No, I’m not bored. To the contrary.”

“Then, why don’t you stay here?”

“No, I cannot.--When do you go?”

“I was thinking of going today, but if you want me to go with you, I’ll
wait until tomorrow.”

“Very well, we’ll wait until tomorrow.”

The Countess had made friends at the farm. Late in the afternoon she
would take her sewing to the door, and, sitting in the shade, would work
among the women of the house. They told her about their lives and their
troubles, and she listened with great interest. Quentin and Pacheco used
to join the group and chat until the farm bell signalled the labourers,
and night fell, and the flocks of goats returned with a great tinkling
of bells.

The labourers’ children used to play in front of the doorway; three of
them had made friends with the Countess. They were three children who
had been left motherless; Miguel, the eldest, was seven, Dolores, the
second, was five, and Carmen, the third, was three.

The eldest was very lively, already a little rascal; the second had a
tangled mass of blond hair, sad, blue eyes, and a sun-burned face; she
wore one of her father’s vests, a dirty apron, stockings around her
ankles, and a pair of huge shoes. The littlest one spent hour after hour
with her finger thrust into her mouth.

These three children, accustomed to being alone, were content to play
with each other; they played around, striking and throwing each other
about the ground, and never cried.

“She bosses ’em all,” said one of the old wives to the Countess,
pointing to the second child.

“Poor girl. What is your name?”

“Dolores.”

The Countess looked at the child, who lowered her eyes.

“Would you like to come with me, Dolores?” she asked.

“No.”

“I’ll give you pretty dresses, dolls--Will you come?”

“No.”

The Countess kissed the girl, and every afternoon the three children
came, waiting for her to give them some money....

“Look there,” said the Countess to Quentin, pointing to a hen that was
strutting along the barnyard with her still featherless chicks--“I envy
her.”

“Do you?” asked Quentin. “You are more romantic than I thought you
were.”

“Romantic, my friend? Why? That is Truth, Nature.”

“Ah! But do you believe in the goodness of Nature?”

“Don’t you?”

“No, I do not. Nature is a farce.”

“_You_ are the farce!” said the Countess. “I could never live with a man
like you, Quentin.”

“Couldn’t you?”

“No. If I had married you, we would have ended badly.”

“Would we have beaten each other?”

“Probably.”

“Look here; two things would have pleased me,” replied Quentin. “To
allow myself to be struck by you would have been magnificent, but to
give you a drubbing would also have been good.”

“Would you have dared?” said the Countess with a slight flush in her
cheeks, and her eyes shining.

“Yes, if I were your husband,” answered Quentin calmly.

“Don’t pay any attention to this fellow,” said Pacheco, “for all that is
just idle fancy.”

Pacheco manifested a respectful enthusiasm toward the Countess, but at
times he wondered if Quentin, with his wild ideas and outbursts, might
not interest the Countess more....

... And as they chatted, the afternoon advanced; the sun poured down,
its reflected rays were blinding as they fell on stones and bushes; and
the air, quivering in the heat, made the outlines of the mountain and
the distant landscape tremble.

“Would you like to take a ride, my lady?” said Pacheco.

“Yes, indeed.”

“Shall I saddle your horse?”

“Fine!”

The Countess mounted, followed by Pacheco and Quentin, and the three
made their way toward the top of the mountain by a broad path that ran
between stout evergreens.

It was late Autumn; the days were sweltering, but as soon as the sun
set, the air became very refreshing.

The mountain was splendid that afternoon. The dry, clean air was so
transparent that it made even the most distant objects seem near; the
trees were turning yellow and shedding their dried leaves; the harvested
meadows had not yet begun to turn green. In the highways and byways,
brambles displayed their black fruit, and the dog-rose bushes their
carmine berries among their thorny branches.

“What are you thinking of doing, Quentin? What have you up your sleeve?”
asked the Countess suddenly.

“Everybody knows,” replied Pacheco--“that he’s a lively fish.”

“_Ca_, man,” answered Quentin. “Why, I’m an unhappy wretch. Just now, I
admit, I am capable of doing anything to get money and live well.”

“He contradicts himself at every turn!” exclaimed the Countess,
somewhat irritated. “I’m beginning to disbelieve everything he says;
whether he tells me that he is bad, or whether he assures me that he is
unhappy.”

“You see I’m not to be classified by common standards. One half of me is
good, and the other half bad. Sometimes it seems as if I were a
demagogue, and I turn out to be a reactionary. I have all sorts of
humility and all sorts of arrogance within me. For example, if you were
to say to me tomorrow: ‘By selling all the inhabitants of Cordova into
slavery, you can make a fortune,’ I would sell them.”

“A lie!” replied the Countess. “You would not sell them.”

“No, I would not sell them if you told me not to.”

“Really, now!”

“Do you know what I used to think of doing when I was in England?” said
Quentin.

“What?” asked Pacheco.

“Of putting up a money box. You must have seen one of them in Madrid, I
think in the Calle del Fuencarral; people throw lots of money into it.
Well, I saw it on my way through the city, and in school I was always
thinking: ‘When I get to Spain, I’m going to set up four or five money
boxes, and take all the money that’s thrown into them.’”

“What ideas you do have!” said the Countess.

“I have always thought that the first thing to do was to get rich.”

“Why not work?”

“One can never make one’s self rich by working. I have two aphorisms
that rule my life; they are: first, be it yours or another’s, you will
never get on without money; second, laziness has always its reward, and
work its punishment.”

“You are a faker, and one cannot talk to you,” said the Countess. “What
about you, Pacheco?”

“He? Why, he’s another romanticist,” replied Quentin.

“Really?” asked the woman.

“Yes, somewhat,” replied the bandit with a sigh.

“Some fine day,” added Quentin, “you will hear that Pacheco has done
something either very foolish, or very heroic.”

“May God hear you,” murmured the bandit.

“Do you see?”

“Isn’t it better to do something famous, than to live in a hole like a
toad all your life?”

“What would you like to do?” asked the Countess with curiosity.

“I?--Take part in a battle; lead it if possible.”

“Then you want to be a soldier.”

“You mean a general,” interrupted Quentin with a laugh.

“And why not, if he has good luck?”

“What does one need to be a general?” asked Pacheco. “To have a soul, to
be valiant, and to be ready to give up your life every minute.”

“And furthermore, to have a career,” replied Quentin ironically ... “to
have good recommendations.”

“But you always look upon everything as small and niggardly!” exclaimed
the bandit hotly.

“And you, my friend, hope to encounter great and strong things in a mean
society. You are deceived.”

Pacheco and Quentin fell silent, and the Countess contemplated the two
men as they rode quietly along....

It was late afternoon. The dry earth, warmed by the sun, exhaled the
aroma of rosemary and thyme and dried grass. Upon the round summit of
the mountain, trees, bushes, rocks, stood out in minutest detail in the
diaphanous air.

The sun was sinking. The naked rocks, the thickets of heather and furze,
were reddened as if on the point of bursting into flame. Here and there
among the yellow foliage of the trees, appeared the white and smiling
walls of farmhouses....

Soon night began to fall; bands of deep violet crept along the
hillsides; one could hear in the distance the crowing of cocks and the
tinkling of bells, which sounded louder than usual in that peaceful
twilight; the air was tranquil, the sky azure.... Herds of cattle spread
over the fields, which were covered with dry bushes; and along the damp
pathways, bordered by huge, grey century-plants, a torrent of sheep and
goats flowed, followed by their shepherd and his great, gentle-eyed,
white mastiff.

When they returned to the farmhouse, Tío Frasquito said to Pacheco:

“We have been waiting for you.”

“Why, what’s up?”

“They just baptized a baby in the farm next to ours, and are having a
little dance. If you people would like to go....”

“Shall we go?” Pacheco asked the Countess.

“Why not?”

“Then we’ll have supper right away, and be there in a moment.”

They ate their supper; and on foot and well cloaked, as it was rather
cool, they walked along paths and across fields to the neighbouring
farm.

As they drew near, they could hear the murmur of conversation and the
strumming of a guitar. The entryway in which the fiesta was being
celebrated was large and very much whitewashed. It had a wide, open
space in the centre, with two columns; suspended from the beams of the
ceiling, were two big lamps, each with three wicks. Seated upon benches
and rope chairs were several young girls, old women, sun-blackened men,
and children who had come to witness the baptism.

In the centre was a space left free for the dancers. Seated near a small
table, which held a jug and a glass, an old man was strumming a guitar,
a man with a face and side-whiskers that just begged for a gun.

The entrance of the Countess and her escorts was greeted with loud
acclaim; one of the farm hands asked, and it was not easy to tell
whether in jest or in all seriousness, if that lady was the Queen of
Spain.

The caretaker of the farm, after installing the three guests in the most
conspicuous place, brought them some macaroons and glasses of white
wine.

Boleras and fandangos alternated, and between times they drank all the
brandy and wine they wanted. The Countess went to see the mother of the
baptized child.

“Aren’t you going to dance, Pacheco?” asked Quentin.

“Are you?”

“Man alive, I’m not graceful enough. I’ll play the guitar. You ask the
Countess to dance with you.”

“She won’t do it.”

“Do you want me to ask her for you?”

“Good idea.”

Quentin did so when she returned. She burst out laughing.

“Well, will you do it?”

“Of course, man.”

“Hurrah for all valiant women. Ladies and gentlemen,” said Quentin,
turning to the bystanders, “the Señora is going to dance with Pacheco; I
shall play the guitar, and I want the best singer here to stand by me.”

Quentin sat in the chair where the old man had been, and near him stood
a little dark-haired girl with large eyes. He tuned the guitar, turning
one key and then another, and then began a devilish preparatory
flourish. Little by little this uncouth flourish grew smoother, changing
into a handling of the strings that was finesse itself.

“Go ahead,” cried Quentin. “Now for the little highlander!”

The Countess arose laughing heartily, with her arms held high; Pacheco,
very serious, also arose and stood before her. An old woman, a mistress
of the art, began to click her castanets with a slow rhythm.

“Girlie,” said Quentin to the singer, “let’s hear what you can do.”

In almost a whisper, the girl sang:

    _“Con abalorios, cariño,
    con abalorios.”_

     (With glass beads, love, with glass beads.)

The dancers made their start rather languidly.

The girl went on:

    _“Con abalorios,
    tengo yo una chapona,
    tengo yo una chapona,
    cariño! con abalorios.”_

     (With glass beads, I have a dressing sack, I have a dressing sack,
     love! with glass beads.)

The dancers were a little more lively in the “parade,” the castanets
clicked louder, and the high, treble voice of the girl increased in
volume:

    _“Están bailando
    el clavel y la rosa,
    están bailando
    el clavel y la rosa,
    ay! están bailando!”_

     (They are dancing, the pink and the rose, they are dancing, the
     pink and the rose; Ah! they are dancing!)

This last phrase, which was somewhat sad, was accompanied by a ferocious
sound of castanets, as if the player wished to make the dancers forget
the melancholy of the song.

The girl went on:

    _“Porque la rosa
    entre más encarnada,
    Porque la rosa
    entre más encarnada
    ay! es más hermosa!”_

     (For the rose, the more she blushes, for the rose, the more she
     blushes, Ah! the more beautiful she becomes.)

Then the castanets clicked wildly, while all the bystanders cheered the
dancers on. Pacheco pursued his partner with open arms, and she seemed
to provoke him and to flee from him, keeping out of his reach when he
was about to conquer her. In these changes and movements, the Countess’
skirts swished back and forth and folded about her thighs, outlining her
powerful hips. The whole room seemed filled with an effluvia of life.

Quentin enthusiastically continued to strum the guitar. The singer had
offered him a glass of white wine, and without ceasing to play, he had
stretched out his lips and drained it.

The dance was repeated several times, until the dancers, worn out, sat
down.

“Splendid! Magnificent!” exclaimed Quentin with tears in his eyes.

Suddenly the little girl who had sung told him she was going.

“Why?”

“Because some joker is going to put out the lights.”

Quentin put down the guitar and went over to the Countess.

“You’d better go,” he told her, “they are going to put out the lights.”

She got up, but did not have time to go out. Two big youths put out the
lamps with one blow, and the entryway was left in darkness. Quentin led
the Countess to a corner, and stood ready to protect her in case there
was need. There was a bedlam of shrill shrieks from the women, and
laughter, and voices, and all started for the door which was purposely
barred. Quentin felt the Countess by his side, palpitant.

“That’ll do,” said the landlord, “that’s enough of the joke,” and he
relit the lamps.

The fiesta became normal once more, and soon after, all began to file
out.

The following was the day fixed upon for the departure. Pacheco had, as
he said, reasons for not going to Cordova, so he did not go. Quentin sat
upon the box and drove off with the Countess. At nightfall, they were on
the Cuesta de Villaviciosa. From that height, by the light of the
half-hidden sun, they could see Cordova; very flat, very extensive,
among fields of yellow stubble and dark olive orchards. A slight mist
rose from the river bed. In the distance, very far away, rose the high
and sharp-peaked Sierra of Granada.

Carts were returning along the road, jolting and shaking; they could
hear the Moorish song of the carters who were stretched out upon sacks,
or skins of olive oil; riders on proud horses passed them, seated upon
cowboy saddles, their shawls across their saddle bows, and their guns at
their sides....

When they entered Cordova, night had already fallen; the sky was
sprinkled with stars; on either side of the road, which now ran between
the houses, great, many-armed century plants shone in the darkness.

Quentin drove the carriage to the Countess’ palace, and jumped from the
box, much to the astonishment of the porter.

“Good-bye, my lady,” said he, holding out his hand and assisting her
from the carriage.

“Good-bye, Quentin,” she said rather sadly.




CHAPTER XXVIII

THE MASON’S MESSAGE


“So you know nothing about him?” asked the Swiss.

“Not a thing,” replied María Lucena. “He left here the very night they
tried to arrest him, and he hasn’t showed up yet. They say that he and
Pacheco kidnapped the Countess.”

“The devil! An abduction!”

“Yes. Let me tell you, that man disgusts me, and I wish I hadn’t met
him.”

Paul Springer contemplated the pale face of the actress sympathetically.

“He’ll show up,” he said.

“I hope he never does!” she replied.

The Swiss was disturbed.

“How did you meet Quentin? Through the fracas he started here?”

“Yes. They told me that there had been a dispute between a young chap
and a vile man who had insulted me. I asked Cornejo, the fellow who
writes topical songs for the musical comedies, who my defender was, and
he said: ‘I’ll show him to you.’ Every night I asked him: ‘Who is he?
Who is he?’--but he never showed up. After awhile I got impatient and
said to Cornejo: ‘Look here; you tell your friend that I want to meet
him, that if he doesn’t come to the theatre, to go to my house, and that
I live near here in a boarding house called Mariquita’s House.’ Would
you believe it? There I was, waiting day after day, and he never showed
up!”

“You must have been indignant,” said Springer.

“Naturally! I said: ‘If he doesn’t know me, why did he defend me? And if
he does know me, why doesn’t he come to see me?’”

“How did you get to meet him finally?”

“You’ll see; one day Cornejo came in here with Quentin, and introduced
him to me as the man who had insulted me and had been struck by my
defender. I said a lot of outrageous and insulting things to him, and
just then a friend of his came in and greeted him with a ‘Hello,
Quentin!’ Then I realized that _he_ was my defender and we made
friends.”

“Yes, he’s very fond of those farces.”

“Why did he do it? I can’t understand that man.”

“Nor does he understand himself, probably; but he’s a good fellow.”

At the very second that the Swiss was saying these words, Quentin
entered the café, looked about him indifferently and came up to the
table at which María Lucena and Springer were seated.

When she saw him, María suddenly turned red.

“Ah! So you’ve come at last!” she cried angrily. “Where have you been?”

“If you had had your way, my dear, I would have been in prison.”

“That’s where you ought to be always. Thief! May a nasty viper sting
you! Tell me, what have you been doing all these days?”

“Why, I’ve been on a farm, hiding from the police.”

“I’m likely to believe that! You’ve been with a woman.”

The procedure of extracting the truth with a lie produced results, for
Quentin said candidly:

“Where did you find that out?”

“You see, it’s the truth! And now you are tired of her and have come
back here. Well, son, you can clear out; for there’s no more meat on the
hook for lack of a cat, and I want nothing more to do with you. I have
more than enough men who are better than you are, who have more money
than you have, and more heart.”

“I don’t deny it,” replied Quentin coldly.

“Ah! You don’t deny it? You don’t deny it?” she shouted, raising her
voice in her fury. “But what do you think I am? What _do_ you think?”

“Come, don’t shriek so,” said Quentin gently.

“I’ll shriek if I want to. Tell me, you evil-blooded scoundrel; what did
you take me for? Do you think you can laugh at me like this?”

“That is admirable logic!” replied Quentin. “One believes here that his
life is the axle of the universe; other people’s lives have no
importance.”

“Why--”

“Please; I am talking. I left the café the other night, and thanks to
the influence of Señor Gálvez, with whom you were....”

“I!” said María. “That’s not true.”

“I myself saw you.”

“Where could you see me from?”

“From the door, my dear.”

“But you don’t know Gálvez!” she replied, believing that Quentin must
have had the news at second-hand.

“True; but I know the waiter, and I asked him: ‘Who is the gentleman
talking with María Lucena?’ And he answered: ‘Señor Gálvez.’ So don’t
lie about it. Very well; thanks to the beneficent influence of that
gentleman friend of yours, I was on the point of being carried off to
prison, or of throwing myself into the river ... yet, I do not go
screeching about the place--because I do not believe that my life can be
the axle of the universe.”

“Fool, _more_ than fool!”--she shouted. “I’ll pound your brains out this
very minute!”

“You’ll pound nothing; and listen, if you will.”

“What for? You’re going to lie.”

“Very well then: don’t listen.”

“I wish they’d take you to prison and keep you there all your life with
your head stuck through a pillory.”

“If you care to listen, I’ll tell you whom I was with.”

“I’m listening.”

“Well, I was with the Countess.”

“Then you haven’t the least bit of shame,” said María furiously.

“The Countess,” Quentin continued, “was upset by the verses in _La
Víbora_, and wished to avenge herself, and had asked the Governor to
have me thrown into prison.”

“Then what?”

“Well, Pacheco and I joined forces, and instead of her arresting us, we
arrested her, and carried her off in her carriage to a farm.”

“What happened there?” asked the actress.

“Nothing; we became good friends.”

“Bah!”

“What ideas women have of each other!--” said Quentin sarcastically.
“For them, all other women are prostitutes.”

“Not all: just _some_.”

“Do you believe that the Countess is a chorus girl?” said Quentin
acridly.

María paled and looked at Quentin with concentrated fury.

“What did the Countess do there?” asked the Swiss.

“Nothing--rode and walked. She acted like what she is: a fine lady.
Pacheco was crazy about her.”

“Weren’t you?”

“You know, Springer, that I am marble as far as women are concerned.”

“What a faker!” exclaimed the Swiss.

“What a liar!” added María Lucena.

“May they pluck my wings, as the gipsies say, if I’m not telling the
truth. You know, María, that I’m like a box of mixed candy that has
neither cover nor flap.”

“I don’t believe you.”

“Then I say you’re a St. Thomas in skirts.”

María was gradually calming down and speaking more pleasantly, as she
prepared to leave for the theatre, when a man, tall, thin, with a black
beard, kangaroo arms, and ferocious-looking hands, came up to Quentin.
After making some mysterious grimaces, and winking his eyes, he
whispered something in Quentin’s ear.

“What did that man say to you?” asked María.

“That man is a hardware dealer and a Freemason; he told me that I must
go to the Patrician Lodge tonight.”

“There you go again with your humbugs. I’ve lost all patience with you.
So he’s a _Fleemason_, eh? Do you think I’m a fool?”

“Hey!” called Quentin to the hardware dealer, who had already reached
the door.

“What is it?” asked the Mason.

“Will you kindly tell this woman what you wanted of me?”

“Ah! I cannot,” replied the man, smiling and placing one of his
paws--which were worthy of long-handed Artaxerxes--upon his breast. “No,
I cannot.”

He then raised his hand to his forehead, then to his shoulder, making
several strange gestures.

“Do you believe he is a _Fleemason_?” said María to the Swiss in a
whisper.

“Yes; assuredly.”

“All right, Diagasio, that will do,” said Quentin.

“Ha ... ha ...!” laughed the actress. “That poor man really has a
peculiar look.”

The hardware merchant bowed, a smile appeared within his black beard,
like a ray of sunlight in a thicket, and moving his huge hands lazily,
he thoughtfully retired, not without having knocked a bottle off a table
and stepping on a dog.

“Poor fellow,” said Quentin, “he has become unbalanced with all this
Masonry.”

“What did you call him?” asked the Swiss.

“Diagasio. His real name is Diego, but Diagasio seems more euphonious to
me. In the Lodge we have baptized him Marat.”

The Swiss smiled, and Quentin left the café. He traversed several
alleys, and was walking along the Calle de los Dolores Chicos toward the
Calle del Cister, when a man wrapped in a cloak approached him.

“Wait a moment, Quentin,” said a voice.

“Hello, Don Paco.”

“Where are you going?”

“To the Lodge, as I have just received notice to do.”

“I sent the notice to you.”

“You did? What’s up?”

“We must speak alone, Quentin.”

“Whenever you wish.”

“Things are moving rapidly, my friend. The Revolution is gaining ground;
but in this city, the Revolutionary Committee does nothing--or almost
nothing. _Inter nos_, its members haven’t enough patriotism; understand?
We must stir them up; and you, who know many strong-minded people, can
help a lot.”

“Pacheco has more influence than I have, in that respect.”

“But to ally oneself with a bandit!”

“As to that, you chaps will find out whether he suits you or not.”

“What do you think of him?”

“I’ll talk to him.”

“Is he in Cordova?”

“He is near Cordova.”

“Good: I shall speak here in the Lodge, and in the Junta: if they are
agreed, you make an appointment with Pacheco, and we shall meet later.”

“Very well. Will you know tomorrow if they are agreed?”

“Yes. I’ll let you know; and when you get an answer from Pacheco, we’ll
go to see him.”

“Very well. Until another time.”

“Until very soon.”

The two conspirators shook hands by way of a farewell, and wrapping
themselves to their eyes in their cloaks, they glided along the narrow
alleyways.




CHAPTER XXIX

A CONFERENCE


A few days later, at nine-thirty in the evening, Quentin climbed the
stairs of a house on the Calle del Cister.

He entered the second floor, traversed the lay-brother’s school--a large
room with tables in rows and placards on the walls--and passed into the
Lodge, which was a garret with a table at one end and an oil lamp that
provided the only light.

Quentin could not tell whether the honourable Masons there assembled
were in a white meeting or coloured meeting; the session must have been
over, for the President, Don Paco, was perorating--though now deprived
of his presidential dignity--among the rabble of the Aventine Hill.

Don Paco was a veritable river of words. All of the stock revolutionary
phrases came fluently to his lips. “The rights of a citizen,”--“the
ominous yoke of reaction” ... “the heroic efforts of our fathers” ...,
“a just punishment for his perversity”....

Don Paco pronounced all these phrases as though by the mere act of
saying them, they were realized.

If they charged one of the Masonic brothers with a dangerous mission,
and he made the excuse of having a family, Don Paco said, as Cato would
have remarked:

“Country before family.”

But if the dangerous mission were for _him_, Don Paco would argue that
he did not wish to compromise the sacred cause of liberty by a rash act.

Sometimes, instead of saying sacred, he said venerable, which, for Don
Paco, had its own value and distinctive meaning.

If some Progressist leader in Madrid was supposed to have been a traitor
against either the sacred, or the venerable cause, Don Paco cried out in
the Lodge:

“_A la barra_ with the citizen! _A la barra!_”

He himself did not know what _la barra_ was; but it was a matter of a
cry that would sound well, and that sounded admirably: _A la barra!_

When he was too excited, Don Paco admired English parliamentarism above
everything else. Quentin had once told him that he looked like Sir
Robert Peel.

Quentin had seen the figure of that orator on an advertisement for
shoe-blacking; he had nothing but the vaguest ideas of Sir Robert’s
existence; but it was all the same to Don Paco, and the comparison made
him swell with pride.

Aside from these political farces, Don Paco Sánchez Olmillo, Master
Surgeon and Master Mason, was a good sort of person, without an evil
trait; he was a small, bald-headed old man, pimply and apopleptic. He
had a thick neck, eyes that bulged so far from his head that they looked
as if they had been stuck into his skin. At the slightest effort, with
the most insignificant of his phrases, he blushed to the roots of his
hair; if he turned loose one of his cries, his blush changed from red to
violet, and even to blue.

Don Paco had great admirers among the members of the Lodge; they
considered him a tremendous personage.

Quentin called to Diagasio, the long-handed hardware merchant, and said:

“Tell Don Paco I’m waiting for him.”

“He’s speaking.”

“Well, I’m in a hurry.”

Diagasio left him, and presently Don Paco came over, still orating, and
surrounded by several friends.

“No,” he was saying, “I claim it, and I shall always claim it. We
Spaniards are not yet ready to accept the republican form of government.
Ah, gentlemen! If we were in England! In that freest of all lands, the
cradle of liberties, ... of sacred liberties.”

“Very well,”--said Quentin quickly, “that discourse does not concern me.
I came to tell you that I have received an answer to the letter I sent,
and that he has made an appointment.”

Don Paco returned to his friends, and now and then a phrase reached
Quentin: “A dangerous mission,” “mysteries,” “the police,” “the result
will be known later.” Then the worthy President came over to Quentin.

“Will some one accompany us?”

“No; why should they? The more people that go, the worse it will be.”

“That’s true. They will mistrust us.”

Don Paco took leave of his friends as Sir Robert Peel might have done
had they taken that gentleman to the gallows: they descended the stairs,
and came out upon the street.

They made their way to the Gran Capitán, from there to the Victoria, and
then, passing the Puerta de Gallegos, they travelled toward the Puerta
de Almodóvar.

Quentin felt a great sense of satisfaction when he observed the fact
that the old man was frightened. At every step Don Paco said to him:

“Some one is following us.”

“Don’t be idiotic. Who is going to follow us?”

“Ah! You don’t know what a terrible police force those men have!”

To Don Paco, life was all mystery, darkness, espionage, conspiracy. To
sum up: it was fear, and the fear in this instance was neutralized by
speaking aloud, and humming selections from comic operas.

This mixture of petulance and fright amused Quentin greatly. When he saw
that the old man was very animated, humming an air from “Marina,” or
from “El Domino Azúl,” he said to him:

“Hush, Don Paco, I think I saw a man spying on us from among those
trees.”

Immediately the animation of the worthy President changed into an
evil-omened silence.

As the two men followed the wall, the enormous, red moon rose over the
town like a dying sun; the Cathedral tower looked very white against the
dark blue sky.... They passed a tile-kiln, and Quentin, seeing that Don
Paco was dispirited, said:

“I think we can be at ease now, for from here on there are no guards nor
watchmen to spy on us.”

These words heartened the old man; a moment later, he was humming a
piece from “El Domino Azúl,” which contained words to the effect that he
did not want his dove so near the hawk.

Then, absolutely at ease, he commenced to say in a pompous voice:

“There are moments in the lives of cities as there are in those of
individuals....”

“A speech! Don Paco, for Heaven’s sake! At a time like this!” exclaimed
Quentin....

The old man, seeing that he could not continue his discourse, said
familiarly:

“The things that have been accomplished in our lifetime, Quentin! When
we first met, there in the Café de Pepon, on the Calle de Antonio de
Morales, we were a mere handful of men with advanced ideas.... Today,
you see how different it is. And all through my efforts, Quentin. I
inaugurated the Reading Centre for workmen, and the Patrician Lodge ...;
I was one of the Hatchet Club, and one of the founders of the Committee.
I was always conspiring.”

“You are very brave,” said Quentin slyly.

“No; all I am is patriotic; really, Quentin. How many times at night
have I ventured out in disguise, sometimes along the Gran Capitán, or
through any of the sally-ports on the left, and reached the bridge by
encircling the wall! There I used to glide along the fosses of the
Calahorra castle, climb down to the other bank of the Guadalquivir, and
continue down stream until I struck the Montilla turnpike. At other
times I crossed the river by the Adalid ford, to come out later behind
the Campo de la Verdad in a bit of land called Los Barreros, where a
guard received me most informally.”

“Why all these masquerades, Don Paco?”

“You may believe that they were all necessary.”

Don Paco and Quentin were walking toward the river, when suddenly,
between the Puerta de Seville, and the Cementerio de la Salud, they
heard a loud, harsh voice that rang out powerfully in the silence of the
night.

“Halt! Who goes there?”

“Two men,” answered Quentin sarcastically, “at least that’s what we look
like.”

“For God’s sake don’t!” exclaimed Don Paco. “They might shoot.”

The voice, louder and more threatening than before, shouted again:

“Halt, in the name of the _guardia civil_!”

“We are halted,” stammered Don Paco, trembling.

“Advance.”

They approached the spot where they had heard the voices; one of the
guards, after looking at them closely, said:

“What are you doing here at this time of night?”

“This gentleman,” said Quentin, “has been called to a farmhouse to bleed
a sick man.”

“Is he a blood-letter?”

“I’m a doctor,” said Don Paco.

“What are you?”

“I’m his assistant.”

“Why didn’t you answer us immediately?”

“On account of the effect you had on us,” said Quentin slyly.

“Well, you’re lucky to be let off,” remarked the guard.

“Why, what’s the matter?” asked Quentin.

“Pacheco has been about these nights.”

Don Paco began to tremble like a leaf.

“Well, we must go and bleed that sick man,” said Quentin. “Adiós,
Señores.”

“Good night.”

They went around the wall, and suddenly Don Paco came to a determined
halt.

“No; I’m not going!” he exclaimed.

“What’s the matter with you?”

“It is very imprudent for us to go and see Pacheco,” the old man
stammered. “We shall discredit the cause.”

“You might have thought of that before.”

“Well, I’m not going.”

“Very well; I shall go alone.”

“No, no.... Ah, my God!”

“Are you ill, Don Paco?”

“Yes; I believe I’ve taken cold--” replied the terrible revolutionist in
a trembling voice. “Furthermore, I do not see the necessity of visiting
Pacheco at this time of night.”

“Then I’ll go if you wish.”

“What’s the use?” added the old man insinuatingly. “Everybody will think
that we went to see Pacheco. Neither of us need deny the fact; so why
should we go now and expose ourselves to a serious danger? Besides, it’s
a cold night, and cold is not healthy.”

“But we have an appointment with Pacheco.”

“What difference does that make?”

“Then there is still another reason,” continued Quentin.

“What is it?”

“If we go back now, and the guards see us, they’ll get suspicious.”

“Then what shall we do?”

“I think the best thing to do is to go ahead.”

Don Paco sighed, and very reluctantly followed after Quentin. The moon
was climbing higher in the sky. The old man walked along profoundly
disheartened. After half an hour had elapsed, he said:

“Now we can go back.”

“What for? We’ve only a little farther to go.”

A moment later they left the road and approached the house. Quentin
thrust his fingers into his mouth and whistled shrilly.

“They’re coming,” said Don Paco, trembling.

In a few seconds, they heard another whistle. Quentin went to the door
of the house; at the same time, a small window was opened, and Pacheco
said in a low voice:

“Is that you, Quentin?”

“Yes.”

“I’ll be right down.”

The door opened noiselessly, and Don Paco and Quentin entered a dark
vestibule.

“This way,” said Pacheco’s voice.

“Why don’t you light a lamp?” asked Don Paco.

“Light can be seen at a distance.”

They crossed the vestibule and entered a kitchen illuminated by a lamp.

“Be seated, gentlemen,” said the bandit. He closed the kitchen door, and
threw an armful of dried branches upon the fire. “It’s a cold night,” he
added.

Don Paco and Quentin sat down, and the latter began to speak:

“This gentleman,” he said, “is Don Paco Sánchez Olmillo, who, as you
know, is one of the members of the Revolutionary Junta and Chief of the
Patrician Lodge.”

“No, not Chief,” Don Paco interrupted. “The Masons have no chiefs.”

“We won’t discuss the use of words now; the idea is to come to an
understanding. This gentleman, and other members of the Junta, have
thought that you, comrade, could help them start a movement, and wish to
get into touch with you.”

“The fact is,” said Don Paco, who believed that Quentin was compromising
him a bit too much, “that I have no power--”

“It’s not a question of legal power, nor of lawyers,” replied Quentin.
“With us, one’s word is sufficient.”

“It’s absolute, comrade,” added Pacheco.

“Don Paco, you wished to know if Pacheco could organize the movement,
did you not?”

“Yes; that is it essentially.”

“Very well; now you know, Pacheco. Kindly tell us if you can undertake
the work, and under what conditions.”

“See here, Quentin,” said the bandit, “you already know my ideas, and
that I am more liberal than Riego. I don’t want a thing for helping
along the Revolution: no money, nor any kind of a reward; I’m not going
to haggle over that. What I do want is, that they will not do me a bad
turn. Because those Junta fellows, and I don’t mean this gentleman, are
capable of ’most any thing. I’ll go to Cordova and see what people I can
count on, and I’ll do all the work there is to do; but under one
condition; and that is, that all those gentlemen of the Junta will
guarantee that the police will not interfere with me. That is to say, I
don’t mind exposing myself to being shot, but I don’t want to get shot
in the belt for nothing.”

“I have no authority--” said Don Paco, “nor the attributes....”

“You will have to take that up with the Junta,” said Quentin. “Why don’t
you go, comrade?”

“No; I’m not going to Cordova.”

“Why not?”

“Because I’m afraid that they have sold me, and it wouldn’t go well with
the man who did it.”

“A couple of guards stopped us yonder, and told us that they were
waiting for you,” said Quentin.

“Where?”

“Near the Cementerio de la Salud.”

“Well, let ’em squat,” said Pacheco, “but let us get at what we are
going to do. Comrade, if you will do me the favour of seeing those Junta
fellows and speaking to them, you can tell them exactly what I want. If
they accept, tell El Cuervo; he’ll see to it that I receive the answer,
and the next day I’ll be in Cordova.”

“Then, there’s nothing more to say.”

The three men rose to their feet.

“Well, let’s be going, Don Paco,” said Quentin.

“Man alive, wouldn’t it be better for us to stay here all night?”

“As you wish.”

“Are there any beds here?”

“I should say not!”

“I sleep in the strawloft,” said Pacheco. “I’ll go with you, if you
wish.”

Don Paco hesitated between going over the road again, and passing a bad
night, and chose the latter.

“Let us go to the strawloft.”

Pacheco took a lantern, opened the kitchen door, traversed a patio, then
another, and mounting a staircase, came to a hole; it was the strawloft.

“Stretch out,” said Pacheco; “tomorrow, day will break, and the one-eyed
man will see his asparagus. Good night!”

Quentin removed his boots, and in a little while was fast asleep.

In the morning a loud voice awoke him.

“Muleteers! Day’s dawning!”

Quentin sat up; the sun was pouring through the cracks in the loft;
cocks were crowing. Pacheco had gone. Don Paco, seated on the straw,
with a coloured handkerchief on his head, was groaning.

“What a night! My God, what a night!” Quentin heard him say.

“What! Didn’t you sleep, Don Paco?”

“Not a minute. But you slept like a log.”

“Well, let’s be going.”

They got up, and picked the straw off their clothes, like feathers from
a goose.

They left the farm. It was a superb day. When they drew near the
Cementerio de la Salud, they descended to the river, and traversing the
Alameda del Corregidor, between the Seminary and the Arabian mill, they
came out at the bridge gate.

“This afternoon at the Casino,” said Don Paco, who once within the city
was beginning to regain his presence of mind.

“At what time?”

“At dusk.”

“I’ll be there.”

“Now you see what one does for one’s ideas,” said Don Paco in the
Casino. “One sacrifices one’s self for the Revolution, and for the
Country; one faces the odium of the Moderates for years and years; one
exposes one’s self to all the dangers imaginable; and even then they do
not count one among the founders. They speak of Olózaga, of Sagasta....
I tell you it is an outrage.”

“Hello, Don Paco,” greeted Quentin. “Are you all rested from your bad
night?”

“Yes. Let us interview those men.”

“Whenever you wish.”

“Let us go now.”

“Where do we have to go?”

“To the house of the Count of Doña Mencia. The Junta is meeting there.”

The Count lived in one of the central streets of Cordova. They entered
the vestibule and rang. A servant opened the gate and accompanied them
to the main floor, to a large hall with a panelled ceiling, and
illuminated by two wax candles. On the walls were highly polished
portraits, in enormous, heavily carved frames. A young man with a black
beard greeted Don Paco and Quentin, and conducted them into an office
where eight or ten persons were seated.

These men did not interrupt their conversation at the entrance of the
new comers, but went on talking: the Revolution was spreading throughout
all Andalusia; the Revolutionary troops were marching on Cordova....

Don Paco heard this news, and then spoke to one of the gentlemen about
his conversation with Pacheco. This gentleman came up to Quentin and
said:

“Tell Pacheco that he can rest easy as far as I am concerned. I shall do
all in my power to keep them from apprehending him.”

“Do you hear what the Count of Doña Mencia says?” Don Paco asked
Quentin.

“Yes, but it is not enough,” replied Quentin, who felt profoundly
irritated upon hearing that name. “I went to see Pacheco because Don
Paco told me that he could be useful to you in organizing the people.
Whether or not my friend has power, I do not know; what I do know is
this, that Pacheco, in order to come to Cordova, makes the condition
that you gentlemen must give your word that he will not be arrested, and
that they will play no tricks on him. Now you may find out whether that
suits you or not.”

The violent tone employed by Quentin surprised the gentlemen of the
Junta; some of them protested, but the Count went over to the
protestants and spoke to them in a low voice. They discussed Pacheco’s
proposition; some said that such complicity with a bandit was
dishonourable; others were merely concerned with whether he would be
useful or not. Finally they made up their minds, and one of them came up
to Quentin and said:

“You may tell your friend,” and the man emphasized the word, “that he
will not be molested in Cordova.”

“Do you all hold yourselves responsible for him?”

“Yes.”

“Very well. Good afternoon.”

Quentin inclined his head slightly, left the office, crossed the hall,
and went into the street. He made his way to El Cuervo’s tavern, where
he told the landlord to let Señor José know that he could come to
Cordova with absolute safety.




CHAPTER XXX

PROJECTS


It was very convenient for Quentin to have Pacheco in Cordova. The
latter carried on the conspiracy as smoothly as silk; he had come to an
understanding with the secretary of the Count of Doña Mencia, who was
expecting to contribute the money realized from a sale of some
Government bonds in Madrid. It was also convenient for Quentin to have
Pacheco agitate the people; if the agitation was successful, he would
profit by it; if not, he would peacefully retire.

Some days later, Quentin had not yet arisen when Pacheco presented
himself at his house. María Lucena’s mother opened the door and
conducted him into the bedroom.

“Don’t get up,” said Pacheco. “Stay right in bed.”

“What’s doing? What brings you here?”

“I came this early because I did not want to meet any one in the
streets; it might prove to be a provocation. I talked with one of the
members of the Junta, and he assured me again that I have no need to be
afraid, that they will not arrest me; then he asked me if I had any
plan, any project, and I told him that I couldn’t explain as yet.
Understand? Now the result is that some of them think that I have the
Revolution all prepared.”

“That’s funny,” said Quentin.

“What shall I do?”

“The first thing you ought to do, is to get that money from the Count.”

“They are going to give it to me this week.”

“Good; then go on buying arms and organizing a following.”

“Right in Cordova?”

“Yes; but without showing yourself in the streets; let every man stay in
his house. We must figure out our strength, and wait for the proper
opportunity.”

“And then--”

“Then, circumstances will tell us what to do. If it suits us to start a
row now, why we’ll start it; if we have to shoot a few guns in the
streets tomorrow, why, we’ll shoot them. Nobody knows what may happen.
The troops are out there on the bridge, and messages and letters and
packages come and go. The idea in the city is to be strong, and to keep
hidden.”

“So I must go ahead and recruit?”

“Of course.”

“All right. I’m living outside of the town now, in a hut on the Campo de
la Verdad; you see I don’t like to stay in the city.”

“You have done well.”

“The house faces the river, and has a horseshoe over the vestibule. Come
and see me tomorrow.”

“At what time?”

“In the afternoon.”

“I’ll be there.”

During the subsequent days, Quentin went every afternoon to Pacheco’s
house in the Campo de la Verdad; sat down in a cloth-bottomed
rocking-chair; put his feet on the window sill, and smoked his pipe.

He listened to the conversation, and gazed indifferently at the town.

Through his half-closed eyes he saw the half-ruined gate of the bridge;
beyond, and above it, rose the grey walls of the Mosque, with their
serrated battlements; above these walls hung the dark cupola of the
cathedral, and the graceful tower rose glistening in the sun, with the
angel on its peak inlayed in the huge sapphire of the sky.

On one side of the bridge, the Alcázar garden displayed its tall, dark
cypresses, and its short shrub-like orange trees; then the Roman Wall,
grey, spotted with the dusty green of parasite weeds, continued toward
the left, and stretched on, cut here and there by cubes of rock, as far
as the Cementerio de la Salud.

On the other side, the houses of the Calle de la Ribera formed a
semi-circle, following the horseshoe bend of the river, which flowed on
as though trying to undermine the town.

These houses, which were reflected in the surface of the river--a
serpent of ever changing colour--were small, grey, and crooked. Upon
their walls, which were continuously calcined by the sun, grew
dark-coloured ivy; between their garden walls blossomed prickly pears
with huge intertwined and pulpy leaves; and from their patios and
corrals peeped the cup-shaped tops of cypress trees and the branches of
silver-leafed fig trees.

Their roofs were grey, dirty, heaped one above the other; with azoteas,
look-outs, and little towers; a growth of hedge mustard converted some
of them into green meadows.

Beyond these houses the broken line of the roofs of the town was
silhouetted against the crystal blue sky. This line was interrupted
here and there by a tower, and reached as far as the river, where it
ended in a few blue and rose houses near the Martos mill.

Some bell or other was clanging almost continuously. Quentin listened to
them sleepily and drowsily, watching the hazy sky, and the river of
ever-changing colour.

Pacheco’s house had a room with a window that looked out on the other
side: upon a little square where a few tramps peacefully sunned
themselves.

Among them was one who interested Quentin. This fellow wore a red
kerchief on his head, side-burns that reached the tips of his ears, and
a large, ragged sash. He used to sit on a stone bench, and, his face
resting in his hand, would study the actions and movements of a cock
with flame-coloured plumage.

This observer of the cock was at the same time the pedagogue of the
feathered biped, which must have had its serious difficulties, to judge
by the reflective attitude which the man struck at times.

Quentin listened to what they said in the meetings that went on about
him.

How far away his thoughts were in some instances! From time to time,
Pacheco, or one of the conspirators put a question to him which he
answered mechanically. His silence was taken for reflection.

Quentin excited the bandit’s self-esteem. He was waiting for the time
when they would get the Count’s money so that he could take his share
and skip off to Madrid. He did not wish this intention of his to become
known, so he gave the bandit to understand that he wanted the money for
revolutionary purposes only.

Every day Quentin played at the Casino and lost. He had bad luck. He had
become tied up with money-lenders and was signing I. O. U.’s at eighty
percent, with the healthy intention of never paying them.

After conferring with all the rowdies that came to see him, Pacheco
consulted with Quentin. The bandit had romantic aspirations; at night he
read books which narrated the stories of great battles; this stirred him
up, and made him believe that he was a man born for a great purpose.

“Do you know what I’ve been thinking?” Pacheco said one afternoon to
Quentin.

“What?”

“That if I have my people organized beforehand in order to win the
battle of Alcolea, I shall become master of the town.”

“Don’t be foolish,” Quentin told him. “You aren’t strong enough for
that.”

“No? You’ll see. I have more followers in the city than you think I
have.”

“But you have no arms.”

“Wait until the Count’s money comes--it won’t be long now.”

“Are you going to oppose the troops?”

“The troops will join us.”

“Then what? What are you going to do then?”

“If I win,--proclaim the Republic.”

Quentin looked closely at Pacheco.

“The poor man,” he thought, “he has gone mad with the idea of
greatness.”

At this moment El Taco, a corrupt individual who had been made Pacheco’s
lieutenant, came in to say that some men were waiting for him below.

“I’ll be back,” said the bandit.

Quentin was left alone.

“That chap is going to do something foolish,” he murmured, “and the
worst of it is, he’s going to break up my combination. I mustn’t leave
him alone for a minute until I get hold of that money. Suppose he keeps
it here, and then they shoot him in the street? Good-bye cash! How does
one prove that money belongs to one? I could ask him for a key to this
room, but he might get suspicious, and I don’t want him to do that.
Let’s have a look at that key.”

Quentin went to the door; the key was small, and the lock new; doubtless
Pacheco himself had put it on.

“I’ve got to take an impression of it,” said Quentin to himself.

The next day he presented himself at Pacheco’s house with two pieces of
white wax in his pocket. He listened to the discussions and intrigues of
the conspirators as usual, stretched out in his armchair. When he
noticed that they were about to go, he said to the bandit:

“By the way, comrade, let me have a little paper and ink, I want to do a
little writing.”

“All right; here you are. We’re going to El Cuervo’s tavern. We’ll wait
for you there.”

Quentin sat down and made a pretence at writing, but noticed that some
one had stayed behind. It was El Taco. He went on writing meaningless
words, but El Taco still remained in the room. Annoyed and impatient,
Quentin got up.

“I’ve forgotten my tobacco,” he said; “is there a shop near here?”

“Yes, right near.”

“I’m going to buy a box.”

“I’ll bring you one.”

“Good.” Quentin produced a peseta and gave it to El Taco. The moment
the man had left the room, he kneaded the wax between his fingers until
he had softened it, took out the key, and made the impression. He was
softening the other piece of wax, in case the first had come out badly,
when he heard El Taco’s footsteps skipping up the stairs. Quentin
quickly inserted the key in the lock and sat down at the table. He went
on pretending to write, thrust the paper in the envelope, and left the
house. El Taco locked the door.

“Let’s go to El Cuervo’s tavern,” said Quentin.

They crossed the bridge and entered the tavern.

There they found, seated in a group, Cornejo, now recovered from his
beating, Currito Martín, Carrahola, El Rano, two or three unknown men,
and a ferocious individual whom they called El Ahorcado (The Hanged
Man), because, strange as it may seem, he had been officially hung by an
executioner. This man had a terrible history. Years ago, he had been the
proprietor of a store near Despeñaperros. One night a man, apparently
wealthy, came into the store. El Ahorcado and his wife murdered the
traveller to rob him, only to discover that their victim was their own
son, who had gone to America in his childhood, and there enriched
himself. Condemned to death, El Ahorcado went to the gallows; but the
apparatus of the executioner failed to work in the orthodox manner, and
he was pardoned. He was sent to Ceuta where he completed his sentence,
and then returned to Cordova.

El Ahorcado had the names of those in his district who were affiliated
with Pacheco, and he read them by placing one hand on his throat--the
only way in which he could emit sounds.

“Now then, let’s have the list,” said Pacheco.

El Ahorcado began to read.

“Argote.”

“He’s a good one: a man with hair on his chest,” commented Currito.

“Matute, El Mochuelo, Pata al Hombro,” continued El Ahorcado, “El
Mocarro.”

“He’s got the biggest nose in Cordova,” interrupted Currito, “and has to
wipe it on his muffler, because handkerchiefs aren’t big enough.”

Thus the list of names went on, with Currito’s responding commentary.

“El Penducho.”

“Good fellow.”

“Cuco Pavo, El Cimborrio.”

“There’s a man who cleans his face with a used stocking, and dirties the
stocking by doing it.”

“Malpicones, Ojancos.”

“He’s a money-lender who loans at a thousand percent.”

“Muñequitas, La Madamita.”

“They’re from Benamejí.”

“They just got out of the Carraca prison,” said El Rano.

“El Poyato.”

“Now we’re coming to the sweepings,” interrupted Currito.

“Don’t you believe it,” replied El Ahorcado, “El Poyato is no frog; and
even if the wheat does hit him in the chest when he walks through the
fields, he is a very brave man.”

“That’s right,” said Carrahola, defending a small man from a sense of
comradeship.

“Boca Muerta,” continued El Ahorcado. “El Zurrio, Cantarote, Once
Dedos.”

“That chap has one arm longer than the other, and an extra finger on
it,” said Currito.

“Ramos Léchuga.”

“He’s a great big good-for-nothing,” said one.

“And very soft mouthed,” replied another.

“What about women?” asked Pacheco.

“They are put down on this other paper,” answered El Ahorcado. “La
Canasta, La Bardesa, La Cachumba....”

“There’s a fine bunch of old aunties for you,” said Currito with a
laugh.

“La Cometa, La Saltacharcos, La Chirivicha....”

“That’s very good,” said Pacheco. “Within three days you may come here
and get your money.”

Quentin understood by this that the bandit was sure of getting hold of
the money by that time. He left the tavern, and inquired at the Lodge
for Diagasio’s hardware shop. It was in a street near La Corredera. He
called on the long-handed individual, and, taking him into a corner very
mysteriously, told him what he wanted.

“I’ll give you the key tomorrow in the Lodge.”

Quentin pressed the hardware merchant’s hand, and went home.




CHAPTER XXXI

NIGHT AND DAY


Two evenings later, Quentin was in the Café del Recreo. His streak of
bad luck at the Casino continued. María Lucena was talking to Springer:
Quentin was smoking, and thoughtfully contemplating the ceiling. Very
much bored, he rose to his feet, with the intention of going to bed.

In the street he met the clerk, Diego Palomares, who was going in the
same direction.

“What’s doing, Palomares?” he said.

“Nothing. I’m living a dull and stupid life.”

“I too.”

“You? What you have done is to understand life as few people can. While
I....”

“Why, what’s the matter with you?”

“You are a revolutionist, aren’t you?” said Palomares. “Well, if you
ever take up arms against the rich, call on me. I’ll go with all my
heart, even to the extent of making them cough up their livers. There
are nothing but rich men and poor men in this world, say what you will
of your Progressists and Moderates. Ah! The blackguards!”

“Have they done anything to you at the store?”

“Not just now; but they have been for many years. Twenty years working
as if it were my own business, and helping them to get rich; they in
opulence, and me with thirty dollars a month. And that man, just
because he saw me take home a chicken to my sick girl, said to me: ‘I
see that you are living like a prince.’ Curse him! Would to God he had
sunk in the ocean!”

Palomares had been drinking, and with the excitement of the alcohol, he
exposed the very depths of his soul.

“You are terrible,” said Quentin.

“You think I’m a coward! No; I have a wife and three small children ...
and I’m already decrepit.... Believe me, we should unite against them,
and wish them death. Yes sir! Here’s what I say: the coachman should
overturn his master’s carriage, the labourer should burn the crops, the
shepherd should drive his flock over a precipice, the clerk should rob
his employer--even the wet nurses should poison their milk.”

“You’re all twisted, Palomares.”

“Why do you say that?”

“Because I thought you were a sheep, and you are almost, almost a wolf.”

“Why, there are some days when I would like to set fire to the whole
town. Then I’d stay outside with a gun and shoot anybody who tried to
escape.”

“The tortoise will get there,” remarked Quentin.

He said good-bye to Palomares, and went home. As he opened the door and
stepped into the entryway, he heard some one weeping sadly. Attracted by
the wails, he went through the corridor, crossed a patio, and asked in a
loud voice:

“What’s the matter?”

A door opened, and a weeping woman with disheveled hair came out with a
lamp in her hand. In a voice choked with sobs, she told Quentin that her
two-year-old son had died, that her husband was not in town, and that
she had no money with which to buy a casket.

“Would you like to see the boy, Señorito?”

Quentin entered a small whitewashed room; the boy’s body lay on a
mattress across the table.

“How much do you need to bury him?” asked Quentin.

“A couple of dollars.”

“I’ll see if I have them. If not, we’ll pawn something from my house.”

Quentin went back through the patio followed by the woman; and the two
climbed up to the main floor. Quentin lit the lamp, and went through all
the drawers. He found four dollars in María Lucena’s bureau, and gave
them to the woman. This done, he closed the door and got into bed....
The voices of María Lucena and her mother awakened him.

“There were four dollars here,” cried the actress. “Who took them?”

“I took them,” said Quentin calmly.

“Eh?”

“Yes. One of our neighbours was crying because her baby boy had died and
she could not buy him a casket; so I gave them to her. I’ll return them
to you tomorrow.”

“That’s it. That’s fine,” said the actress. “Give that woman the money I
earn.”

“Am I not telling you that I will return them to you?”

“Little that woman cares for her baby,” screamed María.

“She’s probably buying drinks with the money by this time,” added her
mother.

“Señoras,” said Quentin, sitting up in bed, “I find you absolutely
repulsive.”

“You are the one who is repulsive,” screeched the old woman.

“Very well; the thing to do now is to get out of this den of harpies;
they are beginning to smell.”

“Well, son; get out, and never come back,” cried María.

Quentin dressed rapidly, and put on his boots and his hat.

“Well; give me the key.”

“I give the key to no one,” rejoined the actress.

“See here, don’t you exhaust my patience, or I’ll give you a thumping.”

When the old woman heard this, thrusting her face close to Quentin’s,
she began to insult him, shaking her hands in his face.

“Rowdy!” she said, “you’re an indecent rowdy. A fandango-dancing rowdy!”

“Hush, ancient Canidia,” said Quentin, pushing the old woman away from
him, “and get you gone to your laboratory.”

“Don’t you call my mother names; do you hear?”

“Nobody can call me names.”

“Well: will you give me the key or won’t you?” asked Quentin.

“No.”

Quentin went to the balcony window and opened it wide. He jumped to the
other side of the railing, hung by his wrists, felt for the grated
window of the floor below, and dropped to the sidewalk.

“Until--never!” he called from the street.

He had blood on his cheek from one of the old woman’s scratches. He
washed at a fountain, dried himself on his handkerchief, and went to the
Casino. He went through a door on the right, and entered a large salon
which was lined with enormous mirrors.

A sleepy waiter approached him.

“Do you wish something, Don Quentin?” he asked.

“Yes; put out that light as if there were no one here.”

“Are you going to stay here?”

“Yes.”

“But that is not allowed.”

“Bah! What’s the difference?”

The lights were put out, and, after a little, Quentin fell asleep on the
divan.

Two waiters in coarse, white aprons awoke Quentin. One was placing the
chairs upon the tables, and the other was cleaning the divans with a mop
and brush.

“Have you been asleep, Señorito?” said one of them with a laugh.

“Yes; what time is it?”

“Very early. Do you know that there is a great hub-bub in the streets?”

“What is happening?”

“Pacheco has entered Cordova with a gang of toughs, and they are all
running through these God-forsaken streets yelling and rioting.”

Quentin jumped up. There was a bucket of water on the floor.

“Is it clean?” he asked the waiters.

“Yes.”

Quentin kneeled on the floor and ducked himself twice. The waiters
laughed, thinking that it was all from the effects of a convivial
evening.

“Now my head is clear,” said Quentin.

“I’ll bring you a towel,” announced one of the boys. Quentin dried
himself, and went into the street.

He walked rapidly toward Las Tendillas, where he found great excitement,
and heard all sorts of comments and gossip. He asked a man where Pacheco
was.

“He’s near the Plaza de la Trinidad now.”

Quentin ran on, opening a path through the crowd with his elbows.

“The man is an idiot,” he thought. “Could he have imagined that he was
really going to head the Revolution?”

After a hard struggle, Quentin could see two horsemen riding at the head
of the rabble. One of them was Pacheco; the other was his brother.

“Long live Liberty! Long live the Revolution!” shouted the bandit,
waving his arm.

The crowd echoed his cry with enthusiasm, and added:

“Long live the second Prim! Long live General Pacheco!”

“Why, the man is crazy,” murmured Quentin. “I wonder if he’s got the
money yet?” Then he thought--“Suppose he has it with him? He’s fixed me
if he has.”

Quentin continued to advance, digging right and left with his elbows, in
order to get near enough to speak with Pacheco. Suddenly he heard the
sound of a shot, and immediately after, almost instantaneously, another;
a bit of smoke came from one of the screened windows of the Trinidad
barracks.

The crowd drew back, terrified; people began to run pell-mell, and in
the alleyways the noise made by the heels of those who fled sounded like
a squadron of horses at a gallop. Quentin was forced to take refuge in a
doorway in order to keep from being trampled. Several other persons
also pushed their way into the same place.

“What happened?” they asked one another.

“They are beginning to shoot, and there’s a great rumpus yonder.”

Another who had just arrived, said:

“They’ve killed Pacheco.”

“Did you see it?” asked Quentin.

“Sí, Señor. I was going by without knowing what was up, when I saw
Pacheco fall. His brother jumped from his horse, leaned over the corpse,
and said, weeping: ‘He is dead.’”

Quentin went into the street.

“If that fellow had the money in his pocket, there is no way of getting
it. I’ll have to explain where it came from.... But if it is still at
his house?--_Cristo!_ I mustn’t waste any time.”

He reached the Gran Capitán in a hurry, and took a carriage. “To the
Mosque,” he said, “and hurry.” The coachman left him at one of the doors
of the cathedral.

“Wait for me,” Quentin instructed him, “I shall be some time.” He jumped
from the carriage, went through the church, rushed like a cannon ball
through the Patio de los Naranjos, went down by the Triunfo Column,
crossed the bridge, and entered Pacheco’s house. He took out the key
which Diagasio, the Mason, had made for him, and opened the door.

The bed was untouched; he looked through the little night stand, and
found nothing; then he went to the table, took out his penknife and
removed the lock from the drawer. Upon some books lay a Russian leather
pocketbook, tied with a ribbon. He opened it; there were the bills. He
did not count them.

“I am the favourite of Chance,” said he, smiling.

He closed the door, crossed the bridge, and threw the key into the
river. The news evidently had not reached that part of the city, for the
people were quiet, and there were no gossiping groups. Quentin went up
by the Triunfo, again traversed the Patio de los Naranjos, then the
church, and got into the carriage.

“To the Gran Capitán,” he said.

By this time the news was spread all over the city; the old wives were
shouting it to each other from door to door, and from window to window.

“Where can I leave this money with safety?” Quentin asked himself.

Whomever he trusted would be apt to ask indiscreet questions. His
stepfather? Impossible. Palomares, perhaps? But Palomares, in his
indignation against the rich, would be likely to keep the money. Señora
Patrocinio? She would probably be angry at him. Springer? He was the
best.

“I’ll go to his house,” he thought; and he gave the coachman the address
of the Swiss watch-maker.




CHAPTER XXXII

THE CITY OF THE DISCREET


Springer was somewhat taken aback when he saw Quentin enter his store,
and he rose to his feet and said, turning a trifle pale:

“I can imagine why you have come.”

“You can? It would be rather hard. But first do me the favour of giving
me a few pesetas with which to pay the coachman.”

The Swiss opened a drawer and gave him two dollars. Quentin paid the
coachman, and returned to the watch store.

“Boy,” he said to his friend, “I came here because you are the only
trustworthy person I know.”

“Thanks,” said Springer sourly.

“I would like you to keep a large amount of money for me,” continued
Quentin as he held out the pocketbook.

“How much is it?”

“I don’t know, I’m going to see.”

Quentin opened the purse and began counting the bills.

“Before you place this trust in me,” said the Swiss with the air of a
man making a violent decision, “I have something to tell you--as a loyal
friend. Something that may annoy you.”

“What is it?” asked Quentin, fearing that the low trick he had played
on the Count of Doña Mencia had become known in the city.

“María Lucena and I have come to an understanding--I cannot deceive a
true friend like you....”

Quentin gazed in astonishment at the Swiss, and seeing him so affected,
felt like bursting into laughter; but laughter seemed improper under the
circumstances.

“I’m glad you told me,” he said gravely. “I was thinking of leaving
Cordova, and now, knowing this, I shall go as soon as possible.”

“And it will not cool your friendship?”

“Not in the least.”

Springer affectionately pressed his friend’s hand.

“Well, will you keep this money for me?”

“Yes; give it to me.”

The Swiss placed the bills in an envelope.

“What must I do with it?”

“I’ll let you know; I shall probably tell you to send it to me in Madrid
in various quantities.”

“Good; it shall be done.”

The Swiss climbed the spiral staircase that went from the back room to
the main floor, and returned presently, saying:

“I’ve put it away.”

They were chatting together, when Springer’s father entered hurriedly.

“There’s a riot in the town,” he announced from the door.

“Is there? What is going on?”

“They have killed a bandit ... Pacheco, I think they told me his name
was.”

“Your friend. Did you know it?” the Swiss asked Quentin.

“No,” he answered calmly. “He must have done something foolish.”

“Let’s ask about it in the streets.”

The father and son and Quentin went out to Las Tendillas. They passed
from group to group, listening to the comments, and at one of them where
there seemed to be a well-informed gentleman, they stopped.

“How did his death occur?” asked Springer’s father.

“Well, like this. Pacheco entered by the bridge, and crossed the city
till he reached the barracks in the Plaza de la Trinidad, where it seems
that the General, when he noticed the riot and uproar, and when he heard
them shout ‘Long live General Pacheco!’ asked: ‘Who is that fellow they
call General? I’m the only General here. ‘It’s Pacheco,’ a lieutenant
answered. ‘The people are calling him a General of Liberty.’--‘The
bandit?’--‘Sí, Señor.’ Then the General, seeing that the crowd was
coming toward the barracks, ordered two soldiers to take their posts
with their guns sticking through the cracks in the shutters. When
Pacheco came opposite the barracks, he shouted several times: ‘Long live
Liberty! Long live the Revolution!’ instantly two shots rang out, and
the man fell from his horse, dead.”

All listened to the story, and after it was finished there was a series
of remarks.

“That was treachery,” said one.

“A trap they set for him.”

“They’ve wickedly deceived that man.”

“Deceived him? Why?” Springer’s father asked of a man in a blouse who
had just made the assertion.

“Because they had promised him a pardon,” replied he of the blouse.
“Everybody knows that.”

“But promising a pardon, and entering the city the way he did--like a
conqueror--are two very different things,” rejoined the watch-maker.

“This is going to make a big noise,” replied the man.

They returned to the watch-maker’s shop, and as the other stores were
closed, the Swiss closed his also.

“Would you like to dine with us?” said Springer to Quentin.

“Indeed I should!”

They climbed the spiral stairs to the floor above, and Springer
presented Quentin to his mother; a pleasant woman, thin, smiling, very
active and vivacious.

They dined; after dinner, the three men lit their pipes, and Springer’s
father spoke enthusiastically of his home town.

“My town is a great place,” he said to Quentin with a smile.

“What is it?”

“Zurich. Ah! If you could see it!...”

“But father, he has seen Paris and London.”

“Oh! That makes no difference. I’ve known many people from Paris and
Vienna who were astounded when they saw Zurich.”

Springer’s father and mother, though they had been in Cordova for over
thirty years, did not speak Spanish very well.

What a difference there was between that home, and the house where
Quentin had lived with María Lucena and her mother! Here there was no
talk of marquises, or counts, or actors, or toreadors, or ponies; their
only subjects of conversation were work, improvements in industry, art,
and music.

“So you are leaving us?” asked Springer’s father.

“Yes. This place is dead,” replied Quentin.

“No, no--not that,” replied the younger Springer. “It isn’t dead;
Cordova is merely asleep. All the kings have punished it. Its natural,
its own civilization has been suppressed, and they have endeavoured to
substitute another for it. And even to think that a town can go on
living prosperously with ideas contrary to its own, and under laws
contrary to its customs and instincts, is an outrage.”

“My dear lad,” rejoined Quentin rather cynically, “I don’t care about
the cause for it all. What I know is that one cannot live here.”

“That is the truth,” asserted the older Springer. “One can attempt
nothing new here, because it will turn out badly. No one does his part
in throwing off this inertia. No one works.”

“Don’t say that, father.”

“What your father says, is right,” continued Quentin “and not only is
that true, but the activity of the few who do work, annoys and often
offends those who do nothing. For instance: I, who have done nothing so
far but live like a rowdy, have friends and even admirers. If I had
devoted myself to work, everybody would look upon me as a
good-for-nothing, and from time to time, secretly, they would place a
stone in my way for me to stumble over.”

“No, it would not be a stone,” said Springer, “it would be a grain of
sand.”

“Still more outrageous,” rejoined Quentin.

“No,” added his friend, “because it would not be done with malice. These
people, like nearly all Spaniards, are living an archaic life. Every one
here is surrounded by an enormous cloud of difficulties. The people are
all dead, and their brains are not working. Spain is a body suffering
from anchylosis of the joints; the slightest movement causes great pain;
consequently, in order to progress, she will have to proceed
slowly,--not by leaps.”

“But among all this rabble of lawyers and soldiers and priests and
pawn-brokers, do you believe there is one person who is the least bit
sane?” asked Quentin.

“I think not,” the father broke in. “There are no elements of progress
here; there are no men who are pushing on, as there are in my country.”

“I think there are,” replied his son; “but those who are, and they stand
alone, end by not seeing the reality of things, and even turn
pernicious. It is as if in our shop here, we found the wheel of a tower
clock among the wheels of pocket watches. It would be no good at all to
us; it would not be able to fit in with any other wheel. Take the
Marquis of Adarve, who was a good and intelligent man; well, now he
passes for a half-wit, and he is, partly--because as a reaction against
the others, he reached the other extreme. He carries an automatic
umbrella, a mechanical cigar-case, and a lot of other rare trifles. The
people call him a madman.”

“All you have to be here,” said the older Springer, “is either a farmer
or a money-lender.”

“The vocations in which you don’t have to work,” Quentin asserted. “The
Spaniard’s ideal is: to work like a Moor, and to earn money like a Jew.
That is also my ideal,” he said for his own benefit.

“As we were saying before,” added the younger Springer; “it is an
archaic life, directed by romantic, hidalguesque ideas....”

“Ah, no!” replied Quentin. “You are absolutely wrong there. There is
none of your romance, nor of your hidalgos; it is prose, pure prose.
There is more romance in the head of one Englishman, than in the heads
of ten Spaniards, especially if those Spaniards are Andalusians. They
are very discreet, friend Springer; _we_ are very discreet, if you like
that better. A great deal of eloquence, a lot of enthusiastic and
impetuous talk, a great deal of flourish; a superficial aspect of
ingenuous and candid confusion; but back of it all, a sure, straight
line. Men and women;--most discreet. Believe me! There is exaltation
without, and coldness within.”

It was time to work, and the two Springers went down to their shop.

“Do you see?” said the Swiss to Quentin, as he sat in his chair and
fastened his lens to his eye, “perhaps you are right in what you say,
but I like to think otherwise. I am romantic, and like to imagine that I
am living among hidalgos and fine ladies.... There you have me--a poor
Swiss plebeian. And I am so accustomed to it, that when I go away from
Cordova, I immediately feel homesick for my shop, my books, and the
little concerts my mother and I have in which we play Beethoven and
Mozart.”

Quentin gazed at Springer as at a strange and absurd being, and began to
walk up and down the store. Suddenly he paused before his friend.

“Listen,” he said. “Do you think that I could deceive you, give you
disloyal advice through interest or evil passion?”

“No; what do you mean by that?”

“Don’t compromise yourself with María Lucena.”

“Why?”

“Because she is a perverse woman.”

“That’s because you hate her.”

“No; I know her because I have lived with her without the slightest
feeling of affection; and even so she was more selfish and cold than I
was. She is a woman who thinks she has a heart because she has sex. She
weeps, laughs, appears to be good, seems ingenuous: sex. Like some
lascivious and cruel animal, in her heart she hates the male. If you
approach her candidly, she will destroy your life, she will alienate you
from your father and mother, she will play with you most cruelly.”

“Do you really believe that?” asked the Swiss.

“Yes, it is the truth, the pure truth. Now,” Quentin added, “if you are
like a stone in a ravine, that can only fall, you will fall; but if you
can defend yourself, do so. And now--farewell!”

“Farewell, Quentin; I shall think over what you have told me.”

       *       *       *       *       *

Quentin put up at one of the inns on the Paseo del Gran Capitán. He
intended to leave the city as soon as he possibly could.

Accordingly, that night after supper, he left the house and walked
toward the station; but as he crossed the Victoria, he noticed that four
persons were following him. He returned quickly, as he did not care to
enter any lonesome spots when followed by that gang, and took refuge in
the inn.

Who could be following him? Perhaps it was Pacheco’s brother. Perhaps
one of his creditors. He must be on his guard. His room at the inn
happened to be in an admirably strategic situation. It was on the lower
floor, and had a grated window that looked out upon the Paseo.

The next day Quentin was able to prove that Pacheco’s friends were
constantly watching the inn. Their number was frequently augmented by
the money-lenders who came to ask for Quentin.

In the daytime, he did not mind going into the street, but when night
fell, he locked his room, and placed a wardrobe against the door.
Quentin was afraid that his last adventure might result fatally for him.

“I’ve got to get out of here. There are no two ways about it; and I’ve
got to get out quietly.”

One day after the battle of Alcolea, Quentin was being followed and
spied upon by Pacheco’s men, when as he passed the City Hall, Diagasio
the hardware dealer, who was standing in the doorway, said:

“Don Paco is upstairs.”

Quentin climbed the stairs, slipped through an open door, and beheld the
terrible Don Paco surrounded by several friends, up to his old tricks.

The revolutionist had ordered the head porter to take down a portrait of
Isabella II, painted by Madrazo, which occupied the centre of one wall.
After heaping improprieties and insults upon the portrayed lady, much to
the astonishment and stupefaction of the poor porter, Don Paco had a
ferocious idea; an idea worthy of a drinker of blood.

He produced a penknife from his vest pocket, and handing it to the
porter and pointing to the portrait, said:

“Cut off her head.”

“I?” stammered the porter.

“Yes.”

The poor man trembled at the idea of committing such a profanation.

“But, for God’s sake, Don Paco! I have children!”

“Cut off her head,” repeated the bold revolutionist contumaciously.

“See here, Don Paco, they say that this portrait is very well painted.”

“Impossible,” replied Don Paco, with a gesture worthy of Saint-Just. “It
was executed by a servile artist.”

Then the porter, moaning and groaning, buried the penknife in the
canvas, and split it with a trembling hand.

At that moment several persons entered the hall, among them Paul
Springer.

“Are you playing surgeon, Don Paco?” asked the Swiss with a mocking
smile.

“Sí, Señor; one must strike kings in the head.”

After cutting the canvas, the porter took the piece in his hand, and
hesitatingly asked Don Paco:

“Now what will I do with it?”

“Take that head,” roared Don Paco in a harsh voice, “to the President of
the Revolutionary Junta.”

Quentin looked at the Swiss and saw him smile ironically.

“How do you like this execution in effigy of yonder chubby Marie
Antoinette?”

“Magnificent.”

“Just as I said. We are the City of the Discreet.”

The two friends bid each other good-bye with a laugh, and Quentin went
home.




CHAPTER XXXIII

THE DEPARTURE


Quentin returned to the inn and shut himself up in his room. He wrote a
farewell article for _La Víbora_ entitled “And this is the End.”

When night fell, he lit his lamp and sent for his supper. He ate in his
room to avoid any unpleasant encounters in the dining-room.

With his supper, the waiter brought two letters. One, by the rudely
scrawled envelope, he saw was from Pacheco’s brother. It read as
follows:

     If you do not return the pocketbook you found in my brother’s
     house, you will not leave Cordova alive. Don’t fool yourself; you
     will not escape. Every exit is watched. You can leave the money in
     El Cuervo’s tavern, where some one will go and get it.

                                                        A FRIEND.

“Very good,” said Quentin, “let’s see the other letter.” He opened it,
and it was still more laconic than the first.

     We know that you have money, and do not wish to pay. Be careful.

                                                        VARIOUS CREDITORS.

“Well, sir,” murmured Quentin, “a whole conspiracy of bandits and
money-lenders is plotting against me.”

It suited neither him nor the others to have the law mixed up in the
affair. The cleverest, the strongest, or he who had the most cunning,
would gain the day.

Quentin figured that he possessed those qualities to a greater degree
than his enemies; this thought calmed him a little, but in spite of it,
he could not sleep that night.

When he got up, he looked, as was his daily habit, through the windows
of his room. Directly opposite, seated upon a bench, there were several
loathsome individuals spying on him. At that very moment others took
their places. Evidently there was a relief.

After eating, Quentin left the inn. When he reached the corner of the
Calle de Gondomar, he looked cautiously behind him. Three men were
following him, though apparently unconcerned with his movements. Quentin
went down the street to Las Tendillas, turned to the left, entered the
Casino, and sat down to take his coffee near a window that looked out
upon the street.

The three individuals continued their espionage.

Quentin pretended not to see them. He seized several newspapers; and
while he appeared to be deeply engaged in reading them, he was thinking
up plans of escape and turning them over and over in his mind. The
important thing was to keep the law from interfering, that there might
be no scandal.

Don Paco, who had come in to take coffee, surprised him in this
caviling. The man was oozing joy. The Revolution was made, the most
glorious, the most humane that the centuries had ever witnessed. The
entire world, the French, the English, the Swiss, the Germans;--all
envied the Spaniards. Spain was going to be a different sort of country.
Now, now, the great conquests of Progress and Democracy would be
realized: Universal Suffrage, Freedom of Worship, Freedom of
Association.

“And do you believe that all that will make life any better?” asked
Quentin coldly.

“Why, of course!” exclaimed Don Paco, astonished at the question. “I
tell you that the whole Progressist program is to be realized!”

Quentin smiled mockingly.

Don Paco continued his oration. His eternal sorrow was to see that after
what he had done for the Revolution, they did not appreciate his true
worth.

While the old man discoursed, Quentin continued to ruminate on his
plans, and to absently watch his pursuers. Suddenly an idea occurred to
him.

“Well, good afternoon, Don Paco!” he said; and without another word, he
rose from his chair and left the room. He crossed the patio of the
Casino, went up a stairway, asked a waiter for the key to the terrace,
waited for it a moment, and went out upon the azotea. He could escape in
that way, but there was still the danger of his exit from the city....

“Suppose I go to El Cuervo’s tavern and leave by the convent route?” he
said to himself. “That would be admirable. Place myself in the wolf’s
mouth to make my escape! That’s just what I’ll do. I’ll wait for it to
get dark first.”

He went down to the salon again and took his place by the window. The
espionage still continued. Late in the afternoon, Carrahola and El Rano
passed along the street.

Quentin went to the door of the Casino and called to Carrahola.

“Do you mind telling me what this persecution means?” he said.

“You know better than any one else, Don Quentin,” answered Carrahola.
“You are wrong not to return that money.”

“Bah!”

“Sí, Señor; that’s the truth. Everything is guarded; the station, the
roads,--you won’t leave Cordova unless you pay.”

“Really?” asked Quentin apparently frightened.

“You hear me. So you’d better hand over that money and not expose
yourself to a stab with a dagger.”

“The devil! You very nearly convince me.”

“Do it, Don Quentin.”

“To whom shall I hand the money?”

“To Pacheco, Señor José’s brother. He goes to El Cuervo’s tavern every
night about eight o’clock.”

“I’ll think it over.”

“Don’t stop to think, my friend! You ought to take that money back right
away.”

“Well, you have persuaded me. I’ll go right away.”

Quentin made his way to the inn, followed by Carrahola and El Rano. He
entered his room, closed the window, and lit the lamp. He still had in
his pocket the pocketbook that he had found in Pacheco’s house. He took
it out and placed it on the table.

He opened the wardrobe, searched the drawers, and in one of them found
some copy paper written by a child, and in another a torn, and well-worn
catechism by Father Ripalda.

He took the copy paper and the catechism, tied them together with a
pack-thread, and thrust the package into the pocketbook which he tied up
with another bit of thread.

“Very good,” he murmured with a smile.

This done, he put out the light, thrust the purse into his coat pocket,
and left the inn. He began to walk rapidly, as one who has made a quick
decision. He made his way to El Cuervo’s tavern, escorted by Carrahola
and El Rano.

He looked into the office, and when he saw El Cuervo, exclaimed sourly:

“Hello!”

“Hello, Don Quentin!”

“Is Pacheco’s brother here?”

“No, Señor.”

“What time will he come?”

“Oh, somewhere around eight o’clock.”

“Good. I have come to have an understanding with him, and I can’t make
up my mind whether to give him the money or a stab with a dagger. Look
here, here’s the pocketbook he’s looking for. Keep it. I’m going to wait
in here for Pacheco, because I have some letters to write.”

“Go right upstairs.”

Quentin and El Cuervo went upstairs to a room with a balcony overlooking
a patio.

“I’ll bring you some paper and ink presently,” said the landlord.

“Good. Until Pacheco comes, I do not wish to be disturbed by any one. Do
you understand?”

“Very good.”

“When he comes, call me, and he and I will come to an understanding. But
he must agree not to open the pocketbook until I am with him.”

“Never fear.”

The innkeeper went out and left Quentin alone in the room. He listened
for a moment and heard the gay voices of Carrahola and El Rano.
Evidently they were already celebrating their victory.

“Come, there’s no time to be lost,” said Quentin. Climbing to the
outside of the balcony, which was not very high, and clinging to a water
pipe, he lowered himself to the patio. This he skirted, hugging close to
the wall. He pushed open the little door, closed it noiselessly behind
him, and began slowly to climb the stairs. The steps creaked beneath his
weight.

When Quentin arrived at the top of the stairs, he saw that the door
through which he had once passed with El Cuervo, was locked. It had a
transom, which he opened, and with a superhuman effort, managed to
squeeze himself through, not without injuring one of his feet. He made a
slight noise as he jumped down.

He listened for a while to see if any one were following him. He heard
nothing. He closed the transom.

“Any one could tell where I went out,” he murmured.

He lit a match which he held in the hollow of his hand until he found
the stairway made of beam ends sticking from the wall. When he had
located it, he blew out the match, and climbed to the attic in the dark.

He lit another match and hunted for the aperture through which he and El
Cuervo had passed, but he could not find it. Looking more carefully, he
saw that it was fastened up by some boards held in place by bricks. He
tore these aside with his nails one by one then he removed the boards,
and the hole appeared.

Quentin went out on the roof. It was still light.

“Let’s get oriented,” he said to himself. “That’s the garret, which is
the first place to go.”

Stooping on all fours, he slid along until he reached it. He paused to
get his bearings again.

“Now I’ve got to cross that azotea where we abandoned Doña Sinda: it
must be that one. Here goes.”

He went on his way, jumped the balustrade on one side, then on the
other, went a little further,--and turned the wrong way. He was
confused, not knowing which way to go: whether to the right or to the
left. It was beginning to get dark, and Quentin went around and around
fruitlessly, unable to find the cornice along which he had passed with
Pacheco.

Suddenly he heard the _ding dong_ of a bell and supposing it to be that
of the convent, he followed the direction of the sound, climbed a ridge
pole, and saw beneath him the patio of a convent where several nuns were
walking to and fro.

Quentin climbed down the whole side of a roof, found the cornice, and
reached the balcony on all fours. The little window was open, and he
jumped to the stairs.

There was a little passageway opposite, on one side of which was an open
door that led into a kitchen. It was probably the gardener’s house; in
the middle of the kitchen, seated upon the floor, was a child playing.
Upon the wall hung a dirty blouse and an old hat.

“At them!” cried Quentin.

He entered the kitchen, seized the blouse with one hand and the hat with
the other, and beat a hasty retreat. The child was frightened and began
to cry. Quentin descended the stairs into the garden, and as no one was
looking, put on the blouse, stuck the hat on his head, and went out into
the street.

He went through alley after alley in the direction of El Matadero and
the Campo de San Antón. As night fell, he was already well on his way to
Madrid.

       *       *       *       *       *

Meanwhile in El Cuervo’s tavern, everything was excitement and merry
making. The news, divulged by Carrahola, that Quentin was there with
the money, had attracted all the ruffians who had taken part in
Pacheco’s chimerical attempt. They thought they would get paid for their
services, and El Cuervo trusted them for wine.

They awaited impatiently the arrival of Pacheco, who was later than
usual that evening. At eight-thirty he appeared.

“Pacheco! He’s come!” they all shouted at once when they saw him.

“Who?”

“Quentin. Here’s the pocketbook.”

“Did you let him go without following him?” asked the man, fearing a
trick.

“_Ca!_” replied El Cuervo. “He’s upstairs. He said not to open the
pocketbook until he was with you.”

“All right,” and Pacheco turned pale. “Tell him I am here.”

Pacheco knew from his brother what kind of a man Quentin was, and it
irked him. He expected a surprise, and prepared himself accordingly.

El Cuervo went up to the room where he had left Quentin, and called
several times:

“Don Quentin! Don Quentin!”

No one answered.

“Don Quentin! Don Quentin!”

The same silence.

El Cuervo gently opened the door. The bird had flown. But where?

In response to El Cuervo’s cries, Pacheco, Carrahola, and El Taco, came
hurrying up the stairs.

“What’s the matter?” they asked.

“He’s not here.”

“That’s what I thought!” exclaimed Pacheco. “What can be in the
pocketbook? Let’s look at it.”

They descended rapidly, Pacheco cut the threads, opened the pocketbook,
and spilled upon the counter the child’s copy papers and Father
Ripalda’s catechism, worn and shabby.

A cry of rage burst from every throat.

“We must look for him,” said one, “and make him pay for this joke.”

They ran through the whole house and looked into every corner. Nothing.

“Ah!... Now I know where he went,” said the innkeeper, “that way,”--and
he pointed to the door in the patio. He lit a lantern and examined the
steps one by one to see if there were any tracks in the dust. There was
some discussion as to whether the traces they found were Quentin’s or
not, but when they saw the closed door upstairs, nearly all of them were
of the opinion that he could not have passed that way.

“Nevertheless,” said El Cuervo, “we’ll keep on going.” He opened the
door, climbed to the attic, and saw the boards which had been torn down
to allow free passage to the roof.

“He escaped through here.”

“What can we do?” asked Pacheco.

“A very simple thing,” replied El Cuervo; “surround this whole block of
houses. He is probably waiting for it to get dark before he leaves, so
perhaps we can catch him yet.”

“Good,” said Pacheco; “let’s go downstairs right away.”

The idea seemed an admirable one to all those who were in the tavern.
Pacheco placed them on guard, and told them to warn the watchmen.

With the hope of pay, the whole gang of ruffians firmly stood their
posts. Now and then they returned to the tavern for a glass.

Day dawned, and Pacheco’s men were still walking the streets, now
hopeful, now with no hope at all.

The morning of the following day the rowdies were still on guard, when
two lancers came up the street at a smart trot and drew rein before the
tavern.

“Is this El Cuervo’s tavern?” asked one of them.

“Sí, Señor.”

“Good. Here’s a letter.”

The innkeeper, his face the picture of surprise, took the missive, and
as he could not read, handed it to Pacheco, who opened it and read:

     _Dear Friends_:

     By the time you receive this letter, I shall be many leagues away.
     I have left Cordova alive, in spite of your warnings. I left no
     money in the pocketbook, but something better for the salvation of
     your souls. Regards to my dear friends.

                                                                Q.



Pacheco went white with anger.

“Now we can’t do a thing,” he murmured.

That night in the coterie at the Casino, they were talking about
Quentin.

A gentleman was reading the farewell article that Quentin had published
in _La Víbora_ under the title, “And this is the End.”

“Let’s hear it; let’s hear the end of it,” said several.

The gentleman began to read the ending. It went like this:

     Adiós, Cordova, City of the Discreet, Mirror of the Prudent,
     Cross-roads of the Cunning, Nursery of the Sagacious, Encyclopedia
     of the Witty, Shelter of Those who Sleep in Straw, Cave of the
     Cautious, Conclave of the Ready-witted, Sanhedrim of the Moderate!
     Adiós, Cordova! And this is the end.

“Fine!” said some one with a laugh. “The fact is, Quentin is a very
likable lad.”

“He’ll prosper.”

“Rather!”

“Some day he’ll be a deputy.”

“Or a minister.”

“He really is a most likable boy.”

And Escobedo, he of the black beard, who was present, added:

“He who triumphs is always likable.”




CHAPTER XXXIV

THE END


Six years after, on the terrace of the Casino at Biarritz, Quentin was
listlessly smoking a cigar. They were playing _La Fille de Madame
Angot_, and the seducing music and the warm autumn air, made him sleepy.

Upon the table before him was the _liste rose_ of an hotel; and among
the names of dukes and marquises could be seen: “Quentin García Roelas,
Deputy, Madrid.” This made Quentin smile as at the memory of a childish
vanity.

Quentin’s face had changed, especially as to expression; he was no
longer a boy; a few wrinkles furrowed his forehead, and crows’ feet were
beginning to appear at the corners of his eyes. For six years the
quondam dare-devil had displayed a tireless activity. He went from
triumph to triumph. During Amadeo’s reign, he had made his father a
marquis; he had amassed a considerable fortune by his operations in the
Bourse; and if his political position was not greater, it was because he
was keeping quiet, waiting for an Alphonsist or Carlist situation.

And yet, in spite of his successes and his triumphs, his heart was
empty. He was thirty-two years old. He could continue the brilliant
career he had won for himself, could become a minister, and enter
aristocratic society; but all this held no enchantment for him. In the
bottom of his heart he realized that he was growing ill-natured.
Biarritz bored him frightfully.

“Perhaps the best thing for me to do would be to take an extended
voyage,” he thought.

With this idea in mind he got up from his chair, left the Casino, and
went for a walk along the beach. He was standing near the Place Bellevue
watching the sea, when he heard a voice that made him tremble.

It was Rafaela, Rafaela herself, with two children clinging to her
hands, and another carried by a nurse and protected by a parasol.
Quentin went over to her.

They greeted each other emotionally.

Rafaela was scarcely recognizable; she had taken on flesh and looked
extremely healthy; she dressed very elegantly. The only thing that she
retained of her former appearance was her sweet, gentle eyes, clear and
blue. Her smile was now motherly.

Rafaela and Quentin talked for a long time. She told him of her great
grief over the illness of her children. One had died; fortunately the
other two children had become stronger, thanks to the open air; and the
little girl, the baby at breast, promised to be very strong.

“And Remedios?” asked Quentin.

“Remedios!” exclaimed Rafaela. “You don’t know how provoked I am with
her.”

“Why?”

“Because she has an impossible nature. She will not yield to anything.”

“Yes, even as a child one could see that she had a will of her own.”

“Well, she has a much greater one now. She has hated my husband and my
mother-in-law from the very first; and they have done all in their power
to please her and spoil her ... but no.”

“She is terrible,” said Quentin with a smile.

“We wanted to bring her here, and then to Paris; but at the last minute
she refused to come. Then, you see, she is twenty-two years of age, and
most attractive; she could marry very easily, for she has suitors,--rich
boys with titles; but she will have none of them. She has too much
heart. I tell her that one cannot be like that in life; one must conceal
one’s antipathies, and moderate one’s affections, somewhat.... Doing as
Remedios does exposes one to much suffering.”

“And yet, isn’t it almost better to deceive one’s self than to find out
the truth, at the cost of withering one’s heart little by little?”

“I think it is better to know the truth, Quentin.”

“I don’t know about that. You are as discreet as ever, Rafaela.”

“No, I am much more practical than I was. But you, too, have lost
something.”

“It’s true,” said Quentin with a sigh.

At this moment an elegantly dressed gentleman, with a white waistcoat
and grey gloves, presented himself.

“Don’t you know each other? My husband ... Quentin, our relative.”

The two men shook hands, and they and Rafaela sat down upon a rock while
the children played in the sand. Quentin was astonished at the change in
Juan de Dios. The rude, coarse lad had been metamorphosed into a correct
and polished gentleman with Parisian manners. There was no reminder of
the Cordovese gawk.

Juan de Dios spoke pleasantly; Quentin could see that he was dominated
by his wife, because every minute or two he glanced at her as if begging
her approval of what he was saying. She encouraged him with a gesture,
with a look, and he continued. He spoke of the situation into which the
Republicans had led Spain, of the factious parties that were organizing
on the frontier....

Quentin did not listen to him, as he was thinking about Remedios; that
little wilful child, so big-hearted, who despised her suitors. In the
midst of their chat, he asked Rafaela:

“Where is Remedios now?”

“On one of our farms, near Montoro.”

“I’m going to write to her.”

“Yes, do,” said Rafaela; “you don’t know how happy she would be. She
attaches great importance to those matters. She thinks of you very
often. She has read every one of the speeches you made in the Cortes.”

“Really?” asked Quentin with a laugh.

“Yes, really,” replied Juan de Dios.

“What address shall I put on the letter?”

“Just Maillo Farm, Montoro.”

Quentin waited a moment while he formulated a plan; then he exchanged a
few phrases of farewell with Rafaela and her husband, and went to his
hotel. He had decided to take the train and go in search of Remedios.
Why not attempt it? Perhaps she had thought about him since childhood.
Perhaps that was why she rejected her suitors.

Yes, he must try it. He ordered his baggage packed, boarded the train,
and in a few moments got off at San Juan de Luz.

“There’s no sure way of crossing to Burgos without getting into
trouble,” they told him at the station.

“What can I do?”

“Take ship to Santander, and go from there to Madrid by rail.”

He did this, and the next day, without stopping, he took the train for
Andalusia.

He descended at Montoro in the morning, hired a horse, asked the
direction of the Maillo farm, and immediately left town.

It was a foggy October day. It began to sprinkle.

Eight years before Quentin had come to that country on his return from
school, on a morning that was also drizzly and sad.

What a wealth of energy and life he had spent since then! True, he had
conquered, and was on the road to being a somebody, but--what a
difference between the triumph as he had looked forward to it, and the
same triumph as he looked back upon it! It was best not to remember, nor
to think--but just to hope.

Ahead of him, along the misty horizon, he could see a line of low convex
hills. Quentin had been told that he must go toward them, and in that
direction he went at the slow pace of his horse. The road wound in and
out, tracing curves in the level country between fields of stubble.

Here and there yokes of huge oxen tilled the dark soil; magpies skimmed
along the ground; and overhead, flocks of birds like triangles of black
dots, flew screeching by.

At this point a man mounted on a horse appeared in the road. He carried
a long pike, with the point up and the butt supported by his stirrup,
like a lance. He signalled Quentin to get to one side of the road. As
he did so, several bulls and bell-oxen rushed past. Behind them rode two
_garrochistas_ or bull-stickers on horseback, each with a pike held in
the middle and balanced horizontally.

“The peace of God be with you, Señores,” said Quentin.

“Good morning, _caballero_.”

“Am I taking the right direction for the Maillo farm?”

“Sí, Señor; you are right.”

“Thanks very much.”

Quentin continued his way. Just before he reached the somewhat hilly
country, a farmhouse appeared before his eyes. He went up to it, riding
his horse across a red field which had been converted into a mud-hole by
the rain.

“Hey!” he shouted.

An old man appeared in the doorway; he wore a pair of black leather
overalls adorned with white bands, and fastened at the knee by clasps.

“Is this the Maillo farm?” asked Quentin.

“No, Señor. This is the Las Palomas farm, which is owned by the same
man. Do you see that hill with the trees on it? When you pass that you
can see the farm.”

Quentin thanked him and urged on his horse. A drizzly rain was falling.
Among the distant trees, which were yellow and nearly bare of leaves,
flowed a bluish mist.

From the top of the hill he could see an enormous valley divided into
rectangular fields; some still covered with stubble, others black with
recently tilled soil, and some that were beginning to turn green. In
the middle of it all, like dark and barren islands, were small hills
covered with olive orchards; in the distance horses were grazing in huge
pastures.

Quentin had stopped for a moment on the top of the hill, hesitating, not
knowing which road to take, when he heard behind him a tinkling of
bells, and then a voice shouting:

“_Arre_, Liviano! _Arre_, Remendao!”

It was a youth mounted on the haunches of a donkey, with his feet nearly
touching the ground, and leading an ass laden with a pannier by the
halter.

“The Maillo farm?” asked Quentin.

“Are you going there? So am I.”

The boy began to talk, and chatting like old friends, they reached the
farm. It was a huge place, with a very large fence that enclosed all the
departments and apparatus of the house. Inside was a chapel with a cross
and weather-vane.

“Who can tell me where Señorita Remedios is?” asked Quentin.

“Call the manager.”

The manager was not in, and he had to wait. At last a man of some forty
years came toward him; he was powerfully built, and round-faced.
Learning Quentin’s wishes, he pointed to a garden with a little gate at
one end of it. Quentin knocked, the gate was opened to him, and an old
woman appeared on the threshold.

“Is Señorita Remedios in?”

“It’s you!” exclaimed the old woman. “How glad the child will be! Come
in, come in!”

“You are Rafaela’s nurse, are you not?” asked Quentin.

“Sí, Señor.”

They crossed a patio and entered an immense kitchen with a cooking-stove
in one corner. Near the fire was a little old man with white hair.

“Don’t you know him?” said she who had opened the door. “It is Juan, the
gardener of the other house. Juan!” she cried, “Señorito Quentin has
come!”

The old man arose and seizing Quentin’s hand, held it between his for
some time.

“I cannot see well. I’m getting blind and deaf.” And Juan burst out
laughing.

“You must be getting on in years, eh?”

“Seventy-five. Ha! ha! Sit down here and dry yourself a bit. The little
girl will be here soon. It’s a long time since you have seen her, isn’t
it?”

“Six years.”

“Well, she’s a beauty!... A lily! And then, so affectionate! If you
could see her! She is teaching the children of all the farm hands to
read and to sew.”

“So you are here with her, Juan?”

“Sí, Señor, always with her. All my children are on the place. That’s
what you ought to do. Señorito: come and live here.”

“If I only could,” sighed Quentin.

As they were conversing, the door opened, and Remedios came running in.

Quentin rose to his feet and stared at her in surprise.

“It’s Quentin!” she cried.

“That’s who it is!”

“At last you have come,” she added, and held out her hand. “What are you
looking at me like that for? Have I changed so very much?”

“Yes, very much.”

She was charming in her white dress, which clung to her graceful figure
and well-rounded hips. There was a gracious smile on her lips, and her
black eyes were shining.

“You are just the same,” she said.

“Yes, the same--but older. I saw Rafaela and Juan de Dios in Biarritz.
They told me you were here.”

“And you came here immediately?”

“Yes.”

“Very well done. Let’s go to the dining-room. I am now the mistress of
the house.”

They went into the dining-room. It was a large whitewashed room, with
blue rafters in the ceiling, and a large, unpolished cabinet for the
table-service. In the centre was a heavy table of oak, with a white
oil-cloth cover, in the middle of which was a glass vase full of
flowers. Near the window was an embroidery frame, and a small wicker
basket full of balls of coloured yarn.

“Come, sit down,” said she. “They’ll set the table presently. Why do you
look at me so much?”

“You are changed, child; but changed for the better.”

“Really?”

“Yes, really; you no longer have that restless look.”

A young girl set the table, and Remedios and Quentin sat down. Remedios
talked of her life, a most simple one.

“I’ve already heard that you are giving lessons to the children,” said
Quentin. “Does that entertain you?”

“Very much. They are all such clever little creatures!”

After dinner, the old servant showed Quentin to a large room with an
alcove. He sat down in an armchair, preoccupied. The presence of
Remedios had produced a most unusual effect upon him. He felt attracted
to her as he had never felt attracted to any other woman. At the same
time he was restrained by a feeling of humility; not because she was an
aristocrat and he wasn’t, nor because she was young and pretty, and he
was already growing old; but because he realized that she was good.

“If this visit turns out well,” he thought, “how glad I shall be that I
came! But if it does not turn out well, my life will be ruined.”

Quentin arose and paced the room for over an hour. He gazed at the
Carmen Virgin, with her bead-work shawl, that stood upon the walnut
dressing-table; he looked absent-mindedly at the coloured lithographs on
the wall, of which some represented scenes from the novel “Matilde, o
las Cruzadas,” and others, scenes from “Paul et Virginie.”

“I must speak to Remedios immediately,” he thought.

Having made up his mind, with beating heart he went to look for her. She
was sewing in the dining-room.

Quentin seated himself and began to talk on different subjects.

“When are you going to marry?” Quentin suddenly asked her.

“How do I know?” replied Remedios.

“Rafaela told me that you have refused many suitors.”

“You see, they want me to marry a man,” she replied, “because he has
money or a title. But I don’t wish to. It makes no difference to me
whether he is rich or poor; what I want is for him to be good, for him
to have a blind trust in me, as I shall have in him.”

“And what do you call being good?” asked Quentin.

“Being worthy, sincere, incapable of treachery, incapable of deceit....”

Quentin fell silent, got up, and returned to his room. There he spent
the entire afternoon pacing up and down like a wild beast in a cage.

At supper he said nothing; nor could he eat, no matter how hard he
tried. As he rose from the table, he said in a voice choked with
emotion:

“Listen, Remedios.”

“What is it?” she asked, perceiving his emotion without knowing the
cause for it.

“I am going away.”

“You are going, Quentin? Why?”

“Because I am not sincere, nor am I capable of self-sacrifice and
abnegation.”

“Aren’t you?”

“No. I am a deceiver, Remedios. I have lied so many times that now I do
not know when I am lying, and when I am telling the truth.”

“And I believed in you, Quentin,” she said sadly.

“Now you know me. I have confessed this to no one but you. I cannot
deceive you. No; I would deceive most any one--I’m so used to it!--but
not you. Believe me, this is a great sacrifice on my part.”

“Aren’t you honest, Quentin?”

“Just enough so to keep out of jail.”

“And no more?”

“No more. I have been interested in no one but myself. I have been an
ingrate.”

“Ungrateful too, Quentin?”

“Yes, that too. I am self-centred, a liar, a deceiver.... But even so,
Remedios, there are men who have filthier souls than I.”

“You hurt me, Quentin.”

“What would you? I wished to be rich; and my heart, along with what few
good qualities there were in it--if there were any--has gone on
withering and being lacerated by the brambles along the road.”

“How sad it must be to live like that!”

“Pst!--Not sad.... No. It is like a magic lantern, understand?--Things
happen; just happen, and that’s all.”

“Without love or hate?”

“Without anything.”

“Before--when you first met us, were you a deceiver then?”

“That is when I first began.”

       *       *       *       *       *

“Adiós, Remedios. Believe that I have made, with this confession, a very
great sacrifice.--Good-bye!” And Quentin held out his hand to her.

She drew back.

“Do I frighten you still?”

“No.”

“But won’t you give me your hand?”

“No. Not until you are good.”

“And then?”

“Then--perhaps.”

Quentin left the room with lowered head.

He sat at his window for many hours, smoking.

The night was clear, cool, and soft. The moon silvered the distant
hills; a nightingale sang softly in the darkness. A flood of thoughts
crowded Quentin’s brain.

“Conscience,” he said to himself, “conscience is a weakness. What is
honesty? Something mechanical. For a woman it is the certainty of living
with the mate provided by the Church; for a man, the proof that the
money he owns was won by methods not included in books. But another, a
higher honesty, such as that girl wants; is it not madness in a world
where no one concerns himself with it? This girl has completely upset
me.”

Quentin felt a strong desire to weep at the thought of having been so
near happiness. He might have deceived Remedios.... No, he could not
have deceived _her_.... Then he would not have been happy. As he
thought, the full moon was climbing the heavens; its light, filtering
through the leaves of a grape-vine, made beautiful little lace patterns
on the ground. He could hear the continuous tinkling of the bells on the
goats and cows; now and then there came to him the distant sound of
footsteps and voices, the whispering of the wind in the foliage, the
lowing of oxen, the neighing of horses and the knocking of the cows’
horns against the corral fence.

Suddenly Quentin made up his mind. He must go. It was necessary. He left
his room, descended the stairs noiselessly, and made his way to the
stable. He lit a lantern, saddled his horse, put on the bridle, and
taking the animal by the bit, led him into the patio. He opened the
wooden gate and followed the fence until he came to the road.

Quentin mounted and remained for a long time contemplating the front of
the farmhouse, which was bathed in the moonlight.

“Ah, poor Quentin,” he murmured. “Your sophistry and cunning have been
of no avail, here. Are you not good? Then you cannot enter paradise. You
are not fighting brokers here, nor politicians, nor insincere folk. But
a mere slip of a girl who knows not the world other than what her heart
tells her. She has conquered you, you cannot enter paradise.”

The horse walked slowly along; Quentin looked back. A great cloud
covered the moon; the whole country lay in darkness.

Quentin’s heart was heavy within him, and he sighed deeply. Then he had
a surprise. He was weeping.

He continued on his way.

And the nightingales went on singing in the shadows, while the moon,
high in the heavens, bathed the country in its silver light.

EL PAULAR, June, 1905.

                                THE END







End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of The city of the discreet, by Pío Baroja

*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE CITY OF THE DISCREET ***

***** This file should be named 56324-0.txt or 56324-0.zip *****
This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
        http://www.gutenberg.org/5/6/3/2/56324/

Produced by Bryan Ness, Chuck Greif and the Online
Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net (This
file was produced from images generously made available
by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)


Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
will be renamed.

Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
redistribution.



*** START: FULL LICENSE ***

THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK

To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
http://gutenberg.org/license).


Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic works

1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.

1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.  See paragraph 1.E below.

1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.

1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
States.

1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:

1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
copied or distributed:

This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org/license

1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
1.E.9.

1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.

1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.

1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
Gutenberg-tm License.

1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.

1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.

1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
that

- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."

- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
     License.  You must require such a user to return or
     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
     Project Gutenberg-tm works.

- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
     of receipt of the work.

- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.

1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.

1.F.

1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
your equipment.

1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.

1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
opportunities to fix the problem.

1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.

1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.

1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.


Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm

Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
people in all walks of life.

Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.


Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
Foundation

The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
http://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.

The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
page at http://pglaf.org

For additional contact information:
     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
     Chief Executive and Director
     gbnewby@pglaf.org


Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
Literary Archive Foundation

Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
status with the IRS.

The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
particular state visit http://pglaf.org

While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
approach us with offers to donate.

International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.

Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate


Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
works.

Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.


Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.


Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:

     http://www.gutenberg.org

This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.